cellular-infrastructure
/
osmo-pcu
mirror of https://gerrit.osmocom.org/osmo-pcu
9
0
Fork 1
Code Issues Releases Wiki Activity
osmo-pcu/tests/tbf/TbfTest.err

5119 lines
377 KiB
Plaintext
Raw Normal View History

TbfTest: Make logging more verbose Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2014-06-11 16:33:14 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=0/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
TbfTest: Make logging more verbose Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2014-06-11 16:33:14 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 0
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 4, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because num TBFs 0 >= 0
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=2 TFI=0
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 2, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 1 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000001.
TbfTest: Make logging more verbose Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2014-06-11 16:33:14 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 2
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 04, dl_slots = 04
tbf: Always call set_tlli/confirm_tlli in update_ms Currently the m_tlli member in GprsMs is set by the constructor, circumventing the TLLI confirmation mechanism. This commit replaces the get_or_create_ms() method by a create_ms() method which takes the TLLI and the direction (UL or DL) as parameters to select either set_tlli() or confirm_tlli(). The MS object is instantiated with TLLI = 0, and therefore GprsMs::tlli() is extended to return the DL TLLI if both of the other TLLI are not set. Note that create_ms() will not check whether an MS object with a matching TLLI is already stored in the list, so it should only be called after a corresponding get_ms() in general. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 14:58:22 +00:00
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0x00002342, partly confirmed
tbf: Store the timing advance (TA) value in the GprsMs object The TA value rather relates to an MS and not to a single TBF. So all TBFs share the same TA value. Currently the TA value is stored per TBF and eventually copied from an old TBF to a new one. It is in general only passed with an RACH request when the TLLI and thus the MS is not yet known. This commit adds a TA member to the GprsMs class and uses that one when the TBF is associated to an MS object. Since the TBF is not always associated with an MS object (after RACH or when it has been replaced by another TBF), the TA value is still stored in each TBF and that value is used as long as no MS object is being associated. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 15:48:04 +00:00
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00002342, TA 0 -> 4
TbfTest: Make logging more verbose Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2014-06-11 16:33:14 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Support EGPRS multislot class handling in tbf_alloc Add an egprs_ms_class argument to the allocation functions and set/pass it where necessary. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-11-27 14:17:34 +00:00
Allocating UL TBF: MS_CLASS=0/0
TbfTest: Make logging more verbose Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2014-06-11 16:33:14 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 0
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
alloc: Base algo A on reserved PDCHs Currently algorithm A bases its time slots selection on the number of TBF actively using the PDCHs. This statistically prefers the first time slots, especially with short living TBFs. So when the first TBF is triggered by an uplink transfer (which generally results in a short-lived TBF) the potentially longer living DL TBF will be bound to the same slot. When another MS then requests an uplink TBF, it will get the same slot (no UL TBF currently active). This commit changes the algorithm to base its selection on reserved slots instead. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 08:24:37 +00:00
- Skipping TS 3, because need to reuse TS
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 4, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign uplink TS=2 TFI=0 USF=0
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 2, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=NULL), 1 TBFs, USFs = 01, TFIs = 00000001.
TbfTest: Make logging more verbose Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2014-06-11 16:33:14 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 2
tbf: Remove the TLLI from the TBFs Currently the TLLI is stored in each TBF. Since each MS is now represented by a GprsMs object which takes care of TLLI updating, and each TBF that has been associated with an TLLI also contains a reference to a GprsMs object, per TBF TLLI handling is no longer needed. Keeping all TBF m_tlli members up to date is complex and doesn't currently work correctly in all circumstances. This commit removes m_tlli and related members from the TBF class and the tbf_by_tlli functions from the BTS class. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-20 10:06:46 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00002342, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00002342 DIR=UL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00002342 DIR=UL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 04, dl_slots = 00
tbf: Always call set_tlli/confirm_tlli in update_ms Currently the m_tlli member in GprsMs is set by the constructor, circumventing the TLLI confirmation mechanism. This commit replaces the get_or_create_ms() method by a create_ms() method which takes the TLLI and the direction (UL or DL) as parameters to select either set_tlli() or confirm_tlli(). The MS object is instantiated with TLLI = 0, and therefore GprsMs::tlli() is extended to return the DL TLLI if both of the other TLLI are not set. Note that create_ms() will not check whether an MS object with a matching TLLI is already stored in the list, so it should only be called after a corresponding get_ms() in general. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 14:58:22 +00:00
Modifying MS object, TLLI: 0x00000000 -> 0x00002342, already confirmed partly
ms: Support new and old TLLIs According to the specification (GSM 04.08/24.008, 4.7.1.5) after a new P-TMSI has been assigned, the old P-TMSI must be kept basically until it has been used by both sides. Since the TLLI will be derived from the P-TMSI, the old TLLI must also be kept until the new TLLI has been used by both MS and SGSN. This commit modifies the TLLI handling of GprsMs accordingly. set_tlli() is only used with TLLIs derived from MS messages, confirm_tlli() is used with TLLIs derived from messages received from the SGSN. tlli() returns the value set by the MS. check_tlli() matches each of the TLLI used by either MS or SGSN as well as the old TLLI until it has been confirmed. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-15 13:50:43 +00:00
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0x00004232, partly confirmed
Modifying MS object, TLLI: 0x00002342 -> 0x00004232, already confirmed partly
tbf: Store the timing advance (TA) value in the GprsMs object The TA value rather relates to an MS and not to a single TBF. So all TBFs share the same TA value. Currently the TA value is stored per TBF and eventually copied from an old TBF to a new one. It is in general only passed with an RACH request when the TLLI and thus the MS is not yet known. This commit adds a TA member to the GprsMs class and uses that one when the TBF is associated to an MS object. Since the TBF is not always associated with an MS object (after RACH or when it has been replaced by another TBF), the TA value is still stored in each TBF and that value is used as long as no MS object is being associated. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 15:48:04 +00:00
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00004232, TA 4 -> 6
tbf: Put the TFI->TBF mapping into the PDCH objects Currently the TBFs are registered in a TFI indexed array within the TRX objects. TBFs can be searched globally by TFI and TRX number. This conflicts with the use of the same TFI for different TBF on different PDCH. This use case requires the specification of the PDCH as additional search dimension. This commit moves the TFI index TBF arrays into the PDCH objects. The related methods are updated accordingly. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 17:52:37 +00:00
Searching for first unallocated TFI: TRX=0
tests/tbf: Test for final ack issue Ticket: SYS#382 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2014-08-15 16:19:41 +00:00
Found TFI=0.
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 45
tests/tbf: Test for final ack issue Ticket: SYS#382 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2014-08-15 16:19:41 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=0
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 1 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000001.
tests/tbf: Test for final ack issue Ticket: SYS#382 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2014-08-15 16:19:41 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tests/tbf: Test for final ack issue Ticket: SYS#382 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2014-08-15 16:19:41 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to FLOW
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xffeeddcc, partly confirmed
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) append
tbf: Use TLLI as ID if TFI not yet assigned Currently the old TFI is always used as ID when a PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT is generated. This fails if the old TBF has not been fully assigned yet. The MS will then ignore the PDA. This commit changes write_packet_downlink_assignment to accept an additional parameter old_tfi_is_valid and uses the new TBF's TLLI instead of the olf TFI if that parameter is set to false. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-29 15:39:21 +00:00
New and old TBF are the same TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) start Packet Downlink Assignment (PACCH)
tests/tbf: Test for final ack issue Ticket: SYS#382 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2014-08-15 16:19:41 +00:00
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ TX : Packet Downlink Assignment +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- TX : Packet Downlink Assignment -------------------------
tbf: Add check_polling/set_polling Currently the checks for and the actual polling is done in several places by copy & paste of several lines of code. This hinders changes of they polling is handled internally and also is likely source of programming mistakes. Separate this into a check_polling function, that checks whether polling is possible and returns the FN and the RRBP to be used in that case. Otherwise the cause is logged (LOGL_DEBUG) and a negative error value is returned. There are no other side effect beside the logging. If the call is successful, the set_polling method can be used to actually register the polling. Extend the encoder functions' parameters lists by an rrbp parameter. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-26 20:46:26 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW): Scheduling polling at FN 13 TS 4
tbf: Add and use tbf->poll_ts Currently tbf->control_ts is used to look up an incoming poll response. Since that may eventually change, poll timeouts could theoretically happen in that case. Store the real poll TS in tbf->poll_ts at all places where tbf->poll_fn is set. Do not use tbf->control_ts to look up outstanding polls. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-22 16:58:17 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) Scheduled DL Assignment polling on FN=13, TS=4
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
Scheduling control message at RTS for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (TRX=0, TS=4)
tests/tbf: Test for final ack issue Ticket: SYS#382 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2014-08-15 16:19:41 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=4f 08 20 00 44 02 00 02 08 04 00 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Poll MS on idle DL TBFs If an MS wants to open a new UL TBF, it can either use (P)RACH or request one in a Ack/Nack message for a DL TBF (PACCH). When a TBF becomes idle (LCC queue is empty but the TBF is kept open), there aren't any Ack/Nack requests that can be used by the MS to ask for an UL TBF, therefore it has to use the RACH. This leads to many RACH requests even for a single HTTP transaction, so it takes some time to retrieve even a simple web page. This commit modifies the scheduler to regularly send Ack/Nack requests on idle DL TBFs. It does so by extending the priority based scheduling algorithm to have 5 priority levels (highest priority first): - Control block is pending - High age (100%) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Data is waiting or there are pending Nacks - Low age (200ms) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Pending Nacks that have been resent already - None of the above (-> send DL dummy control block) The 'age' refers to the time since since the last control block has been sent on the TBF. This high age threshold is set to dl-tbf-idle-time or to 50% of T3190 (whichever is smaller), aiming for at least a poll (and TBF shutdown) after the TBF has expired and to safely prevent expiry of T3190. So if dl-tbf-idle-time > 200ms, there will be a poll every 200ms and a final poll after dl-tbf-idle-time. On high load, the interval between polls can get higher, but the 'high age' poll should be in place. This commit implements the scheduling with respect to GSM 44.060, 9.3.1a ("Delayed release of downlink TBF"). Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-20 13:26:05 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==0)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 0, CS=CS-1
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=200)
tbf: Use put_frame in append_data if the TBF has no data Currently if append_data() is used when there is no LLC data in the DL TBF, it will either call reuse_tbf() which in turn will call put_frame(), or it will append the LLC message to the queue, even if the queue and the frame buffer are empty. This only happens with the test case so far, but this would change when idle DL TBFs are kept open for some time. It results in empty LLC message being sent to the MS (see log below). This commit changes append_data to check for this case and to eventually use put_frame() instead of appending the LLC data to the queue. Addresses: TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==0) - Sending new block at BSN 0 -- Chunk with length 0 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=0 - Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=200) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-24 10:04:19 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 200 larger than space (20) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 0, CS-1): 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0a 0b 0c 0d 0e 0f 10 11 12 13
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 0)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 0, CS-1): 07 00 01 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0a 0b 0c 0d 0e 0f 10 11 12 13
tbf: Use put_frame in append_data if the TBF has no data Currently if append_data() is used when there is no LLC data in the DL TBF, it will either call reuse_tbf() which in turn will call put_frame(), or it will append the LLC message to the queue, even if the queue and the frame buffer are empty. This only happens with the test case so far, but this would change when idle DL TBFs are kept open for some time. It results in empty LLC message being sent to the MS (see log below). This commit changes append_data to check for this case and to eventually use put_frame() instead of appending the LLC data to the queue. Addresses: TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==0) - Sending new block at BSN 0 -- Chunk with length 0 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=0 - Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=200) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-24 10:04:19 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=4 block=1 data=07 00 01 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0a 0b 0c 0d 0e 0f 10 11 12 13
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4 FN=8 block_nr=2 scheduling free USF for polling at FN=13 of TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)
tbf: Poll MS on idle DL TBFs If an MS wants to open a new UL TBF, it can either use (P)RACH or request one in a Ack/Nack message for a DL TBF (PACCH). When a TBF becomes idle (LCC queue is empty but the TBF is kept open), there aren't any Ack/Nack requests that can be used by the MS to ask for an UL TBF, therefore it has to use the RACH. This leads to many RACH requests even for a single HTTP transaction, so it takes some time to retrieve even a simple web page. This commit modifies the scheduler to regularly send Ack/Nack requests on idle DL TBFs. It does so by extending the priority based scheduling algorithm to have 5 priority levels (highest priority first): - Control block is pending - High age (100%) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Data is waiting or there are pending Nacks - Low age (200ms) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Pending Nacks that have been resent already - None of the above (-> send DL dummy control block) The 'age' refers to the time since since the last control block has been sent on the TBF. This high age threshold is set to dl-tbf-idle-time or to 50% of T3190 (whichever is smaller), aiming for at least a poll (and TBF shutdown) after the TBF has expired and to safely prevent expiry of T3190. So if dl-tbf-idle-time > 200ms, there will be a poll every 200ms and a final poll after dl-tbf-idle-time. On high load, the interval between polls can get higher, but the 'high age' poll should be in place. This commit implements the scheduling with respect to GSM 44.060, 9.3.1a ("Delayed release of downlink TBF"). Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-20 13:26:05 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==1)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 1, CS=CS-1
tbf: Use put_frame in append_data if the TBF has no data Currently if append_data() is used when there is no LLC data in the DL TBF, it will either call reuse_tbf() which in turn will call put_frame(), or it will append the LLC message to the queue, even if the queue and the frame buffer are empty. This only happens with the test case so far, but this would change when idle DL TBFs are kept open for some time. It results in empty LLC message being sent to the MS (see log below). This commit changes append_data to check for this case and to eventually use put_frame() instead of appending the LLC data to the queue. Addresses: TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==0) - Sending new block at BSN 0 -- Chunk with length 0 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=0 - Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=200) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-24 10:04:19 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 180 larger than space (20) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 1, CS-1): 14 15 16 17 18 19 1a 1b 1c 1d 1e 1f 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 1)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 1, CS-1): 07 00 03 14 15 16 17 18 19 1a 1b 1c 1d 1e 1f 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
tbf: Use put_frame in append_data if the TBF has no data Currently if append_data() is used when there is no LLC data in the DL TBF, it will either call reuse_tbf() which in turn will call put_frame(), or it will append the LLC message to the queue, even if the queue and the frame buffer are empty. This only happens with the test case so far, but this would change when idle DL TBFs are kept open for some time. It results in empty LLC message being sent to the MS (see log below). This commit changes append_data to check for this case and to eventually use put_frame() instead of appending the LLC data to the queue. Addresses: TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==0) - Sending new block at BSN 0 -- Chunk with length 0 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=0 - Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=200) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-24 10:04:19 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=8 block=2 data=07 00 03 14 15 16 17 18 19 1a 1b 1c 1d 1e 1f 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink acknowledge
tests/tbf: Test for final ack issue Ticket: SYS#382 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2014-08-15 16:19:41 +00:00
- Final ACK received.
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) changes state from FLOW to WAIT RELEASE
tbf: Always start T3193 when changing state to GPRS_RLCMAC_WAIT_RELEASE Currently when receiving a PACKET DL ACK/NACK message with the Final Ack Indicator bit set, the TBF's state is set to GPRS_RLCMAC_WAIT_RELEASE but T3193 is only started when the LLC queue is empty. Otherwise the reuse_tbf() method is called to establish a new DL TBF. In that case, the timer is not started. This will leave the current TBF without a timer so it is potentially not released later on. This is recognisable by sticky entries in the output of the 'show tbf all' command and possibly allocation failures if there are too many of them. This commit changes the code to always start T3193 to make sure, that a timer is always active when the the state is set to GPRS_RLCMAC_WAIT_RELEASE. Note that TS 44.060, 9.3.2.6 requests to release the 'old' TBF immediately in some cases, which is not implemented by this change. This will lead to a longer reservation period of the TFI only, which is safer than reassigning it too early. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-13 16:36:56 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=WAIT RELEASE) starting timer 3193.
tests/tbf: Test for final ack issue Ticket: SYS#382 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2014-08-15 16:19:41 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tests/tbf: Test for final ack issue Ticket: SYS#382 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2014-08-15 16:19:41 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=1
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 2 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000003.
tests/tbf: Test for final ack issue Ticket: SYS#382 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2014-08-15 16:19:41 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0xffeeddcc, TBF = TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tbf: Refactor reuse_tbf into releasing and DL TBF establishment Currently reuse_tbf (partly) resets the old DL TBF and uses its PACCH to establish a new DL TBF. The method can not be used with UL TBFs. This commit replaces the reuse_tbf method into a gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf:release method which triggers the TBF's timer based deletion (so that the TFI is still reserved for some time) and a gprs_rlcmac_tbf::establish_dl_tbf_on_pacch which can establish DL TBFs on existing PACCHs of either DL or UL TBFs. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-09-01 09:20:29 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=WAIT RELEASE) Trigger downlink assignment on PACCH
ms: Store references to replaced TBFs in the MS object Currently when calling GprsMs::attach_tbf and a TBF of the same direction already exists, the old TBF gets detached from the MS object. Therefore that TBF object loses access to that MS object including for instance TLLI and IMSI. This leads to failing DL TBF reuses, since the downlink assigment cannot be sent on the PACCH later on because that must be sent on the old DL TBF which ms() is NULL and the new DL TBF cannot be retrieved. This commit fixes this bug by changing the GprsMs implementation to keep a list of replaced (old) TBFs. TBFs are only removed when they are being detached explicitely (see tbf_free and set_ms). Addresses: tbf.cpp:741 We have a schedule for downlink assignment at uplink TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf35a680e DIR=UL STATE=RELEASING), but there is no downlink TBF Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:24:02 +00:00
Send dowlink assignment on PACCH, because TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=WAIT RELEASE) exists
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) starting timer 0.
tbf: Add abort method for downlink TBF Currently the is a release() function which takes care of statistics and shutdown of properly finished TBFs, but which cannot be used for aborted TBFs. This commit add an abort() method which handles unacked RLC blocks as lost and doesn't start a release timer. This method will be invoked by tbf_free() for downlink TBF. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-21 19:42:40 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=WAIT RELEASE) changes state from WAIT RELEASE to RELEASING
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING) free
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING) stopping timer 3193.
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Detaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING), 1 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000002.
Detaching TBF from MS object, TLLI = 0xffeeddcc, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING)
tests/tbf: Test for final ack issue Ticket: SYS#382 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2014-08-15 16:19:41 +00:00
********** TBF ends here **********
tbf: Add abort method for downlink TBF Currently the is a release() function which takes care of statistics and shutdown of properly finished TBFs, but which cannot be used for aborted TBFs. This commit add an abort() method which handles unacked RLC blocks as lost and doesn't start a release timer. This method will be invoked by tbf_free() for downlink TBF. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-21 19:42:40 +00:00
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to RELEASING
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING) free
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING) stopping timer 0.
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Detaching TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING), 0 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000000.
Detaching TBF from MS object, TLLI = 0xffeeddcc, TBF = TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING)
tests/tbf: Test for final ack issue Ticket: SYS#382 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2014-08-15 16:19:41 +00:00
********** TBF ends here **********
tbf: Remove TBF chaining (m_new_tbf and m_old_tbf) Currently a new TBF is chained to an existing older one, either of the other direction (active or releasing) or of the same direction (releasing). This does not work properly work if and uplink and a downlink TBF are being established at the same time while an old TBF is being released. In that case, one of them is thrown away and the pending procedure is cancelled. The chaining is no longer necessary since the GprsMs objects have been introduced which keep track of the active TBFs. This commit removes the TBF members m_new_tbf and m_old_tbf and the related methods and code paths. Note that a new TBF can replace an older TBF entry of the same direction within an MS object when it is associated with an MS (e.g. by TLLI or because it is assigned via another, already associated TBF). In that case, the old TBF is no longer associated with an MS object. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:47:55 +00:00
Destroying MS object, TLLI = 0xffeeddcc
tbf: Put the TFI->TBF mapping into the PDCH objects Currently the TBFs are registered in a TFI indexed array within the TRX objects. TBFs can be searched globally by TFI and TRX number. This conflicts with the use of the same TFI for different TBF on different PDCH. This use case requires the specification of the PDCH as additional search dimension. This commit moves the TFI index TBF arrays into the PDCH objects. The related methods are updated accordingly. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 17:52:37 +00:00
Searching for first unallocated TFI: TRX=0
tbf/test: Modify test to create a dangling TBF pointer When new_tbf is freed before dl_tbf in test_tbf_final_ack, dl_tbf still contains a pointer to it in m_new_tbf. This patch changes the test to accept a test mode parameter and runs it twice which a different order of tbf_free in each run. Consistency checks are added, to check for a danglilng m_new_tbf pointer in both cases. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-02-23 13:26:59 +00:00
Found TFI=0.
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 45
tbf/test: Modify test to create a dangling TBF pointer When new_tbf is freed before dl_tbf in test_tbf_final_ack, dl_tbf still contains a pointer to it in m_new_tbf. This patch changes the test to accept a test mode parameter and runs it twice which a different order of tbf_free in each run. Consistency checks are added, to check for a danglilng m_new_tbf pointer in both cases. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-02-23 13:26:59 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=0
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 1 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000001.
tbf/test: Modify test to create a dangling TBF pointer When new_tbf is freed before dl_tbf in test_tbf_final_ack, dl_tbf still contains a pointer to it in m_new_tbf. This patch changes the test to accept a test mode parameter and runs it twice which a different order of tbf_free in each run. Consistency checks are added, to check for a danglilng m_new_tbf pointer in both cases. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-02-23 13:26:59 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tbf/test: Modify test to create a dangling TBF pointer When new_tbf is freed before dl_tbf in test_tbf_final_ack, dl_tbf still contains a pointer to it in m_new_tbf. This patch changes the test to accept a test mode parameter and runs it twice which a different order of tbf_free in each run. Consistency checks are added, to check for a danglilng m_new_tbf pointer in both cases. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-02-23 13:26:59 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to FLOW
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xffeeddcc, partly confirmed
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) append
tbf: Use TLLI as ID if TFI not yet assigned Currently the old TFI is always used as ID when a PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT is generated. This fails if the old TBF has not been fully assigned yet. The MS will then ignore the PDA. This commit changes write_packet_downlink_assignment to accept an additional parameter old_tfi_is_valid and uses the new TBF's TLLI instead of the olf TFI if that parameter is set to false. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-29 15:39:21 +00:00
New and old TBF are the same TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) start Packet Downlink Assignment (PACCH)
tbf/test: Modify test to create a dangling TBF pointer When new_tbf is freed before dl_tbf in test_tbf_final_ack, dl_tbf still contains a pointer to it in m_new_tbf. This patch changes the test to accept a test mode parameter and runs it twice which a different order of tbf_free in each run. Consistency checks are added, to check for a danglilng m_new_tbf pointer in both cases. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-02-23 13:26:59 +00:00
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ TX : Packet Downlink Assignment +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- TX : Packet Downlink Assignment -------------------------
tbf: Add check_polling/set_polling Currently the checks for and the actual polling is done in several places by copy & paste of several lines of code. This hinders changes of they polling is handled internally and also is likely source of programming mistakes. Separate this into a check_polling function, that checks whether polling is possible and returns the FN and the RRBP to be used in that case. Otherwise the cause is logged (LOGL_DEBUG) and a negative error value is returned. There are no other side effect beside the logging. If the call is successful, the set_polling method can be used to actually register the polling. Extend the encoder functions' parameters lists by an rrbp parameter. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-26 20:46:26 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW): Scheduling polling at FN 13 TS 4
tbf: Add and use tbf->poll_ts Currently tbf->control_ts is used to look up an incoming poll response. Since that may eventually change, poll timeouts could theoretically happen in that case. Store the real poll TS in tbf->poll_ts at all places where tbf->poll_fn is set. Do not use tbf->control_ts to look up outstanding polls. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-22 16:58:17 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) Scheduled DL Assignment polling on FN=13, TS=4
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
Scheduling control message at RTS for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (TRX=0, TS=4)
tbf/test: Modify test to create a dangling TBF pointer When new_tbf is freed before dl_tbf in test_tbf_final_ack, dl_tbf still contains a pointer to it in m_new_tbf. This patch changes the test to accept a test mode parameter and runs it twice which a different order of tbf_free in each run. Consistency checks are added, to check for a danglilng m_new_tbf pointer in both cases. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-02-23 13:26:59 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=4f 08 20 00 44 02 00 02 08 04 00 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Poll MS on idle DL TBFs If an MS wants to open a new UL TBF, it can either use (P)RACH or request one in a Ack/Nack message for a DL TBF (PACCH). When a TBF becomes idle (LCC queue is empty but the TBF is kept open), there aren't any Ack/Nack requests that can be used by the MS to ask for an UL TBF, therefore it has to use the RACH. This leads to many RACH requests even for a single HTTP transaction, so it takes some time to retrieve even a simple web page. This commit modifies the scheduler to regularly send Ack/Nack requests on idle DL TBFs. It does so by extending the priority based scheduling algorithm to have 5 priority levels (highest priority first): - Control block is pending - High age (100%) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Data is waiting or there are pending Nacks - Low age (200ms) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Pending Nacks that have been resent already - None of the above (-> send DL dummy control block) The 'age' refers to the time since since the last control block has been sent on the TBF. This high age threshold is set to dl-tbf-idle-time or to 50% of T3190 (whichever is smaller), aiming for at least a poll (and TBF shutdown) after the TBF has expired and to safely prevent expiry of T3190. So if dl-tbf-idle-time > 200ms, there will be a poll every 200ms and a final poll after dl-tbf-idle-time. On high load, the interval between polls can get higher, but the 'high age' poll should be in place. This commit implements the scheduling with respect to GSM 44.060, 9.3.1a ("Delayed release of downlink TBF"). Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-20 13:26:05 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==0)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 0, CS=CS-1
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=200)
tbf: Use put_frame in append_data if the TBF has no data Currently if append_data() is used when there is no LLC data in the DL TBF, it will either call reuse_tbf() which in turn will call put_frame(), or it will append the LLC message to the queue, even if the queue and the frame buffer are empty. This only happens with the test case so far, but this would change when idle DL TBFs are kept open for some time. It results in empty LLC message being sent to the MS (see log below). This commit changes append_data to check for this case and to eventually use put_frame() instead of appending the LLC data to the queue. Addresses: TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==0) - Sending new block at BSN 0 -- Chunk with length 0 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=0 - Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=200) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-24 10:04:19 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 200 larger than space (20) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 0, CS-1): 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0a 0b 0c 0d 0e 0f 10 11 12 13
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 0)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 0, CS-1): 07 00 01 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0a 0b 0c 0d 0e 0f 10 11 12 13
tbf: Use put_frame in append_data if the TBF has no data Currently if append_data() is used when there is no LLC data in the DL TBF, it will either call reuse_tbf() which in turn will call put_frame(), or it will append the LLC message to the queue, even if the queue and the frame buffer are empty. This only happens with the test case so far, but this would change when idle DL TBFs are kept open for some time. It results in empty LLC message being sent to the MS (see log below). This commit changes append_data to check for this case and to eventually use put_frame() instead of appending the LLC data to the queue. Addresses: TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==0) - Sending new block at BSN 0 -- Chunk with length 0 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=0 - Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=200) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-24 10:04:19 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=4 block=1 data=07 00 01 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0a 0b 0c 0d 0e 0f 10 11 12 13
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4 FN=8 block_nr=2 scheduling free USF for polling at FN=13 of TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)
tbf: Poll MS on idle DL TBFs If an MS wants to open a new UL TBF, it can either use (P)RACH or request one in a Ack/Nack message for a DL TBF (PACCH). When a TBF becomes idle (LCC queue is empty but the TBF is kept open), there aren't any Ack/Nack requests that can be used by the MS to ask for an UL TBF, therefore it has to use the RACH. This leads to many RACH requests even for a single HTTP transaction, so it takes some time to retrieve even a simple web page. This commit modifies the scheduler to regularly send Ack/Nack requests on idle DL TBFs. It does so by extending the priority based scheduling algorithm to have 5 priority levels (highest priority first): - Control block is pending - High age (100%) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Data is waiting or there are pending Nacks - Low age (200ms) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Pending Nacks that have been resent already - None of the above (-> send DL dummy control block) The 'age' refers to the time since since the last control block has been sent on the TBF. This high age threshold is set to dl-tbf-idle-time or to 50% of T3190 (whichever is smaller), aiming for at least a poll (and TBF shutdown) after the TBF has expired and to safely prevent expiry of T3190. So if dl-tbf-idle-time > 200ms, there will be a poll every 200ms and a final poll after dl-tbf-idle-time. On high load, the interval between polls can get higher, but the 'high age' poll should be in place. This commit implements the scheduling with respect to GSM 44.060, 9.3.1a ("Delayed release of downlink TBF"). Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-20 13:26:05 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==1)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 1, CS=CS-1
tbf: Use put_frame in append_data if the TBF has no data Currently if append_data() is used when there is no LLC data in the DL TBF, it will either call reuse_tbf() which in turn will call put_frame(), or it will append the LLC message to the queue, even if the queue and the frame buffer are empty. This only happens with the test case so far, but this would change when idle DL TBFs are kept open for some time. It results in empty LLC message being sent to the MS (see log below). This commit changes append_data to check for this case and to eventually use put_frame() instead of appending the LLC data to the queue. Addresses: TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==0) - Sending new block at BSN 0 -- Chunk with length 0 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=0 - Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=200) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-24 10:04:19 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 180 larger than space (20) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 1, CS-1): 14 15 16 17 18 19 1a 1b 1c 1d 1e 1f 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 1)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 1, CS-1): 07 00 03 14 15 16 17 18 19 1a 1b 1c 1d 1e 1f 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
tbf: Use put_frame in append_data if the TBF has no data Currently if append_data() is used when there is no LLC data in the DL TBF, it will either call reuse_tbf() which in turn will call put_frame(), or it will append the LLC message to the queue, even if the queue and the frame buffer are empty. This only happens with the test case so far, but this would change when idle DL TBFs are kept open for some time. It results in empty LLC message being sent to the MS (see log below). This commit changes append_data to check for this case and to eventually use put_frame() instead of appending the LLC data to the queue. Addresses: TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==0) - Sending new block at BSN 0 -- Chunk with length 0 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=0 - Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=200) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-24 10:04:19 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=8 block=2 data=07 00 03 14 15 16 17 18 19 1a 1b 1c 1d 1e 1f 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink acknowledge
tbf/test: Modify test to create a dangling TBF pointer When new_tbf is freed before dl_tbf in test_tbf_final_ack, dl_tbf still contains a pointer to it in m_new_tbf. This patch changes the test to accept a test mode parameter and runs it twice which a different order of tbf_free in each run. Consistency checks are added, to check for a danglilng m_new_tbf pointer in both cases. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-02-23 13:26:59 +00:00
- Final ACK received.
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) changes state from FLOW to WAIT RELEASE
tbf: Always start T3193 when changing state to GPRS_RLCMAC_WAIT_RELEASE Currently when receiving a PACKET DL ACK/NACK message with the Final Ack Indicator bit set, the TBF's state is set to GPRS_RLCMAC_WAIT_RELEASE but T3193 is only started when the LLC queue is empty. Otherwise the reuse_tbf() method is called to establish a new DL TBF. In that case, the timer is not started. This will leave the current TBF without a timer so it is potentially not released later on. This is recognisable by sticky entries in the output of the 'show tbf all' command and possibly allocation failures if there are too many of them. This commit changes the code to always start T3193 to make sure, that a timer is always active when the the state is set to GPRS_RLCMAC_WAIT_RELEASE. Note that TS 44.060, 9.3.2.6 requests to release the 'old' TBF immediately in some cases, which is not implemented by this change. This will lead to a longer reservation period of the TFI only, which is safer than reassigning it too early. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-13 16:36:56 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=WAIT RELEASE) starting timer 3193.
tbf/test: Modify test to create a dangling TBF pointer When new_tbf is freed before dl_tbf in test_tbf_final_ack, dl_tbf still contains a pointer to it in m_new_tbf. This patch changes the test to accept a test mode parameter and runs it twice which a different order of tbf_free in each run. Consistency checks are added, to check for a danglilng m_new_tbf pointer in both cases. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-02-23 13:26:59 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf/test: Modify test to create a dangling TBF pointer When new_tbf is freed before dl_tbf in test_tbf_final_ack, dl_tbf still contains a pointer to it in m_new_tbf. This patch changes the test to accept a test mode parameter and runs it twice which a different order of tbf_free in each run. Consistency checks are added, to check for a danglilng m_new_tbf pointer in both cases. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-02-23 13:26:59 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=1
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 2 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000003.
tbf/test: Modify test to create a dangling TBF pointer When new_tbf is freed before dl_tbf in test_tbf_final_ack, dl_tbf still contains a pointer to it in m_new_tbf. This patch changes the test to accept a test mode parameter and runs it twice which a different order of tbf_free in each run. Consistency checks are added, to check for a danglilng m_new_tbf pointer in both cases. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-02-23 13:26:59 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0xffeeddcc, TBF = TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tbf: Refactor reuse_tbf into releasing and DL TBF establishment Currently reuse_tbf (partly) resets the old DL TBF and uses its PACCH to establish a new DL TBF. The method can not be used with UL TBFs. This commit replaces the reuse_tbf method into a gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf:release method which triggers the TBF's timer based deletion (so that the TFI is still reserved for some time) and a gprs_rlcmac_tbf::establish_dl_tbf_on_pacch which can establish DL TBFs on existing PACCHs of either DL or UL TBFs. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-09-01 09:20:29 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=WAIT RELEASE) Trigger downlink assignment on PACCH
ms: Store references to replaced TBFs in the MS object Currently when calling GprsMs::attach_tbf and a TBF of the same direction already exists, the old TBF gets detached from the MS object. Therefore that TBF object loses access to that MS object including for instance TLLI and IMSI. This leads to failing DL TBF reuses, since the downlink assigment cannot be sent on the PACCH later on because that must be sent on the old DL TBF which ms() is NULL and the new DL TBF cannot be retrieved. This commit fixes this bug by changing the GprsMs implementation to keep a list of replaced (old) TBFs. TBFs are only removed when they are being detached explicitely (see tbf_free and set_ms). Addresses: tbf.cpp:741 We have a schedule for downlink assignment at uplink TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf35a680e DIR=UL STATE=RELEASING), but there is no downlink TBF Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:24:02 +00:00
Send dowlink assignment on PACCH, because TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=WAIT RELEASE) exists
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) starting timer 0.
tbf: Add abort method for downlink TBF Currently the is a release() function which takes care of statistics and shutdown of properly finished TBFs, but which cannot be used for aborted TBFs. This commit add an abort() method which handles unacked RLC blocks as lost and doesn't start a release timer. This method will be invoked by tbf_free() for downlink TBF. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-21 19:42:40 +00:00
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to RELEASING
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING) free
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING) stopping timer 0.
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Detaching TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING), 1 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000001.
Detaching TBF from MS object, TLLI = 0xffeeddcc, TBF = TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING)
tbf/test: Modify test to create a dangling TBF pointer When new_tbf is freed before dl_tbf in test_tbf_final_ack, dl_tbf still contains a pointer to it in m_new_tbf. This patch changes the test to accept a test mode parameter and runs it twice which a different order of tbf_free in each run. Consistency checks are added, to check for a danglilng m_new_tbf pointer in both cases. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-02-23 13:26:59 +00:00
********** TBF ends here **********
tbf: Add abort method for downlink TBF Currently the is a release() function which takes care of statistics and shutdown of properly finished TBFs, but which cannot be used for aborted TBFs. This commit add an abort() method which handles unacked RLC blocks as lost and doesn't start a release timer. This method will be invoked by tbf_free() for downlink TBF. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-21 19:42:40 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=WAIT RELEASE) changes state from WAIT RELEASE to RELEASING
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING) free
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING) stopping timer 3193.
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Detaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING), 0 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000000.
Detaching TBF from MS object, TLLI = 0xffeeddcc, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING)
tbf/test: Modify test to create a dangling TBF pointer When new_tbf is freed before dl_tbf in test_tbf_final_ack, dl_tbf still contains a pointer to it in m_new_tbf. This patch changes the test to accept a test mode parameter and runs it twice which a different order of tbf_free in each run. Consistency checks are added, to check for a danglilng m_new_tbf pointer in both cases. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-02-23 13:26:59 +00:00
********** TBF ends here **********
tbf: Remove TBF chaining (m_new_tbf and m_old_tbf) Currently a new TBF is chained to an existing older one, either of the other direction (active or releasing) or of the same direction (releasing). This does not work properly work if and uplink and a downlink TBF are being established at the same time while an old TBF is being released. In that case, one of them is thrown away and the pending procedure is cancelled. The chaining is no longer necessary since the GprsMs objects have been introduced which keep track of the active TBFs. This commit removes the TBF members m_new_tbf and m_old_tbf and the related methods and code paths. Note that a new TBF can replace an older TBF entry of the same direction within an MS object when it is associated with an MS (e.g. by TLLI or because it is assigned via another, already associated TBF). In that case, the old TBF is no longer associated with an MS object. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:47:55 +00:00
Destroying MS object, TLLI = 0xffeeddcc
tbf: Put the TFI->TBF mapping into the PDCH objects Currently the TBFs are registered in a TFI indexed array within the TRX objects. TBFs can be searched globally by TFI and TRX number. This conflicts with the use of the same TFI for different TBF on different PDCH. This use case requires the specification of the PDCH as additional search dimension. This commit moves the TFI index TBF arrays into the PDCH objects. The related methods are updated accordingly. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 17:52:37 +00:00
Searching for first unallocated TFI: TRX=0
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
Found TFI=0.
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 45
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=0
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 1 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000001.
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to FLOW
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xffeeddcc, partly confirmed
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) append
tbf: Use TLLI as ID if TFI not yet assigned Currently the old TFI is always used as ID when a PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT is generated. This fails if the old TBF has not been fully assigned yet. The MS will then ignore the PDA. This commit changes write_packet_downlink_assignment to accept an additional parameter old_tfi_is_valid and uses the new TBF's TLLI instead of the olf TFI if that parameter is set to false. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-29 15:39:21 +00:00
New and old TBF are the same TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) start Packet Downlink Assignment (PACCH)
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ TX : Packet Downlink Assignment +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- TX : Packet Downlink Assignment -------------------------
tbf: Add check_polling/set_polling Currently the checks for and the actual polling is done in several places by copy & paste of several lines of code. This hinders changes of they polling is handled internally and also is likely source of programming mistakes. Separate this into a check_polling function, that checks whether polling is possible and returns the FN and the RRBP to be used in that case. Otherwise the cause is logged (LOGL_DEBUG) and a negative error value is returned. There are no other side effect beside the logging. If the call is successful, the set_polling method can be used to actually register the polling. Extend the encoder functions' parameters lists by an rrbp parameter. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-26 20:46:26 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW): Scheduling polling at FN 13 TS 4
tbf: Add and use tbf->poll_ts Currently tbf->control_ts is used to look up an incoming poll response. Since that may eventually change, poll timeouts could theoretically happen in that case. Store the real poll TS in tbf->poll_ts at all places where tbf->poll_fn is set. Do not use tbf->control_ts to look up outstanding polls. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-22 16:58:17 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) Scheduled DL Assignment polling on FN=13, TS=4
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
Scheduling control message at RTS for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (TRX=0, TS=4)
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=4f 08 20 00 44 02 00 02 08 04 00 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Poll MS on idle DL TBFs If an MS wants to open a new UL TBF, it can either use (P)RACH or request one in a Ack/Nack message for a DL TBF (PACCH). When a TBF becomes idle (LCC queue is empty but the TBF is kept open), there aren't any Ack/Nack requests that can be used by the MS to ask for an UL TBF, therefore it has to use the RACH. This leads to many RACH requests even for a single HTTP transaction, so it takes some time to retrieve even a simple web page. This commit modifies the scheduler to regularly send Ack/Nack requests on idle DL TBFs. It does so by extending the priority based scheduling algorithm to have 5 priority levels (highest priority first): - Control block is pending - High age (100%) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Data is waiting or there are pending Nacks - Low age (200ms) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Pending Nacks that have been resent already - None of the above (-> send DL dummy control block) The 'age' refers to the time since since the last control block has been sent on the TBF. This high age threshold is set to dl-tbf-idle-time or to 50% of T3190 (whichever is smaller), aiming for at least a poll (and TBF shutdown) after the TBF has expired and to safely prevent expiry of T3190. So if dl-tbf-idle-time > 200ms, there will be a poll every 200ms and a final poll after dl-tbf-idle-time. On high load, the interval between polls can get higher, but the 'high age' poll should be in place. This commit implements the scheduling with respect to GSM 44.060, 9.3.1a ("Delayed release of downlink TBF"). Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-20 13:26:05 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==0)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 0, CS=CS-1
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=200)
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 200 larger than space (20) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 0, CS-1): 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0a 0b 0c 0d 0e 0f 10 11 12 13
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 0)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 0, CS-1): 07 00 01 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0a 0b 0c 0d 0e 0f 10 11 12 13
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=4 block=1 data=07 00 01 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0a 0b 0c 0d 0e 0f 10 11 12 13
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4 FN=8 block_nr=2 scheduling free USF for polling at FN=13 of TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)
tbf: Poll MS on idle DL TBFs If an MS wants to open a new UL TBF, it can either use (P)RACH or request one in a Ack/Nack message for a DL TBF (PACCH). When a TBF becomes idle (LCC queue is empty but the TBF is kept open), there aren't any Ack/Nack requests that can be used by the MS to ask for an UL TBF, therefore it has to use the RACH. This leads to many RACH requests even for a single HTTP transaction, so it takes some time to retrieve even a simple web page. This commit modifies the scheduler to regularly send Ack/Nack requests on idle DL TBFs. It does so by extending the priority based scheduling algorithm to have 5 priority levels (highest priority first): - Control block is pending - High age (100%) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Data is waiting or there are pending Nacks - Low age (200ms) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Pending Nacks that have been resent already - None of the above (-> send DL dummy control block) The 'age' refers to the time since since the last control block has been sent on the TBF. This high age threshold is set to dl-tbf-idle-time or to 50% of T3190 (whichever is smaller), aiming for at least a poll (and TBF shutdown) after the TBF has expired and to safely prevent expiry of T3190. So if dl-tbf-idle-time > 200ms, there will be a poll every 200ms and a final poll after dl-tbf-idle-time. On high load, the interval between polls can get higher, but the 'high age' poll should be in place. This commit implements the scheduling with respect to GSM 44.060, 9.3.1a ("Delayed release of downlink TBF"). Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-20 13:26:05 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==1)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 1, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 180 larger than space (20) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 1, CS-1): 14 15 16 17 18 19 1a 1b 1c 1d 1e 1f 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 1)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 1, CS-1): 07 00 03 14 15 16 17 18 19 1a 1b 1c 1d 1e 1f 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=8 block=2 data=07 00 03 14 15 16 17 18 19 1a 1b 1c 1d 1e 1f 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
tbf: Poll MS on idle DL TBFs If an MS wants to open a new UL TBF, it can either use (P)RACH or request one in a Ack/Nack message for a DL TBF (PACCH). When a TBF becomes idle (LCC queue is empty but the TBF is kept open), there aren't any Ack/Nack requests that can be used by the MS to ask for an UL TBF, therefore it has to use the RACH. This leads to many RACH requests even for a single HTTP transaction, so it takes some time to retrieve even a simple web page. This commit modifies the scheduler to regularly send Ack/Nack requests on idle DL TBFs. It does so by extending the priority based scheduling algorithm to have 5 priority levels (highest priority first): - Control block is pending - High age (100%) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Data is waiting or there are pending Nacks - Low age (200ms) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Pending Nacks that have been resent already - None of the above (-> send DL dummy control block) The 'age' refers to the time since since the last control block has been sent on the TBF. This high age threshold is set to dl-tbf-idle-time or to 50% of T3190 (whichever is smaller), aiming for at least a poll (and TBF shutdown) after the TBF has expired and to safely prevent expiry of T3190. So if dl-tbf-idle-time > 200ms, there will be a poll every 200ms and a final poll after dl-tbf-idle-time. On high load, the interval between polls can get higher, but the 'high age' poll should be in place. This commit implements the scheduling with respect to GSM 44.060, 9.3.1a ("Delayed release of downlink TBF"). Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-20 13:26:05 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==2)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 2, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 160 larger than space (20) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 2, CS-1): 28 29 2a 2b 2c 2d 2e 2f 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 3a 3b
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 2)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 2, CS-1): 07 00 05 28 29 2a 2b 2c 2d 2e 2f 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 3a 3b
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=13 block=3 data=07 00 05 28 29 2a 2b 2c 2d 2e 2f 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 3a 3b
tbf: Poll MS on idle DL TBFs If an MS wants to open a new UL TBF, it can either use (P)RACH or request one in a Ack/Nack message for a DL TBF (PACCH). When a TBF becomes idle (LCC queue is empty but the TBF is kept open), there aren't any Ack/Nack requests that can be used by the MS to ask for an UL TBF, therefore it has to use the RACH. This leads to many RACH requests even for a single HTTP transaction, so it takes some time to retrieve even a simple web page. This commit modifies the scheduler to regularly send Ack/Nack requests on idle DL TBFs. It does so by extending the priority based scheduling algorithm to have 5 priority levels (highest priority first): - Control block is pending - High age (100%) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Data is waiting or there are pending Nacks - Low age (200ms) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Pending Nacks that have been resent already - None of the above (-> send DL dummy control block) The 'age' refers to the time since since the last control block has been sent on the TBF. This high age threshold is set to dl-tbf-idle-time or to 50% of T3190 (whichever is smaller), aiming for at least a poll (and TBF shutdown) after the TBF has expired and to safely prevent expiry of T3190. So if dl-tbf-idle-time > 200ms, there will be a poll every 200ms and a final poll after dl-tbf-idle-time. On high load, the interval between polls can get higher, but the 'high age' poll should be in place. This commit implements the scheduling with respect to GSM 44.060, 9.3.1a ("Delayed release of downlink TBF"). Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-20 13:26:05 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==3)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 3, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 140 larger than space (20) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 3, CS-1): 3c 3d 3e 3f 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 4a 4b 4c 4d 4e 4f
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 3)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 3, CS-1): 07 00 07 3c 3d 3e 3f 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 4a 4b 4c 4d 4e 4f
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=17 block=4 data=07 00 07 3c 3d 3e 3f 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 4a 4b 4c 4d 4e 4f
tbf: Poll MS on idle DL TBFs If an MS wants to open a new UL TBF, it can either use (P)RACH or request one in a Ack/Nack message for a DL TBF (PACCH). When a TBF becomes idle (LCC queue is empty but the TBF is kept open), there aren't any Ack/Nack requests that can be used by the MS to ask for an UL TBF, therefore it has to use the RACH. This leads to many RACH requests even for a single HTTP transaction, so it takes some time to retrieve even a simple web page. This commit modifies the scheduler to regularly send Ack/Nack requests on idle DL TBFs. It does so by extending the priority based scheduling algorithm to have 5 priority levels (highest priority first): - Control block is pending - High age (100%) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Data is waiting or there are pending Nacks - Low age (200ms) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Pending Nacks that have been resent already - None of the above (-> send DL dummy control block) The 'age' refers to the time since since the last control block has been sent on the TBF. This high age threshold is set to dl-tbf-idle-time or to 50% of T3190 (whichever is smaller), aiming for at least a poll (and TBF shutdown) after the TBF has expired and to safely prevent expiry of T3190. So if dl-tbf-idle-time > 200ms, there will be a poll every 200ms and a final poll after dl-tbf-idle-time. On high load, the interval between polls can get higher, but the 'high age' poll should be in place. This commit implements the scheduling with respect to GSM 44.060, 9.3.1a ("Delayed release of downlink TBF"). Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-20 13:26:05 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==4)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 4, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 120 larger than space (20) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 4, CS-1): 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 5a 5b 5c 5d 5e 5f 60 61 62 63
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 4)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 4, CS-1): 07 00 09 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 5a 5b 5c 5d 5e 5f 60 61 62 63
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=21 block=5 data=07 00 09 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 5a 5b 5c 5d 5e 5f 60 61 62 63
tbf: Poll MS on idle DL TBFs If an MS wants to open a new UL TBF, it can either use (P)RACH or request one in a Ack/Nack message for a DL TBF (PACCH). When a TBF becomes idle (LCC queue is empty but the TBF is kept open), there aren't any Ack/Nack requests that can be used by the MS to ask for an UL TBF, therefore it has to use the RACH. This leads to many RACH requests even for a single HTTP transaction, so it takes some time to retrieve even a simple web page. This commit modifies the scheduler to regularly send Ack/Nack requests on idle DL TBFs. It does so by extending the priority based scheduling algorithm to have 5 priority levels (highest priority first): - Control block is pending - High age (100%) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Data is waiting or there are pending Nacks - Low age (200ms) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Pending Nacks that have been resent already - None of the above (-> send DL dummy control block) The 'age' refers to the time since since the last control block has been sent on the TBF. This high age threshold is set to dl-tbf-idle-time or to 50% of T3190 (whichever is smaller), aiming for at least a poll (and TBF shutdown) after the TBF has expired and to safely prevent expiry of T3190. So if dl-tbf-idle-time > 200ms, there will be a poll every 200ms and a final poll after dl-tbf-idle-time. On high load, the interval between polls can get higher, but the 'high age' poll should be in place. This commit implements the scheduling with respect to GSM 44.060, 9.3.1a ("Delayed release of downlink TBF"). Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-20 13:26:05 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==5)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 5, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 100 larger than space (20) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 5, CS-1): 64 65 66 67 68 69 6a 6b 6c 6d 6e 6f 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 5)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 5, CS-1): 07 00 0b 64 65 66 67 68 69 6a 6b 6c 6d 6e 6f 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=26 block=6 data=07 00 0b 64 65 66 67 68 69 6a 6b 6c 6d 6e 6f 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77
tbf: Poll MS on idle DL TBFs If an MS wants to open a new UL TBF, it can either use (P)RACH or request one in a Ack/Nack message for a DL TBF (PACCH). When a TBF becomes idle (LCC queue is empty but the TBF is kept open), there aren't any Ack/Nack requests that can be used by the MS to ask for an UL TBF, therefore it has to use the RACH. This leads to many RACH requests even for a single HTTP transaction, so it takes some time to retrieve even a simple web page. This commit modifies the scheduler to regularly send Ack/Nack requests on idle DL TBFs. It does so by extending the priority based scheduling algorithm to have 5 priority levels (highest priority first): - Control block is pending - High age (100%) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Data is waiting or there are pending Nacks - Low age (200ms) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Pending Nacks that have been resent already - None of the above (-> send DL dummy control block) The 'age' refers to the time since since the last control block has been sent on the TBF. This high age threshold is set to dl-tbf-idle-time or to 50% of T3190 (whichever is smaller), aiming for at least a poll (and TBF shutdown) after the TBF has expired and to safely prevent expiry of T3190. So if dl-tbf-idle-time > 200ms, there will be a poll every 200ms and a final poll after dl-tbf-idle-time. On high load, the interval between polls can get higher, but the 'high age' poll should be in place. This commit implements the scheduling with respect to GSM 44.060, 9.3.1a ("Delayed release of downlink TBF"). Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-20 13:26:05 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==6)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 6, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 80 larger than space (20) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 6, CS-1): 78 79 7a 7b 7c 7d 7e 7f 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 8a 8b
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 6)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 6, CS-1): 07 00 0d 78 79 7a 7b 7c 7d 7e 7f 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 8a 8b
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=30 block=7 data=07 00 0d 78 79 7a 7b 7c 7d 7e 7f 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 8a 8b
tbf: Poll MS on idle DL TBFs If an MS wants to open a new UL TBF, it can either use (P)RACH or request one in a Ack/Nack message for a DL TBF (PACCH). When a TBF becomes idle (LCC queue is empty but the TBF is kept open), there aren't any Ack/Nack requests that can be used by the MS to ask for an UL TBF, therefore it has to use the RACH. This leads to many RACH requests even for a single HTTP transaction, so it takes some time to retrieve even a simple web page. This commit modifies the scheduler to regularly send Ack/Nack requests on idle DL TBFs. It does so by extending the priority based scheduling algorithm to have 5 priority levels (highest priority first): - Control block is pending - High age (100%) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Data is waiting or there are pending Nacks - Low age (200ms) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Pending Nacks that have been resent already - None of the above (-> send DL dummy control block) The 'age' refers to the time since since the last control block has been sent on the TBF. This high age threshold is set to dl-tbf-idle-time or to 50% of T3190 (whichever is smaller), aiming for at least a poll (and TBF shutdown) after the TBF has expired and to safely prevent expiry of T3190. So if dl-tbf-idle-time > 200ms, there will be a poll every 200ms and a final poll after dl-tbf-idle-time. On high load, the interval between polls can get higher, but the 'high age' poll should be in place. This commit implements the scheduling with respect to GSM 44.060, 9.3.1a ("Delayed release of downlink TBF"). Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-20 13:26:05 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==7)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 7, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 60 larger than space (20) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 7, CS-1): 8c 8d 8e 8f 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 9a 9b 9c 9d 9e 9f
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 7)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 7, CS-1): 07 00 0f 8c 8d 8e 8f 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 9a 9b 9c 9d 9e 9f
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=34 block=8 data=07 00 0f 8c 8d 8e 8f 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 9a 9b 9c 9d 9e 9f
tbf: Poll MS on idle DL TBFs If an MS wants to open a new UL TBF, it can either use (P)RACH or request one in a Ack/Nack message for a DL TBF (PACCH). When a TBF becomes idle (LCC queue is empty but the TBF is kept open), there aren't any Ack/Nack requests that can be used by the MS to ask for an UL TBF, therefore it has to use the RACH. This leads to many RACH requests even for a single HTTP transaction, so it takes some time to retrieve even a simple web page. This commit modifies the scheduler to regularly send Ack/Nack requests on idle DL TBFs. It does so by extending the priority based scheduling algorithm to have 5 priority levels (highest priority first): - Control block is pending - High age (100%) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Data is waiting or there are pending Nacks - Low age (200ms) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Pending Nacks that have been resent already - None of the above (-> send DL dummy control block) The 'age' refers to the time since since the last control block has been sent on the TBF. This high age threshold is set to dl-tbf-idle-time or to 50% of T3190 (whichever is smaller), aiming for at least a poll (and TBF shutdown) after the TBF has expired and to safely prevent expiry of T3190. So if dl-tbf-idle-time > 200ms, there will be a poll every 200ms and a final poll after dl-tbf-idle-time. On high load, the interval between polls can get higher, but the 'high age' poll should be in place. This commit implements the scheduling with respect to GSM 44.060, 9.3.1a ("Delayed release of downlink TBF"). Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-20 13:26:05 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==8)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 8, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 40 larger than space (20) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 8, CS-1): a0 a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 a8 a9 aa ab ac ad ae af b0 b1 b2 b3
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 8)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 8, CS-1): 07 00 11 a0 a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 a8 a9 aa ab ac ad ae af b0 b1 b2 b3
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=39 block=9 data=07 00 11 a0 a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 a8 a9 aa ab ac ad ae af b0 b1 b2 b3
tbf: Poll MS on idle DL TBFs If an MS wants to open a new UL TBF, it can either use (P)RACH or request one in a Ack/Nack message for a DL TBF (PACCH). When a TBF becomes idle (LCC queue is empty but the TBF is kept open), there aren't any Ack/Nack requests that can be used by the MS to ask for an UL TBF, therefore it has to use the RACH. This leads to many RACH requests even for a single HTTP transaction, so it takes some time to retrieve even a simple web page. This commit modifies the scheduler to regularly send Ack/Nack requests on idle DL TBFs. It does so by extending the priority based scheduling algorithm to have 5 priority levels (highest priority first): - Control block is pending - High age (100%) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Data is waiting or there are pending Nacks - Low age (200ms) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Pending Nacks that have been resent already - None of the above (-> send DL dummy control block) The 'age' refers to the time since since the last control block has been sent on the TBF. This high age threshold is set to dl-tbf-idle-time or to 50% of T3190 (whichever is smaller), aiming for at least a poll (and TBF shutdown) after the TBF has expired and to safely prevent expiry of T3190. So if dl-tbf-idle-time > 200ms, there will be a poll every 200ms and a final poll after dl-tbf-idle-time. On high load, the interval between polls can get higher, but the 'high age' poll should be in place. This commit implements the scheduling with respect to GSM 44.060, 9.3.1a ("Delayed release of downlink TBF"). Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-20 13:26:05 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==9)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 9, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 20 would exactly fit into space (20): add length header with LI=0, to make frame extend to next block, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 9, CS-1): 01 b4 b5 b6 b7 b8 b9 ba bb bc bd be bf c0 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 9)
edge: Use rlc_data_to_dl_append in create_new_bsn Currently TBF related tasks (status changes, counter updates, LLC dummy command insertion) as well as RLC data block generation are done within create_new_bsn. The data block creation part has already been copied to the stateless Encoding::rlc_data_to_dl_append function. This commit changes create_new_bsn to use the encoder function and just care about the TBF related stuff. Since the rlc_data_to_dl_append function has been validated against the test cases being described in annex B of TS 44.060, this commit fixes an encoder bug which leads to broken LLC frames in a special case (see example B.2, the main header's E bit was erroneously set to 1 in that case). When this happens, the LLC frame will get discarded after reassembly, so that TCP will have to retransmit the lost packet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-12 16:02:49 +00:00
msg block (BSN 9, CS-1): 07 00 12 01 b4 b5 b6 b7 b8 b9 ba bb bc bd be bf c0 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=43 block=10 data=07 00 12 01 b4 b5 b6 b7 b8 b9 ba bb bc bd be bf c0 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6
tbf: Poll MS on idle DL TBFs If an MS wants to open a new UL TBF, it can either use (P)RACH or request one in a Ack/Nack message for a DL TBF (PACCH). When a TBF becomes idle (LCC queue is empty but the TBF is kept open), there aren't any Ack/Nack requests that can be used by the MS to ask for an UL TBF, therefore it has to use the RACH. This leads to many RACH requests even for a single HTTP transaction, so it takes some time to retrieve even a simple web page. This commit modifies the scheduler to regularly send Ack/Nack requests on idle DL TBFs. It does so by extending the priority based scheduling algorithm to have 5 priority levels (highest priority first): - Control block is pending - High age (100%) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Data is waiting or there are pending Nacks - Low age (200ms) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Pending Nacks that have been resent already - None of the above (-> send DL dummy control block) The 'age' refers to the time since since the last control block has been sent on the TBF. This high age threshold is set to dl-tbf-idle-time or to 50% of T3190 (whichever is smaller), aiming for at least a poll (and TBF shutdown) after the TBF has expired and to safely prevent expiry of T3190. So if dl-tbf-idle-time > 200ms, there will be a poll every 200ms and a final poll after dl-tbf-idle-time. On high load, the interval between polls can get higher, but the 'high age' poll should be in place. This commit implements the scheduling with respect to GSM 44.060, 9.3.1a ("Delayed release of downlink TBF"). Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-20 13:26:05 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==10)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 10, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 1 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=200
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=200)
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 200 larger than space (18) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 10, CS-1): 07 c7 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0a 0b 0c 0d 0e 0f 10 11
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 10)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 10, CS-1): 07 00 14 07 c7 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0a 0b 0c 0d 0e 0f 10 11
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=47 block=11 data=07 00 14 07 c7 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0a 0b 0c 0d 0e 0f 10 11
tbf: Poll MS on idle DL TBFs If an MS wants to open a new UL TBF, it can either use (P)RACH or request one in a Ack/Nack message for a DL TBF (PACCH). When a TBF becomes idle (LCC queue is empty but the TBF is kept open), there aren't any Ack/Nack requests that can be used by the MS to ask for an UL TBF, therefore it has to use the RACH. This leads to many RACH requests even for a single HTTP transaction, so it takes some time to retrieve even a simple web page. This commit modifies the scheduler to regularly send Ack/Nack requests on idle DL TBFs. It does so by extending the priority based scheduling algorithm to have 5 priority levels (highest priority first): - Control block is pending - High age (100%) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Data is waiting or there are pending Nacks - Low age (200ms) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Pending Nacks that have been resent already - None of the above (-> send DL dummy control block) The 'age' refers to the time since since the last control block has been sent on the TBF. This high age threshold is set to dl-tbf-idle-time or to 50% of T3190 (whichever is smaller), aiming for at least a poll (and TBF shutdown) after the TBF has expired and to safely prevent expiry of T3190. So if dl-tbf-idle-time > 200ms, there will be a poll every 200ms and a final poll after dl-tbf-idle-time. On high load, the interval between polls can get higher, but the 'high age' poll should be in place. This commit implements the scheduling with respect to GSM 44.060, 9.3.1a ("Delayed release of downlink TBF"). Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-20 13:26:05 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==11)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 11, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 182 larger than space (20) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 11, CS-1): 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 1a 1b 1c 1d 1e 1f 20 21 22 23 24 25
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 11)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 11, CS-1): 07 00 17 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 1a 1b 1c 1d 1e 1f 20 21 22 23 24 25
tbf/test: Simplify RLC block number handling The block number can always be deduced from the frame number. The current test code handles the block number explicitely, which makes the code more complex and has also led to block number errors cause by not wrapping the numbers (valid block numbers range from 0 to 11). This commit changes send_rlc_block to always compute the block number based on the frame number. It also turns the block_nr into an optionaly output-only parameter. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-24 09:55:17 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=52 block=0 data=07 00 17 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 1a 1b 1c 1d 1e 1f 20 21 22 23 24 25
tbf: Poll MS on idle DL TBFs If an MS wants to open a new UL TBF, it can either use (P)RACH or request one in a Ack/Nack message for a DL TBF (PACCH). When a TBF becomes idle (LCC queue is empty but the TBF is kept open), there aren't any Ack/Nack requests that can be used by the MS to ask for an UL TBF, therefore it has to use the RACH. This leads to many RACH requests even for a single HTTP transaction, so it takes some time to retrieve even a simple web page. This commit modifies the scheduler to regularly send Ack/Nack requests on idle DL TBFs. It does so by extending the priority based scheduling algorithm to have 5 priority levels (highest priority first): - Control block is pending - High age (100%) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Data is waiting or there are pending Nacks - Low age (200ms) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Pending Nacks that have been resent already - None of the above (-> send DL dummy control block) The 'age' refers to the time since since the last control block has been sent on the TBF. This high age threshold is set to dl-tbf-idle-time or to 50% of T3190 (whichever is smaller), aiming for at least a poll (and TBF shutdown) after the TBF has expired and to safely prevent expiry of T3190. So if dl-tbf-idle-time > 200ms, there will be a poll every 200ms and a final poll after dl-tbf-idle-time. On high load, the interval between polls can get higher, but the 'high age' poll should be in place. This commit implements the scheduling with respect to GSM 44.060, 9.3.1a ("Delayed release of downlink TBF"). Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-20 13:26:05 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==12)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 12, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 162 larger than space (20) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 12, CS-1): 26 27 28 29 2a 2b 2c 2d 2e 2f 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 12)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 12, CS-1): 07 00 19 26 27 28 29 2a 2b 2c 2d 2e 2f 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
tbf/test: Simplify RLC block number handling The block number can always be deduced from the frame number. The current test code handles the block number explicitely, which makes the code more complex and has also led to block number errors cause by not wrapping the numbers (valid block numbers range from 0 to 11). This commit changes send_rlc_block to always compute the block number based on the frame number. It also turns the block_nr into an optionaly output-only parameter. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-24 09:55:17 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=56 block=1 data=07 00 19 26 27 28 29 2a 2b 2c 2d 2e 2f 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
tbf: Poll MS on idle DL TBFs If an MS wants to open a new UL TBF, it can either use (P)RACH or request one in a Ack/Nack message for a DL TBF (PACCH). When a TBF becomes idle (LCC queue is empty but the TBF is kept open), there aren't any Ack/Nack requests that can be used by the MS to ask for an UL TBF, therefore it has to use the RACH. This leads to many RACH requests even for a single HTTP transaction, so it takes some time to retrieve even a simple web page. This commit modifies the scheduler to regularly send Ack/Nack requests on idle DL TBFs. It does so by extending the priority based scheduling algorithm to have 5 priority levels (highest priority first): - Control block is pending - High age (100%) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Data is waiting or there are pending Nacks - Low age (200ms) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Pending Nacks that have been resent already - None of the above (-> send DL dummy control block) The 'age' refers to the time since since the last control block has been sent on the TBF. This high age threshold is set to dl-tbf-idle-time or to 50% of T3190 (whichever is smaller), aiming for at least a poll (and TBF shutdown) after the TBF has expired and to safely prevent expiry of T3190. So if dl-tbf-idle-time > 200ms, there will be a poll every 200ms and a final poll after dl-tbf-idle-time. On high load, the interval between polls can get higher, but the 'high age' poll should be in place. This commit implements the scheduling with respect to GSM 44.060, 9.3.1a ("Delayed release of downlink TBF"). Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-20 13:26:05 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==13)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 13, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 142 larger than space (20) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 13, CS-1): 3a 3b 3c 3d 3e 3f 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 4a 4b 4c 4d
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 13)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 13, CS-1): 07 00 1b 3a 3b 3c 3d 3e 3f 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 4a 4b 4c 4d
tbf/test: Simplify RLC block number handling The block number can always be deduced from the frame number. The current test code handles the block number explicitely, which makes the code more complex and has also led to block number errors cause by not wrapping the numbers (valid block numbers range from 0 to 11). This commit changes send_rlc_block to always compute the block number based on the frame number. It also turns the block_nr into an optionaly output-only parameter. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-24 09:55:17 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=60 block=2 data=07 00 1b 3a 3b 3c 3d 3e 3f 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 4a 4b 4c 4d
tbf: Poll MS on idle DL TBFs If an MS wants to open a new UL TBF, it can either use (P)RACH or request one in a Ack/Nack message for a DL TBF (PACCH). When a TBF becomes idle (LCC queue is empty but the TBF is kept open), there aren't any Ack/Nack requests that can be used by the MS to ask for an UL TBF, therefore it has to use the RACH. This leads to many RACH requests even for a single HTTP transaction, so it takes some time to retrieve even a simple web page. This commit modifies the scheduler to regularly send Ack/Nack requests on idle DL TBFs. It does so by extending the priority based scheduling algorithm to have 5 priority levels (highest priority first): - Control block is pending - High age (100%) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Data is waiting or there are pending Nacks - Low age (200ms) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Pending Nacks that have been resent already - None of the above (-> send DL dummy control block) The 'age' refers to the time since since the last control block has been sent on the TBF. This high age threshold is set to dl-tbf-idle-time or to 50% of T3190 (whichever is smaller), aiming for at least a poll (and TBF shutdown) after the TBF has expired and to safely prevent expiry of T3190. So if dl-tbf-idle-time > 200ms, there will be a poll every 200ms and a final poll after dl-tbf-idle-time. On high load, the interval between polls can get higher, but the 'high age' poll should be in place. This commit implements the scheduling with respect to GSM 44.060, 9.3.1a ("Delayed release of downlink TBF"). Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-20 13:26:05 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==14)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 14, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 122 larger than space (20) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 14, CS-1): 4e 4f 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 5a 5b 5c 5d 5e 5f 60 61
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 14)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 14, CS-1): 07 00 1d 4e 4f 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 5a 5b 5c 5d 5e 5f 60 61
tbf/test: Simplify RLC block number handling The block number can always be deduced from the frame number. The current test code handles the block number explicitely, which makes the code more complex and has also led to block number errors cause by not wrapping the numbers (valid block numbers range from 0 to 11). This commit changes send_rlc_block to always compute the block number based on the frame number. It also turns the block_nr into an optionaly output-only parameter. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-24 09:55:17 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=65 block=3 data=07 00 1d 4e 4f 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 5a 5b 5c 5d 5e 5f 60 61
tbf: Poll MS on idle DL TBFs If an MS wants to open a new UL TBF, it can either use (P)RACH or request one in a Ack/Nack message for a DL TBF (PACCH). When a TBF becomes idle (LCC queue is empty but the TBF is kept open), there aren't any Ack/Nack requests that can be used by the MS to ask for an UL TBF, therefore it has to use the RACH. This leads to many RACH requests even for a single HTTP transaction, so it takes some time to retrieve even a simple web page. This commit modifies the scheduler to regularly send Ack/Nack requests on idle DL TBFs. It does so by extending the priority based scheduling algorithm to have 5 priority levels (highest priority first): - Control block is pending - High age (100%) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Data is waiting or there are pending Nacks - Low age (200ms) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Pending Nacks that have been resent already - None of the above (-> send DL dummy control block) The 'age' refers to the time since since the last control block has been sent on the TBF. This high age threshold is set to dl-tbf-idle-time or to 50% of T3190 (whichever is smaller), aiming for at least a poll (and TBF shutdown) after the TBF has expired and to safely prevent expiry of T3190. So if dl-tbf-idle-time > 200ms, there will be a poll every 200ms and a final poll after dl-tbf-idle-time. On high load, the interval between polls can get higher, but the 'high age' poll should be in place. This commit implements the scheduling with respect to GSM 44.060, 9.3.1a ("Delayed release of downlink TBF"). Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-20 13:26:05 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==15)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 15, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 102 larger than space (20) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 15, CS-1): 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 6a 6b 6c 6d 6e 6f 70 71 72 73 74 75
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 15)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 15, CS-1): 07 00 1f 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 6a 6b 6c 6d 6e 6f 70 71 72 73 74 75
tbf/test: Simplify RLC block number handling The block number can always be deduced from the frame number. The current test code handles the block number explicitely, which makes the code more complex and has also led to block number errors cause by not wrapping the numbers (valid block numbers range from 0 to 11). This commit changes send_rlc_block to always compute the block number based on the frame number. It also turns the block_nr into an optionaly output-only parameter. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-24 09:55:17 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=69 block=4 data=07 00 1f 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 6a 6b 6c 6d 6e 6f 70 71 72 73 74 75
tbf: Poll MS on idle DL TBFs If an MS wants to open a new UL TBF, it can either use (P)RACH or request one in a Ack/Nack message for a DL TBF (PACCH). When a TBF becomes idle (LCC queue is empty but the TBF is kept open), there aren't any Ack/Nack requests that can be used by the MS to ask for an UL TBF, therefore it has to use the RACH. This leads to many RACH requests even for a single HTTP transaction, so it takes some time to retrieve even a simple web page. This commit modifies the scheduler to regularly send Ack/Nack requests on idle DL TBFs. It does so by extending the priority based scheduling algorithm to have 5 priority levels (highest priority first): - Control block is pending - High age (100%) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Data is waiting or there are pending Nacks - Low age (200ms) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Pending Nacks that have been resent already - None of the above (-> send DL dummy control block) The 'age' refers to the time since since the last control block has been sent on the TBF. This high age threshold is set to dl-tbf-idle-time or to 50% of T3190 (whichever is smaller), aiming for at least a poll (and TBF shutdown) after the TBF has expired and to safely prevent expiry of T3190. So if dl-tbf-idle-time > 200ms, there will be a poll every 200ms and a final poll after dl-tbf-idle-time. On high load, the interval between polls can get higher, but the 'high age' poll should be in place. This commit implements the scheduling with respect to GSM 44.060, 9.3.1a ("Delayed release of downlink TBF"). Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-20 13:26:05 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==16)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 16, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 82 larger than space (20) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 16, CS-1): 76 77 78 79 7a 7b 7c 7d 7e 7f 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 16)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 16, CS-1): 07 00 21 76 77 78 79 7a 7b 7c 7d 7e 7f 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89
tbf/test: Simplify RLC block number handling The block number can always be deduced from the frame number. The current test code handles the block number explicitely, which makes the code more complex and has also led to block number errors cause by not wrapping the numbers (valid block numbers range from 0 to 11). This commit changes send_rlc_block to always compute the block number based on the frame number. It also turns the block_nr into an optionaly output-only parameter. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-24 09:55:17 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=73 block=5 data=07 00 21 76 77 78 79 7a 7b 7c 7d 7e 7f 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89
tbf: Poll MS on idle DL TBFs If an MS wants to open a new UL TBF, it can either use (P)RACH or request one in a Ack/Nack message for a DL TBF (PACCH). When a TBF becomes idle (LCC queue is empty but the TBF is kept open), there aren't any Ack/Nack requests that can be used by the MS to ask for an UL TBF, therefore it has to use the RACH. This leads to many RACH requests even for a single HTTP transaction, so it takes some time to retrieve even a simple web page. This commit modifies the scheduler to regularly send Ack/Nack requests on idle DL TBFs. It does so by extending the priority based scheduling algorithm to have 5 priority levels (highest priority first): - Control block is pending - High age (100%) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Data is waiting or there are pending Nacks - Low age (200ms) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Pending Nacks that have been resent already - None of the above (-> send DL dummy control block) The 'age' refers to the time since since the last control block has been sent on the TBF. This high age threshold is set to dl-tbf-idle-time or to 50% of T3190 (whichever is smaller), aiming for at least a poll (and TBF shutdown) after the TBF has expired and to safely prevent expiry of T3190. So if dl-tbf-idle-time > 200ms, there will be a poll every 200ms and a final poll after dl-tbf-idle-time. On high load, the interval between polls can get higher, but the 'high age' poll should be in place. This commit implements the scheduling with respect to GSM 44.060, 9.3.1a ("Delayed release of downlink TBF"). Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-20 13:26:05 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==17)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 17, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 62 larger than space (20) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 17, CS-1): 8a 8b 8c 8d 8e 8f 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 9a 9b 9c 9d
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 17)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 17, CS-1): 07 00 23 8a 8b 8c 8d 8e 8f 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 9a 9b 9c 9d
tbf/test: Simplify RLC block number handling The block number can always be deduced from the frame number. The current test code handles the block number explicitely, which makes the code more complex and has also led to block number errors cause by not wrapping the numbers (valid block numbers range from 0 to 11). This commit changes send_rlc_block to always compute the block number based on the frame number. It also turns the block_nr into an optionaly output-only parameter. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-24 09:55:17 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=78 block=6 data=07 00 23 8a 8b 8c 8d 8e 8f 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 9a 9b 9c 9d
tbf: Poll MS on idle DL TBFs If an MS wants to open a new UL TBF, it can either use (P)RACH or request one in a Ack/Nack message for a DL TBF (PACCH). When a TBF becomes idle (LCC queue is empty but the TBF is kept open), there aren't any Ack/Nack requests that can be used by the MS to ask for an UL TBF, therefore it has to use the RACH. This leads to many RACH requests even for a single HTTP transaction, so it takes some time to retrieve even a simple web page. This commit modifies the scheduler to regularly send Ack/Nack requests on idle DL TBFs. It does so by extending the priority based scheduling algorithm to have 5 priority levels (highest priority first): - Control block is pending - High age (100%) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Data is waiting or there are pending Nacks - Low age (200ms) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Pending Nacks that have been resent already - None of the above (-> send DL dummy control block) The 'age' refers to the time since since the last control block has been sent on the TBF. This high age threshold is set to dl-tbf-idle-time or to 50% of T3190 (whichever is smaller), aiming for at least a poll (and TBF shutdown) after the TBF has expired and to safely prevent expiry of T3190. So if dl-tbf-idle-time > 200ms, there will be a poll every 200ms and a final poll after dl-tbf-idle-time. On high load, the interval between polls can get higher, but the 'high age' poll should be in place. This commit implements the scheduling with respect to GSM 44.060, 9.3.1a ("Delayed release of downlink TBF"). Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-20 13:26:05 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==18)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 18, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 42 larger than space (20) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 18, CS-1): 9e 9f a0 a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 a8 a9 aa ab ac ad ae af b0 b1
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 18)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 18, CS-1): 07 00 25 9e 9f a0 a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 a8 a9 aa ab ac ad ae af b0 b1
tbf/test: Simplify RLC block number handling The block number can always be deduced from the frame number. The current test code handles the block number explicitely, which makes the code more complex and has also led to block number errors cause by not wrapping the numbers (valid block numbers range from 0 to 11). This commit changes send_rlc_block to always compute the block number based on the frame number. It also turns the block_nr into an optionaly output-only parameter. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-24 09:55:17 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=82 block=7 data=07 00 25 9e 9f a0 a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 a8 a9 aa ab ac ad ae af b0 b1
tbf: Poll MS on idle DL TBFs If an MS wants to open a new UL TBF, it can either use (P)RACH or request one in a Ack/Nack message for a DL TBF (PACCH). When a TBF becomes idle (LCC queue is empty but the TBF is kept open), there aren't any Ack/Nack requests that can be used by the MS to ask for an UL TBF, therefore it has to use the RACH. This leads to many RACH requests even for a single HTTP transaction, so it takes some time to retrieve even a simple web page. This commit modifies the scheduler to regularly send Ack/Nack requests on idle DL TBFs. It does so by extending the priority based scheduling algorithm to have 5 priority levels (highest priority first): - Control block is pending - High age (100%) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Data is waiting or there are pending Nacks - Low age (200ms) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Pending Nacks that have been resent already - None of the above (-> send DL dummy control block) The 'age' refers to the time since since the last control block has been sent on the TBF. This high age threshold is set to dl-tbf-idle-time or to 50% of T3190 (whichever is smaller), aiming for at least a poll (and TBF shutdown) after the TBF has expired and to safely prevent expiry of T3190. So if dl-tbf-idle-time > 200ms, there will be a poll every 200ms and a final poll after dl-tbf-idle-time. On high load, the interval between polls can get higher, but the 'high age' poll should be in place. This commit implements the scheduling with respect to GSM 44.060, 9.3.1a ("Delayed release of downlink TBF"). Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-20 13:26:05 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==19)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 19, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 22 larger than space (20) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 19, CS-1): b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 b8 b9 ba bb bc bd be bf c0 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 19)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 19, CS-1): 07 00 27 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 b8 b9 ba bb bc bd be bf c0 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5
tbf/test: Simplify RLC block number handling The block number can always be deduced from the frame number. The current test code handles the block number explicitely, which makes the code more complex and has also led to block number errors cause by not wrapping the numbers (valid block numbers range from 0 to 11). This commit changes send_rlc_block to always compute the block number based on the frame number. It also turns the block_nr into an optionaly output-only parameter. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-24 09:55:17 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=86 block=8 data=07 00 27 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 b8 b9 ba bb bc bd be bf c0 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5
tbf: Poll MS on idle DL TBFs If an MS wants to open a new UL TBF, it can either use (P)RACH or request one in a Ack/Nack message for a DL TBF (PACCH). When a TBF becomes idle (LCC queue is empty but the TBF is kept open), there aren't any Ack/Nack requests that can be used by the MS to ask for an UL TBF, therefore it has to use the RACH. This leads to many RACH requests even for a single HTTP transaction, so it takes some time to retrieve even a simple web page. This commit modifies the scheduler to regularly send Ack/Nack requests on idle DL TBFs. It does so by extending the priority based scheduling algorithm to have 5 priority levels (highest priority first): - Control block is pending - High age (100%) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Data is waiting or there are pending Nacks - Low age (200ms) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Pending Nacks that have been resent already - None of the above (-> send DL dummy control block) The 'age' refers to the time since since the last control block has been sent on the TBF. This high age threshold is set to dl-tbf-idle-time or to 50% of T3190 (whichever is smaller), aiming for at least a poll (and TBF shutdown) after the TBF has expired and to safely prevent expiry of T3190. So if dl-tbf-idle-time > 200ms, there will be a poll every 200ms and a final poll after dl-tbf-idle-time. On high load, the interval between polls can get higher, but the 'high age' poll should be in place. This commit implements the scheduling with respect to GSM 44.060, 9.3.1a ("Delayed release of downlink TBF"). Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-20 13:26:05 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==20)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 20, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 2 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=200
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
-- Empty chunk, added LLC dummy command of size 16, drained_since=0
-- Chunk with length 16 is less than remaining space (17): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
-- No space left, so we are done.
edge: Use rlc_data_to_dl_append in create_new_bsn Currently TBF related tasks (status changes, counter updates, LLC dummy command insertion) as well as RLC data block generation are done within create_new_bsn. The data block creation part has already been copied to the stateless Encoding::rlc_data_to_dl_append function. This commit changes create_new_bsn to use the encoder function and just care about the TBF related stuff. Since the rlc_data_to_dl_append function has been validated against the test cases being described in annex B of TS 44.060, this commit fixes an encoder bug which leads to broken LLC frames in a special case (see example B.2, the main header's E bit was erroneously set to 1 in that case). When this happens, the LLC frame will get discarded after reassembly, so that TCP will have to retransmit the lost packet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-12 16:02:49 +00:00
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=16
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 20, CS-1): 0a 41 c6 c7 43 c0 01 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 20)
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
tbf: Add check_polling/set_polling Currently the checks for and the actual polling is done in several places by copy & paste of several lines of code. This hinders changes of they polling is handled internally and also is likely source of programming mistakes. Separate this into a check_polling function, that checks whether polling is possible and returns the FN and the RRBP to be used in that case. Otherwise the cause is logged (LOGL_DEBUG) and a negative error value is returned. There are no other side effect beside the logging. If the call is successful, the set_polling method can be used to actually register the polling. Extend the encoder functions' parameters lists by an rrbp parameter. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-26 20:46:26 +00:00
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 20, CS-1): 07 00 28 0a 41 c6 c7 43 c0 01 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf/test: Simplify RLC block number handling The block number can always be deduced from the frame number. The current test code handles the block number explicitely, which makes the code more complex and has also led to block number errors cause by not wrapping the numbers (valid block numbers range from 0 to 11). This commit changes send_rlc_block to always compute the block number based on the frame number. It also turns the block_nr into an optionaly output-only parameter. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-24 09:55:17 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=91 block=9 data=07 00 28 0a 41 c6 c7 43 c0 01 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink acknowledge
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
- ack: (BSN=85)"RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR"(BSN=20) R=ACK I=NACK
bssgp: Use measured leak rate for flow control The leak rate sent to the SGSN does not reflect the current CS level, lost frames, and control message overhead. So the SGSN cannot do proper queue control under non-optimal conditions. This commit computes the leak rate for the last flow control interval by computing the maximum theoretical leak rate and basically substracting control blocks, nacked blocks, and reduced block sizes due to CS downgrade. By using this approach, the value will by more stable on low load, where the value will tend to be near the value derived from the configuration. On full load the transmitted value is completely derived from the measurements. Note that the MS default values are no adapted to the adapted BVC leak rate, since a single MS which has a lower link quality would otherwise be reducing the rate of another MS with good radio conditions, which would not make much sense if they did not share any PDCH. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-09-07 16:49:00 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) DL analysis, range=0:21, lost=0, recv=21, skipped=0, bsn=127, info='RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR$..........................................'
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
- got ack for BSN=20
- got ack for BSN=19
- got ack for BSN=18
- got ack for BSN=17
- got ack for BSN=16
- got ack for BSN=15
- got ack for BSN=14
- got ack for BSN=13
- got ack for BSN=12
- got ack for BSN=11
- got ack for BSN=10
- got ack for BSN=9
- got ack for BSN=8
- got ack for BSN=7
- got ack for BSN=6
- got ack for BSN=5
- got ack for BSN=4
- got ack for BSN=3
- got ack for BSN=2
- got ack for BSN=1
- got ack for BSN=0
- V(B): (V(A)=21)""(V(S)-1=20) A=Acked N=Nacked U=Unacked X=Resend-Unacked I=Invalid
tbf: Poll MS on idle DL TBFs If an MS wants to open a new UL TBF, it can either use (P)RACH or request one in a Ack/Nack message for a DL TBF (PACCH). When a TBF becomes idle (LCC queue is empty but the TBF is kept open), there aren't any Ack/Nack requests that can be used by the MS to ask for an UL TBF, therefore it has to use the RACH. This leads to many RACH requests even for a single HTTP transaction, so it takes some time to retrieve even a simple web page. This commit modifies the scheduler to regularly send Ack/Nack requests on idle DL TBFs. It does so by extending the priority based scheduling algorithm to have 5 priority levels (highest priority first): - Control block is pending - High age (100%) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Data is waiting or there are pending Nacks - Low age (200ms) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Pending Nacks that have been resent already - None of the above (-> send DL dummy control block) The 'age' refers to the time since since the last control block has been sent on the TBF. This high age threshold is set to dl-tbf-idle-time or to 50% of T3190 (whichever is smaller), aiming for at least a poll (and TBF shutdown) after the TBF has expired and to safely prevent expiry of T3190. So if dl-tbf-idle-time > 200ms, there will be a poll every 200ms and a final poll after dl-tbf-idle-time. On high load, the interval between polls can get higher, but the 'high age' poll should be in place. This commit implements the scheduling with respect to GSM 44.060, 9.3.1a ("Delayed release of downlink TBF"). Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-20 13:26:05 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==21 .. V(S)==21)
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Sending new dummy block at BSN 21, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
-- Empty chunk, added LLC dummy command of size 19, drained_since=4
-- Chunk with length 19 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
-- No space left, so we are done.
edge: Use rlc_data_to_dl_append in create_new_bsn Currently TBF related tasks (status changes, counter updates, LLC dummy command insertion) as well as RLC data block generation are done within create_new_bsn. The data block creation part has already been copied to the stateless Encoding::rlc_data_to_dl_append function. This commit changes create_new_bsn to use the encoder function and just care about the TBF related stuff. Since the rlc_data_to_dl_append function has been validated against the test cases being described in annex B of TS 44.060, this commit fixes an encoder bug which leads to broken LLC frames in a special case (see example B.2, the main header's E bit was erroneously set to 1 in that case). When this happens, the LLC frame will get discarded after reassembly, so that TCP will have to retransmit the lost packet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-12 16:02:49 +00:00
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=19
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 21, CS-1): 4d 43 c0 01 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 21)
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
tbf: Add check_polling/set_polling Currently the checks for and the actual polling is done in several places by copy & paste of several lines of code. This hinders changes of they polling is handled internally and also is likely source of programming mistakes. Separate this into a check_polling function, that checks whether polling is possible and returns the FN and the RRBP to be used in that case. Otherwise the cause is logged (LOGL_DEBUG) and a negative error value is returned. There are no other side effect beside the logging. If the call is successful, the set_polling method can be used to actually register the polling. Extend the encoder functions' parameters lists by an rrbp parameter. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-26 20:46:26 +00:00
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 21, CS-1): 07 00 2a 4d 43 c0 01 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf/test: Simplify RLC block number handling The block number can always be deduced from the frame number. The current test code handles the block number explicitely, which makes the code more complex and has also led to block number errors cause by not wrapping the numbers (valid block numbers range from 0 to 11). This commit changes send_rlc_block to always compute the block number based on the frame number. It also turns the block_nr into an optionaly output-only parameter. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-24 09:55:17 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=95 block=10 data=07 00 2a 4d 43 c0 01 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink acknowledge
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
- ack: (BSN=86)"RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR"(BSN=21) R=ACK I=NACK
bssgp: Use measured leak rate for flow control The leak rate sent to the SGSN does not reflect the current CS level, lost frames, and control message overhead. So the SGSN cannot do proper queue control under non-optimal conditions. This commit computes the leak rate for the last flow control interval by computing the maximum theoretical leak rate and basically substracting control blocks, nacked blocks, and reduced block sizes due to CS downgrade. By using this approach, the value will by more stable on low load, where the value will tend to be near the value derived from the configuration. On full load the transmitted value is completely derived from the measurements. Note that the MS default values are no adapted to the adapted BVC leak rate, since a single MS which has a lower link quality would otherwise be reducing the rate of another MS with good radio conditions, which would not make much sense if they did not share any PDCH. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-09-07 16:49:00 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) DL analysis, range=21:22, lost=0, recv=1, skipped=0, bsn=20, info='R$..............................................................'
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
- got ack for BSN=21
- V(B): (V(A)=22)""(V(S)-1=21) A=Acked N=Nacked U=Unacked X=Resend-Unacked I=Invalid
tbf: Poll MS on idle DL TBFs If an MS wants to open a new UL TBF, it can either use (P)RACH or request one in a Ack/Nack message for a DL TBF (PACCH). When a TBF becomes idle (LCC queue is empty but the TBF is kept open), there aren't any Ack/Nack requests that can be used by the MS to ask for an UL TBF, therefore it has to use the RACH. This leads to many RACH requests even for a single HTTP transaction, so it takes some time to retrieve even a simple web page. This commit modifies the scheduler to regularly send Ack/Nack requests on idle DL TBFs. It does so by extending the priority based scheduling algorithm to have 5 priority levels (highest priority first): - Control block is pending - High age (100%) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Data is waiting or there are pending Nacks - Low age (200ms) threshold reached (-> request Ack/Nack) - Pending Nacks that have been resent already - None of the above (-> send DL dummy control block) The 'age' refers to the time since since the last control block has been sent on the TBF. This high age threshold is set to dl-tbf-idle-time or to 50% of T3190 (whichever is smaller), aiming for at least a poll (and TBF shutdown) after the TBF has expired and to safely prevent expiry of T3190. So if dl-tbf-idle-time > 200ms, there will be a poll every 200ms and a final poll after dl-tbf-idle-time. On high load, the interval between polls can get higher, but the 'high age' poll should be in place. This commit implements the scheduling with respect to GSM 44.060, 9.3.1a ("Delayed release of downlink TBF"). Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-20 13:26:05 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==22 .. V(S)==22)
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Sending new dummy block at BSN 22, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
-- Empty chunk, added LLC dummy command of size 19, drained_since=112
-- Chunk with length 19 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
-- Final block, so we done.
edge: Use rlc_data_to_dl_append in create_new_bsn Currently TBF related tasks (status changes, counter updates, LLC dummy command insertion) as well as RLC data block generation are done within create_new_bsn. The data block creation part has already been copied to the stateless Encoding::rlc_data_to_dl_append function. This commit changes create_new_bsn to use the encoder function and just care about the TBF related stuff. Since the rlc_data_to_dl_append function has been validated against the test cases being described in annex B of TS 44.060, this commit fixes an encoder bug which leads to broken LLC frames in a special case (see example B.2, the main header's E bit was erroneously set to 1 in that case). When this happens, the LLC frame will get discarded after reassembly, so that TCP will have to retransmit the lost packet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-12 16:02:49 +00:00
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=19
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) changes state from FLOW to FINISHED
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 22, CS-1): 4d 43 c0 01 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 22)
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
tbf: Add check_polling/set_polling Currently the checks for and the actual polling is done in several places by copy & paste of several lines of code. This hinders changes of they polling is handled internally and also is likely source of programming mistakes. Separate this into a check_polling function, that checks whether polling is possible and returns the FN and the RRBP to be used in that case. Otherwise the cause is logged (LOGL_DEBUG) and a negative error value is returned. There are no other side effect beside the logging. If the call is successful, the set_polling method can be used to actually register the polling. Extend the encoder functions' parameters lists by an rrbp parameter. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-26 20:46:26 +00:00
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FINISHED)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 22, CS-1): 07 01 2c 4d 43 c0 01 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf/test: Simplify RLC block number handling The block number can always be deduced from the frame number. The current test code handles the block number explicitely, which makes the code more complex and has also led to block number errors cause by not wrapping the numbers (valid block numbers range from 0 to 11). This commit changes send_rlc_block to always compute the block number based on the frame number. It also turns the block_nr into an optionaly output-only parameter. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-24 09:55:17 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=203 block=11 data=07 01 2c 4d 43 c0 01 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FINISHED) downlink acknowledge
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
- Final ACK received.
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FINISHED) changes state from FINISHED to WAIT RELEASE
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=WAIT RELEASE) starting timer 3193.
tbf: Add abort method for downlink TBF Currently the is a release() function which takes care of statistics and shutdown of properly finished TBFs, but which cannot be used for aborted TBFs. This commit add an abort() method which handles unacked RLC blocks as lost and doesn't start a release timer. This method will be invoked by tbf_free() for downlink TBF. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-21 19:42:40 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=WAIT RELEASE) changes state from WAIT RELEASE to RELEASING
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING) free
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING) stopping timer 3193.
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Detaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING), 0 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000000.
Detaching TBF from MS object, TLLI = 0xffeeddcc, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING)
tbf/test: Attach TLLI and MS objects to TBFs Currently the DL TBF's TLLI are not set. This will have to change in the future, when the m_new_tbf chaining is replaced by the usage of MS object to group TBFs. This commit just calls update_ms() on newly created TBFs. This changes many of the lines written to stderr due to the TLLI change, but doesn't change other aspects or messages beside creating and destroying MS objects. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 13:40:08 +00:00
Destroying MS object, TLLI = 0xffeeddcc
tbf/test: Add test for delayed release This tests checks the implementation of the delayed release of an downlink TBF. Ticket: #556 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-03-25 09:48:52 +00:00
********** TBF ends here **********
tbf: Put the TFI->TBF mapping into the PDCH objects Currently the TBFs are registered in a TFI indexed array within the TRX objects. TBFs can be searched globally by TFI and TRX number. This conflicts with the use of the same TFI for different TBF on different PDCH. This use case requires the specification of the PDCH as additional search dimension. This commit moves the TFI index TBF arrays into the PDCH objects. The related methods are updated accordingly. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 17:52:37 +00:00
Searching for first unallocated TFI: TRX=0
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
Found TFI=0.
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 45
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=0
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 1 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000001.
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to FLOW
tbf: Put the TFI->TBF mapping into the PDCH objects Currently the TBFs are registered in a TFI indexed array within the TRX objects. TBFs can be searched globally by TFI and TRX number. This conflicts with the use of the same TFI for different TBF on different PDCH. This use case requires the specification of the PDCH as additional search dimension. This commit moves the TFI index TBF arrays into the PDCH objects. The related methods are updated accordingly. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 17:52:37 +00:00
Searching for first unallocated TFI: TRX=0
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
Found TFI=1.
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 45
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=1
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 2 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000003.
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to FLOW
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xf1000001, partly confirmed
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xf1000002, partly confirmed
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xf1000001, IMSI '' -> '001001000000001'
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xf1000001, IMSI '001001000000001' -> '001001000000002'
ms: Use the IMSI to retrieve the MS object This commit extends get_ms() to really compare the IMSI if it has been given. Matching by TLLI has a higher precedence than matching by IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:53 +00:00
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1000002 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) the IMSI '001001000000002' was already assigned to another MS object: TLLI = 0xf1000001, that IMSI will be removed
tbf: Add abort method for downlink TBF Currently the is a release() function which takes care of statistics and shutdown of properly finished TBFs, but which cannot be used for aborted TBFs. This commit add an abort() method which handles unacked RLC blocks as lost and doesn't start a release timer. This method will be invoked by tbf_free() for downlink TBF. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-21 19:42:40 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1000001 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) changes state from FLOW to RELEASING
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1000001 DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING) free
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1000001 DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING) Software error: Pending downlink assignment. This may not happen, because the assignment message never gets transmitted. Please be sure not to free in this state. PLEASE FIX!
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Detaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1000001 DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING), 1 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000002.
Detaching TBF from MS object, TLLI = 0xf1000001, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1000001 DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING)
tbf: Clean old MS objects if they have the same TLLI Currently if an MS retries to access the PCU by using RACH and if there is already an entry for that MS, a duplicated MS object referring to the same TLLI is created. This is caused by blindly setting the TLLI without querying the MS storage to avoid inconsitencies. This leads to several entries in the MS storage that are assigned to the same TLLI. If that happens, 'show ms all' can display multiple entries with the same TLLI (note that an MS object can belong to several TLLIs, so there might be an intersection that is not visible in the list) or 'show tbf all' can show entries with MS_CLASS == 0 in some cases. This commit changes update_ms() to merge and clean up old entries that belong to the given TLLI if they exist. Some data (like the MS class) is copied to the new MS object. Note that TBF belonging to the old MS object are deleted immediately if they have not registered a timer. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-16 16:19:32 +00:00
********** TBF ends here **********
ms: Move MS information merging to GprsMS Currently the merging of the meta information (MS class, IMSI) takes place in gprs_rlcmac_tbf::merge_and_clear_ms(). This makes it difficult to merge the internal state and does not directly relate to TBFs anyway. This commit moves this into a new method GprsMs::merge_old_ms. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-18 09:55:03 +00:00
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xf1000002, IMSI '' -> '001001000000002'
Clearing MS object, TLLI: 0xf1000001, IMSI: '001001000000002'
tbf: Clean old MS objects if they have the same TLLI Currently if an MS retries to access the PCU by using RACH and if there is already an entry for that MS, a duplicated MS object referring to the same TLLI is created. This is caused by blindly setting the TLLI without querying the MS storage to avoid inconsitencies. This leads to several entries in the MS storage that are assigned to the same TLLI. If that happens, 'show ms all' can display multiple entries with the same TLLI (note that an MS object can belong to several TLLIs, so there might be an intersection that is not visible in the list) or 'show tbf all' can show entries with MS_CLASS == 0 in some cases. This commit changes update_ms() to merge and clean up old entries that belong to the given TLLI if they exist. Some data (like the MS class) is copied to the new MS object. Note that TBF belonging to the old MS object are deleted immediately if they have not registered a timer. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-16 16:19:32 +00:00
Destroying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
tbf: Add abort method for downlink TBF Currently the is a release() function which takes care of statistics and shutdown of properly finished TBFs, but which cannot be used for aborted TBFs. This commit add an abort() method which handles unacked RLC blocks as lost and doesn't start a release timer. This method will be invoked by tbf_free() for downlink TBF. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-21 19:42:40 +00:00
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1000002 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) changes state from FLOW to RELEASING
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1000002 DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING) free
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1000002 DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING) Software error: Pending downlink assignment. This may not happen, because the assignment message never gets transmitted. Please be sure not to free in this state. PLEASE FIX!
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Detaching TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1000002 DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING), 0 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000000.
Detaching TBF from MS object, TLLI = 0xf1000002, TBF = TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1000002 DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING)
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
Destroying MS object, TLLI = 0xf1000002
********** TBF ends here **********
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 45
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=0
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 1 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000001.
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tbf: Always call set_tlli/confirm_tlli in update_ms Currently the m_tlli member in GprsMs is set by the constructor, circumventing the TLLI confirmation mechanism. This commit replaces the get_or_create_ms() method by a create_ms() method which takes the TLLI and the direction (UL or DL) as parameters to select either set_tlli() or confirm_tlli(). The MS object is instantiated with TLLI = 0, and therefore GprsMs::tlli() is extended to return the DL TLLI if both of the other TLLI are not set. Note that create_ms() will not check whether an MS object with a matching TLLI is already stored in the list, so it should only be called after a corresponding get_ms() in general. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 14:58:22 +00:00
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xc0000000, partly confirmed
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xc0000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) [DOWNLINK] START
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xc0000000, IMSI '' -> '001001000000000'
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Send dowlink assignment for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xc0000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) on PCH, no TBF exist (IMSI=001001000000000)
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xc0000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TX: START TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xc0000000 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) Immediate Assignment Downlink (PCH)
tbf: Refactor calls to write_immediate_assignment Make use of variables, log them to LOGL_DEBUG, and reduce code duplication. This should help to narrow down the cause why snd_dl_ass are not answered by the MS sometimes. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 17:26:13 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=4 TA=0 pollFN=-1
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=3 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=30 30 30 2d 06 3f 30 0c 00 00 7d 80 00 00 00 dc 00 00 00 08 00 23 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xc0000000 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xc0000000 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) append
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 45
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=1
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 2 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000003.
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tbf: Always call set_tlli/confirm_tlli in update_ms Currently the m_tlli member in GprsMs is set by the constructor, circumventing the TLLI confirmation mechanism. This commit replaces the get_or_create_ms() method by a create_ms() method which takes the TLLI and the direction (UL or DL) as parameters to select either set_tlli() or confirm_tlli(). The MS object is instantiated with TLLI = 0, and therefore GprsMs::tlli() is extended to return the DL TLLI if both of the other TLLI are not set. Note that create_ms() will not check whether an MS object with a matching TLLI is already stored in the list, so it should only be called after a corresponding get_ms() in general. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 14:58:22 +00:00
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xc0000001, partly confirmed
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xc0000001 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) [DOWNLINK] START
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xc0000001, IMSI '' -> '001001000000001'
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Send dowlink assignment for TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xc0000001 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) on PCH, no TBF exist (IMSI=001001000000001)
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xc0000001 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TX: START TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xc0000001 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) Immediate Assignment Downlink (PCH)
tbf: Refactor calls to write_immediate_assignment Make use of variables, log them to LOGL_DEBUG, and reduce code duplication. This should help to narrow down the cause why snd_dl_ass are not answered by the MS sometimes. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 17:26:13 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=4 TA=0 pollFN=-1
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=3 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=30 30 31 2d 06 3f 30 0c 00 00 7d 80 00 00 00 dc 00 00 00 18 40 23 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xc0000001 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xc0000001 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) append
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 45
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=2
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=2 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 3 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000007.
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=2 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=2 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tbf: Always call set_tlli/confirm_tlli in update_ms Currently the m_tlli member in GprsMs is set by the constructor, circumventing the TLLI confirmation mechanism. This commit replaces the get_or_create_ms() method by a create_ms() method which takes the TLLI and the direction (UL or DL) as parameters to select either set_tlli() or confirm_tlli(). The MS object is instantiated with TLLI = 0, and therefore GprsMs::tlli() is extended to return the DL TLLI if both of the other TLLI are not set. Note that create_ms() will not check whether an MS object with a matching TLLI is already stored in the list, so it should only be called after a corresponding get_ms() in general. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 14:58:22 +00:00
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xc0000002, partly confirmed
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=2 TLLI=0xc0000002 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) [DOWNLINK] START
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xc0000002, IMSI '' -> '001001000000002'
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Send dowlink assignment for TBF(TFI=2 TLLI=0xc0000002 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) on PCH, no TBF exist (IMSI=001001000000002)
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=2 TLLI=0xc0000002 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TX: START TBF(TFI=2 TLLI=0xc0000002 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) Immediate Assignment Downlink (PCH)
tbf: Refactor calls to write_immediate_assignment Make use of variables, log them to LOGL_DEBUG, and reduce code duplication. This should help to narrow down the cause why snd_dl_ass are not answered by the MS sometimes. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 17:26:13 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=4 TA=0 pollFN=-1
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=3 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=30 30 32 2d 06 3f 30 0c 00 00 7d 80 00 00 00 dc 00 00 00 28 80 23 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=2 TLLI=0xc0000002 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=2 TLLI=0xc0000002 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) append
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 45
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=3
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=3 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 4 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 0000000f.
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=3 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=3 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tbf: Always call set_tlli/confirm_tlli in update_ms Currently the m_tlli member in GprsMs is set by the constructor, circumventing the TLLI confirmation mechanism. This commit replaces the get_or_create_ms() method by a create_ms() method which takes the TLLI and the direction (UL or DL) as parameters to select either set_tlli() or confirm_tlli(). The MS object is instantiated with TLLI = 0, and therefore GprsMs::tlli() is extended to return the DL TLLI if both of the other TLLI are not set. Note that create_ms() will not check whether an MS object with a matching TLLI is already stored in the list, so it should only be called after a corresponding get_ms() in general. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 14:58:22 +00:00
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xc0000003, partly confirmed
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=3 TLLI=0xc0000003 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) [DOWNLINK] START
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xc0000003, IMSI '' -> '001001000000003'
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Send dowlink assignment for TBF(TFI=3 TLLI=0xc0000003 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) on PCH, no TBF exist (IMSI=001001000000003)
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=3 TLLI=0xc0000003 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TX: START TBF(TFI=3 TLLI=0xc0000003 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) Immediate Assignment Downlink (PCH)
tbf: Refactor calls to write_immediate_assignment Make use of variables, log them to LOGL_DEBUG, and reduce code duplication. This should help to narrow down the cause why snd_dl_ass are not answered by the MS sometimes. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 17:26:13 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=4 TA=0 pollFN=-1
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=3 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=30 30 33 2d 06 3f 30 0c 00 00 7d 80 00 00 00 dc 00 00 00 38 c0 23 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=3 TLLI=0xc0000003 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=3 TLLI=0xc0000003 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) append
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 45
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=4
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=4 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 5 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 0000001f.
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=4 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=4 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tbf: Always call set_tlli/confirm_tlli in update_ms Currently the m_tlli member in GprsMs is set by the constructor, circumventing the TLLI confirmation mechanism. This commit replaces the get_or_create_ms() method by a create_ms() method which takes the TLLI and the direction (UL or DL) as parameters to select either set_tlli() or confirm_tlli(). The MS object is instantiated with TLLI = 0, and therefore GprsMs::tlli() is extended to return the DL TLLI if both of the other TLLI are not set. Note that create_ms() will not check whether an MS object with a matching TLLI is already stored in the list, so it should only be called after a corresponding get_ms() in general. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 14:58:22 +00:00
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xc0000004, partly confirmed
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=4 TLLI=0xc0000004 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) [DOWNLINK] START
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xc0000004, IMSI '' -> '001001000000004'
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Send dowlink assignment for TBF(TFI=4 TLLI=0xc0000004 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) on PCH, no TBF exist (IMSI=001001000000004)
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=4 TLLI=0xc0000004 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TX: START TBF(TFI=4 TLLI=0xc0000004 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) Immediate Assignment Downlink (PCH)
tbf: Refactor calls to write_immediate_assignment Make use of variables, log them to LOGL_DEBUG, and reduce code duplication. This should help to narrow down the cause why snd_dl_ass are not answered by the MS sometimes. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 17:26:13 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=4 TA=0 pollFN=-1
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=3 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=30 30 34 2d 06 3f 30 0c 00 00 7d 80 00 00 00 dc 00 00 00 49 00 23 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=4 TLLI=0xc0000004 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=4 TLLI=0xc0000004 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) append
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 45
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=5
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=5 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 6 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 0000003f.
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=5 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=5 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tbf: Always call set_tlli/confirm_tlli in update_ms Currently the m_tlli member in GprsMs is set by the constructor, circumventing the TLLI confirmation mechanism. This commit replaces the get_or_create_ms() method by a create_ms() method which takes the TLLI and the direction (UL or DL) as parameters to select either set_tlli() or confirm_tlli(). The MS object is instantiated with TLLI = 0, and therefore GprsMs::tlli() is extended to return the DL TLLI if both of the other TLLI are not set. Note that create_ms() will not check whether an MS object with a matching TLLI is already stored in the list, so it should only be called after a corresponding get_ms() in general. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 14:58:22 +00:00
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xc0000005, partly confirmed
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=5 TLLI=0xc0000005 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) [DOWNLINK] START
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xc0000005, IMSI '' -> '001001000000005'
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Send dowlink assignment for TBF(TFI=5 TLLI=0xc0000005 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) on PCH, no TBF exist (IMSI=001001000000005)
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=5 TLLI=0xc0000005 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TX: START TBF(TFI=5 TLLI=0xc0000005 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) Immediate Assignment Downlink (PCH)
tbf: Refactor calls to write_immediate_assignment Make use of variables, log them to LOGL_DEBUG, and reduce code duplication. This should help to narrow down the cause why snd_dl_ass are not answered by the MS sometimes. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 17:26:13 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=4 TA=0 pollFN=-1
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=3 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=30 30 35 2d 06 3f 30 0c 00 00 7d 80 00 00 00 dc 00 00 00 59 40 23 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=5 TLLI=0xc0000005 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=5 TLLI=0xc0000005 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) append
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 45
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=6
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=6 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 7 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 0000007f.
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=6 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=6 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tbf: Always call set_tlli/confirm_tlli in update_ms Currently the m_tlli member in GprsMs is set by the constructor, circumventing the TLLI confirmation mechanism. This commit replaces the get_or_create_ms() method by a create_ms() method which takes the TLLI and the direction (UL or DL) as parameters to select either set_tlli() or confirm_tlli(). The MS object is instantiated with TLLI = 0, and therefore GprsMs::tlli() is extended to return the DL TLLI if both of the other TLLI are not set. Note that create_ms() will not check whether an MS object with a matching TLLI is already stored in the list, so it should only be called after a corresponding get_ms() in general. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 14:58:22 +00:00
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xc0000006, partly confirmed
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=6 TLLI=0xc0000006 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) [DOWNLINK] START
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xc0000006, IMSI '' -> '001001000000006'
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Send dowlink assignment for TBF(TFI=6 TLLI=0xc0000006 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) on PCH, no TBF exist (IMSI=001001000000006)
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=6 TLLI=0xc0000006 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TX: START TBF(TFI=6 TLLI=0xc0000006 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) Immediate Assignment Downlink (PCH)
tbf: Refactor calls to write_immediate_assignment Make use of variables, log them to LOGL_DEBUG, and reduce code duplication. This should help to narrow down the cause why snd_dl_ass are not answered by the MS sometimes. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 17:26:13 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=4 TA=0 pollFN=-1
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=3 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=30 30 36 2d 06 3f 30 0c 00 00 7d 80 00 00 00 dc 00 00 00 69 80 23 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=6 TLLI=0xc0000006 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=6 TLLI=0xc0000006 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) append
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 45
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=7
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=7 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 8 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 000000ff.
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=7 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=7 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tbf: Always call set_tlli/confirm_tlli in update_ms Currently the m_tlli member in GprsMs is set by the constructor, circumventing the TLLI confirmation mechanism. This commit replaces the get_or_create_ms() method by a create_ms() method which takes the TLLI and the direction (UL or DL) as parameters to select either set_tlli() or confirm_tlli(). The MS object is instantiated with TLLI = 0, and therefore GprsMs::tlli() is extended to return the DL TLLI if both of the other TLLI are not set. Note that create_ms() will not check whether an MS object with a matching TLLI is already stored in the list, so it should only be called after a corresponding get_ms() in general. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 14:58:22 +00:00
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xc0000007, partly confirmed
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=7 TLLI=0xc0000007 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) [DOWNLINK] START
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xc0000007, IMSI '' -> '001001000000007'
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Send dowlink assignment for TBF(TFI=7 TLLI=0xc0000007 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) on PCH, no TBF exist (IMSI=001001000000007)
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=7 TLLI=0xc0000007 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TX: START TBF(TFI=7 TLLI=0xc0000007 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) Immediate Assignment Downlink (PCH)
tbf: Refactor calls to write_immediate_assignment Make use of variables, log them to LOGL_DEBUG, and reduce code duplication. This should help to narrow down the cause why snd_dl_ass are not answered by the MS sometimes. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 17:26:13 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=4 TA=0 pollFN=-1
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=3 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=30 30 37 2d 06 3f 30 0c 00 00 7d 80 00 00 00 dc 00 00 00 79 c0 23 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=7 TLLI=0xc0000007 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=7 TLLI=0xc0000007 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) append
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 45
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=8
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=8 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 9 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 000001ff.
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=8 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=8 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tbf: Always call set_tlli/confirm_tlli in update_ms Currently the m_tlli member in GprsMs is set by the constructor, circumventing the TLLI confirmation mechanism. This commit replaces the get_or_create_ms() method by a create_ms() method which takes the TLLI and the direction (UL or DL) as parameters to select either set_tlli() or confirm_tlli(). The MS object is instantiated with TLLI = 0, and therefore GprsMs::tlli() is extended to return the DL TLLI if both of the other TLLI are not set. Note that create_ms() will not check whether an MS object with a matching TLLI is already stored in the list, so it should only be called after a corresponding get_ms() in general. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 14:58:22 +00:00
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xc0000008, partly confirmed
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=8 TLLI=0xc0000008 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) [DOWNLINK] START
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xc0000008, IMSI '' -> '001001000000008'
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Send dowlink assignment for TBF(TFI=8 TLLI=0xc0000008 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) on PCH, no TBF exist (IMSI=001001000000008)
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=8 TLLI=0xc0000008 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TX: START TBF(TFI=8 TLLI=0xc0000008 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) Immediate Assignment Downlink (PCH)
tbf: Refactor calls to write_immediate_assignment Make use of variables, log them to LOGL_DEBUG, and reduce code duplication. This should help to narrow down the cause why snd_dl_ass are not answered by the MS sometimes. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 17:26:13 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=4 TA=0 pollFN=-1
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=3 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=30 30 38 2d 06 3f 30 0c 00 00 7d 80 00 00 00 dc 00 00 00 8a 00 23 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=8 TLLI=0xc0000008 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=8 TLLI=0xc0000008 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) append
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 45
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=9
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=9 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 10 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 000003ff.
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=9 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=9 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tbf: Always call set_tlli/confirm_tlli in update_ms Currently the m_tlli member in GprsMs is set by the constructor, circumventing the TLLI confirmation mechanism. This commit replaces the get_or_create_ms() method by a create_ms() method which takes the TLLI and the direction (UL or DL) as parameters to select either set_tlli() or confirm_tlli(). The MS object is instantiated with TLLI = 0, and therefore GprsMs::tlli() is extended to return the DL TLLI if both of the other TLLI are not set. Note that create_ms() will not check whether an MS object with a matching TLLI is already stored in the list, so it should only be called after a corresponding get_ms() in general. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 14:58:22 +00:00
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xc0000009, partly confirmed
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=9 TLLI=0xc0000009 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) [DOWNLINK] START
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xc0000009, IMSI '' -> '001001000000009'
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Send dowlink assignment for TBF(TFI=9 TLLI=0xc0000009 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) on PCH, no TBF exist (IMSI=001001000000009)
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=9 TLLI=0xc0000009 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TX: START TBF(TFI=9 TLLI=0xc0000009 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) Immediate Assignment Downlink (PCH)
tbf: Refactor calls to write_immediate_assignment Make use of variables, log them to LOGL_DEBUG, and reduce code duplication. This should help to narrow down the cause why snd_dl_ass are not answered by the MS sometimes. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 17:26:13 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=4 TA=0 pollFN=-1
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=3 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=30 30 39 2d 06 3f 30 0c 00 00 7d 80 00 00 00 dc 00 00 00 9a 40 23 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=9 TLLI=0xc0000009 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=9 TLLI=0xc0000009 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) append
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 45
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=10
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=10 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 11 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 000007ff.
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=10 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=10 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tbf: Always call set_tlli/confirm_tlli in update_ms Currently the m_tlli member in GprsMs is set by the constructor, circumventing the TLLI confirmation mechanism. This commit replaces the get_or_create_ms() method by a create_ms() method which takes the TLLI and the direction (UL or DL) as parameters to select either set_tlli() or confirm_tlli(). The MS object is instantiated with TLLI = 0, and therefore GprsMs::tlli() is extended to return the DL TLLI if both of the other TLLI are not set. Note that create_ms() will not check whether an MS object with a matching TLLI is already stored in the list, so it should only be called after a corresponding get_ms() in general. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 14:58:22 +00:00
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xc000000a, partly confirmed
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=10 TLLI=0xc000000a DIR=DL STATE=NULL) [DOWNLINK] START
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xc000000a, IMSI '' -> '001001000000010'
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Send dowlink assignment for TBF(TFI=10 TLLI=0xc000000a DIR=DL STATE=NULL) on PCH, no TBF exist (IMSI=001001000000010)
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=10 TLLI=0xc000000a DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TX: START TBF(TFI=10 TLLI=0xc000000a DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) Immediate Assignment Downlink (PCH)
tbf: Refactor calls to write_immediate_assignment Make use of variables, log them to LOGL_DEBUG, and reduce code duplication. This should help to narrow down the cause why snd_dl_ass are not answered by the MS sometimes. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 17:26:13 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=4 TA=0 pollFN=-1
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=3 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=30 31 30 2d 06 3f 30 0c 00 00 7d 80 00 00 00 dc 00 00 00 aa 80 23 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=10 TLLI=0xc000000a DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=10 TLLI=0xc000000a DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) append
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 45
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=11
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=11 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 12 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000fff.
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=11 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=11 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tbf: Always call set_tlli/confirm_tlli in update_ms Currently the m_tlli member in GprsMs is set by the constructor, circumventing the TLLI confirmation mechanism. This commit replaces the get_or_create_ms() method by a create_ms() method which takes the TLLI and the direction (UL or DL) as parameters to select either set_tlli() or confirm_tlli(). The MS object is instantiated with TLLI = 0, and therefore GprsMs::tlli() is extended to return the DL TLLI if both of the other TLLI are not set. Note that create_ms() will not check whether an MS object with a matching TLLI is already stored in the list, so it should only be called after a corresponding get_ms() in general. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 14:58:22 +00:00
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xc000000b, partly confirmed
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=11 TLLI=0xc000000b DIR=DL STATE=NULL) [DOWNLINK] START
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xc000000b, IMSI '' -> '001001000000011'
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Send dowlink assignment for TBF(TFI=11 TLLI=0xc000000b DIR=DL STATE=NULL) on PCH, no TBF exist (IMSI=001001000000011)
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=11 TLLI=0xc000000b DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TX: START TBF(TFI=11 TLLI=0xc000000b DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) Immediate Assignment Downlink (PCH)
tbf: Refactor calls to write_immediate_assignment Make use of variables, log them to LOGL_DEBUG, and reduce code duplication. This should help to narrow down the cause why snd_dl_ass are not answered by the MS sometimes. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 17:26:13 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=4 TA=0 pollFN=-1
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=3 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=30 31 31 2d 06 3f 30 0c 00 00 7d 80 00 00 00 dc 00 00 00 ba c0 23 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=11 TLLI=0xc000000b DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=11 TLLI=0xc000000b DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) append
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 45
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=12
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=12 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 13 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00001fff.
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=12 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=12 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tbf: Always call set_tlli/confirm_tlli in update_ms Currently the m_tlli member in GprsMs is set by the constructor, circumventing the TLLI confirmation mechanism. This commit replaces the get_or_create_ms() method by a create_ms() method which takes the TLLI and the direction (UL or DL) as parameters to select either set_tlli() or confirm_tlli(). The MS object is instantiated with TLLI = 0, and therefore GprsMs::tlli() is extended to return the DL TLLI if both of the other TLLI are not set. Note that create_ms() will not check whether an MS object with a matching TLLI is already stored in the list, so it should only be called after a corresponding get_ms() in general. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 14:58:22 +00:00
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xc000000c, partly confirmed
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=12 TLLI=0xc000000c DIR=DL STATE=NULL) [DOWNLINK] START
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xc000000c, IMSI '' -> '001001000000012'
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Send dowlink assignment for TBF(TFI=12 TLLI=0xc000000c DIR=DL STATE=NULL) on PCH, no TBF exist (IMSI=001001000000012)
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=12 TLLI=0xc000000c DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TX: START TBF(TFI=12 TLLI=0xc000000c DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) Immediate Assignment Downlink (PCH)
tbf: Refactor calls to write_immediate_assignment Make use of variables, log them to LOGL_DEBUG, and reduce code duplication. This should help to narrow down the cause why snd_dl_ass are not answered by the MS sometimes. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 17:26:13 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=4 TA=0 pollFN=-1
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=3 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=30 31 32 2d 06 3f 30 0c 00 00 7d 80 00 00 00 dc 00 00 00 cb 00 23 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=12 TLLI=0xc000000c DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=12 TLLI=0xc000000c DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) append
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 45
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=13
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=13 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 14 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00003fff.
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=13 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=13 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tbf: Always call set_tlli/confirm_tlli in update_ms Currently the m_tlli member in GprsMs is set by the constructor, circumventing the TLLI confirmation mechanism. This commit replaces the get_or_create_ms() method by a create_ms() method which takes the TLLI and the direction (UL or DL) as parameters to select either set_tlli() or confirm_tlli(). The MS object is instantiated with TLLI = 0, and therefore GprsMs::tlli() is extended to return the DL TLLI if both of the other TLLI are not set. Note that create_ms() will not check whether an MS object with a matching TLLI is already stored in the list, so it should only be called after a corresponding get_ms() in general. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 14:58:22 +00:00
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xc000000d, partly confirmed
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=13 TLLI=0xc000000d DIR=DL STATE=NULL) [DOWNLINK] START
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xc000000d, IMSI '' -> '001001000000013'
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Send dowlink assignment for TBF(TFI=13 TLLI=0xc000000d DIR=DL STATE=NULL) on PCH, no TBF exist (IMSI=001001000000013)
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=13 TLLI=0xc000000d DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TX: START TBF(TFI=13 TLLI=0xc000000d DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) Immediate Assignment Downlink (PCH)
tbf: Refactor calls to write_immediate_assignment Make use of variables, log them to LOGL_DEBUG, and reduce code duplication. This should help to narrow down the cause why snd_dl_ass are not answered by the MS sometimes. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 17:26:13 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=4 TA=0 pollFN=-1
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=3 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=30 31 33 2d 06 3f 30 0c 00 00 7d 80 00 00 00 dc 00 00 00 db 40 23 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=13 TLLI=0xc000000d DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=13 TLLI=0xc000000d DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) append
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 45
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=14
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=14 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 15 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00007fff.
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=14 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=14 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tbf: Always call set_tlli/confirm_tlli in update_ms Currently the m_tlli member in GprsMs is set by the constructor, circumventing the TLLI confirmation mechanism. This commit replaces the get_or_create_ms() method by a create_ms() method which takes the TLLI and the direction (UL or DL) as parameters to select either set_tlli() or confirm_tlli(). The MS object is instantiated with TLLI = 0, and therefore GprsMs::tlli() is extended to return the DL TLLI if both of the other TLLI are not set. Note that create_ms() will not check whether an MS object with a matching TLLI is already stored in the list, so it should only be called after a corresponding get_ms() in general. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 14:58:22 +00:00
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xc000000e, partly confirmed
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=14 TLLI=0xc000000e DIR=DL STATE=NULL) [DOWNLINK] START
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xc000000e, IMSI '' -> '001001000000014'
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Send dowlink assignment for TBF(TFI=14 TLLI=0xc000000e DIR=DL STATE=NULL) on PCH, no TBF exist (IMSI=001001000000014)
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=14 TLLI=0xc000000e DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TX: START TBF(TFI=14 TLLI=0xc000000e DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) Immediate Assignment Downlink (PCH)
tbf: Refactor calls to write_immediate_assignment Make use of variables, log them to LOGL_DEBUG, and reduce code duplication. This should help to narrow down the cause why snd_dl_ass are not answered by the MS sometimes. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 17:26:13 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=4 TA=0 pollFN=-1
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=3 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=30 31 34 2d 06 3f 30 0c 00 00 7d 80 00 00 00 dc 00 00 00 eb 80 23 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=14 TLLI=0xc000000e DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=14 TLLI=0xc000000e DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) append
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 45
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=15
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=15 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 16 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 0000ffff.
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=15 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=15 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tbf: Always call set_tlli/confirm_tlli in update_ms Currently the m_tlli member in GprsMs is set by the constructor, circumventing the TLLI confirmation mechanism. This commit replaces the get_or_create_ms() method by a create_ms() method which takes the TLLI and the direction (UL or DL) as parameters to select either set_tlli() or confirm_tlli(). The MS object is instantiated with TLLI = 0, and therefore GprsMs::tlli() is extended to return the DL TLLI if both of the other TLLI are not set. Note that create_ms() will not check whether an MS object with a matching TLLI is already stored in the list, so it should only be called after a corresponding get_ms() in general. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 14:58:22 +00:00
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xc000000f, partly confirmed
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=15 TLLI=0xc000000f DIR=DL STATE=NULL) [DOWNLINK] START
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xc000000f, IMSI '' -> '001001000000015'
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Send dowlink assignment for TBF(TFI=15 TLLI=0xc000000f DIR=DL STATE=NULL) on PCH, no TBF exist (IMSI=001001000000015)
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=15 TLLI=0xc000000f DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TX: START TBF(TFI=15 TLLI=0xc000000f DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) Immediate Assignment Downlink (PCH)
tbf: Refactor calls to write_immediate_assignment Make use of variables, log them to LOGL_DEBUG, and reduce code duplication. This should help to narrow down the cause why snd_dl_ass are not answered by the MS sometimes. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 17:26:13 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=4 TA=0 pollFN=-1
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=3 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=30 31 35 2d 06 3f 30 0c 00 00 7d 80 00 00 00 dc 00 00 00 fb c0 23 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=15 TLLI=0xc000000f DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=15 TLLI=0xc000000f DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) append
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 45
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=16
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=16 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 17 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 0001ffff.
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=16 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=16 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tbf: Always call set_tlli/confirm_tlli in update_ms Currently the m_tlli member in GprsMs is set by the constructor, circumventing the TLLI confirmation mechanism. This commit replaces the get_or_create_ms() method by a create_ms() method which takes the TLLI and the direction (UL or DL) as parameters to select either set_tlli() or confirm_tlli(). The MS object is instantiated with TLLI = 0, and therefore GprsMs::tlli() is extended to return the DL TLLI if both of the other TLLI are not set. Note that create_ms() will not check whether an MS object with a matching TLLI is already stored in the list, so it should only be called after a corresponding get_ms() in general. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 14:58:22 +00:00
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xc0000010, partly confirmed
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=16 TLLI=0xc0000010 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) [DOWNLINK] START
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xc0000010, IMSI '' -> '001001000000016'
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Send dowlink assignment for TBF(TFI=16 TLLI=0xc0000010 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) on PCH, no TBF exist (IMSI=001001000000016)
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=16 TLLI=0xc0000010 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TX: START TBF(TFI=16 TLLI=0xc0000010 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) Immediate Assignment Downlink (PCH)
tbf: Refactor calls to write_immediate_assignment Make use of variables, log them to LOGL_DEBUG, and reduce code duplication. This should help to narrow down the cause why snd_dl_ass are not answered by the MS sometimes. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 17:26:13 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=4 TA=0 pollFN=-1
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=3 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=30 31 36 2d 06 3f 30 0c 00 00 7d 80 00 00 00 dc 00 00 01 0c 00 23 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=16 TLLI=0xc0000010 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=16 TLLI=0xc0000010 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) append
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 45
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=17
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=17 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 18 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 0003ffff.
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=17 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=17 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tbf: Always call set_tlli/confirm_tlli in update_ms Currently the m_tlli member in GprsMs is set by the constructor, circumventing the TLLI confirmation mechanism. This commit replaces the get_or_create_ms() method by a create_ms() method which takes the TLLI and the direction (UL or DL) as parameters to select either set_tlli() or confirm_tlli(). The MS object is instantiated with TLLI = 0, and therefore GprsMs::tlli() is extended to return the DL TLLI if both of the other TLLI are not set. Note that create_ms() will not check whether an MS object with a matching TLLI is already stored in the list, so it should only be called after a corresponding get_ms() in general. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 14:58:22 +00:00
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xc0000011, partly confirmed
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=17 TLLI=0xc0000011 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) [DOWNLINK] START
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xc0000011, IMSI '' -> '001001000000017'
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Send dowlink assignment for TBF(TFI=17 TLLI=0xc0000011 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) on PCH, no TBF exist (IMSI=001001000000017)
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=17 TLLI=0xc0000011 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TX: START TBF(TFI=17 TLLI=0xc0000011 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) Immediate Assignment Downlink (PCH)
tbf: Refactor calls to write_immediate_assignment Make use of variables, log them to LOGL_DEBUG, and reduce code duplication. This should help to narrow down the cause why snd_dl_ass are not answered by the MS sometimes. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 17:26:13 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=4 TA=0 pollFN=-1
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=3 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=30 31 37 2d 06 3f 30 0c 00 00 7d 80 00 00 00 dc 00 00 01 1c 40 23 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=17 TLLI=0xc0000011 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=17 TLLI=0xc0000011 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) append
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 45
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=18
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=18 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 19 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 0007ffff.
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=18 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=18 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tbf: Always call set_tlli/confirm_tlli in update_ms Currently the m_tlli member in GprsMs is set by the constructor, circumventing the TLLI confirmation mechanism. This commit replaces the get_or_create_ms() method by a create_ms() method which takes the TLLI and the direction (UL or DL) as parameters to select either set_tlli() or confirm_tlli(). The MS object is instantiated with TLLI = 0, and therefore GprsMs::tlli() is extended to return the DL TLLI if both of the other TLLI are not set. Note that create_ms() will not check whether an MS object with a matching TLLI is already stored in the list, so it should only be called after a corresponding get_ms() in general. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 14:58:22 +00:00
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xc0000012, partly confirmed
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=18 TLLI=0xc0000012 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) [DOWNLINK] START
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xc0000012, IMSI '' -> '001001000000018'
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Send dowlink assignment for TBF(TFI=18 TLLI=0xc0000012 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) on PCH, no TBF exist (IMSI=001001000000018)
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=18 TLLI=0xc0000012 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TX: START TBF(TFI=18 TLLI=0xc0000012 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) Immediate Assignment Downlink (PCH)
tbf: Refactor calls to write_immediate_assignment Make use of variables, log them to LOGL_DEBUG, and reduce code duplication. This should help to narrow down the cause why snd_dl_ass are not answered by the MS sometimes. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 17:26:13 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=4 TA=0 pollFN=-1
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=3 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=30 31 38 2d 06 3f 30 0c 00 00 7d 80 00 00 00 dc 00 00 01 2c 80 23 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=18 TLLI=0xc0000012 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=18 TLLI=0xc0000012 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) append
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 45
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=19
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=19 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 20 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 000fffff.
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=19 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=19 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tbf: Always call set_tlli/confirm_tlli in update_ms Currently the m_tlli member in GprsMs is set by the constructor, circumventing the TLLI confirmation mechanism. This commit replaces the get_or_create_ms() method by a create_ms() method which takes the TLLI and the direction (UL or DL) as parameters to select either set_tlli() or confirm_tlli(). The MS object is instantiated with TLLI = 0, and therefore GprsMs::tlli() is extended to return the DL TLLI if both of the other TLLI are not set. Note that create_ms() will not check whether an MS object with a matching TLLI is already stored in the list, so it should only be called after a corresponding get_ms() in general. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 14:58:22 +00:00
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xc0000013, partly confirmed
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=19 TLLI=0xc0000013 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) [DOWNLINK] START
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xc0000013, IMSI '' -> '001001000000019'
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Send dowlink assignment for TBF(TFI=19 TLLI=0xc0000013 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) on PCH, no TBF exist (IMSI=001001000000019)
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=19 TLLI=0xc0000013 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TX: START TBF(TFI=19 TLLI=0xc0000013 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) Immediate Assignment Downlink (PCH)
tbf: Refactor calls to write_immediate_assignment Make use of variables, log them to LOGL_DEBUG, and reduce code duplication. This should help to narrow down the cause why snd_dl_ass are not answered by the MS sometimes. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 17:26:13 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=4 TA=0 pollFN=-1
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=3 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=30 31 39 2d 06 3f 30 0c 00 00 7d 80 00 00 00 dc 00 00 01 3c c0 23 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=19 TLLI=0xc0000013 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=19 TLLI=0xc0000013 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) append
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 45
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=20
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=20 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 21 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 001fffff.
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=20 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=20 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tbf: Always call set_tlli/confirm_tlli in update_ms Currently the m_tlli member in GprsMs is set by the constructor, circumventing the TLLI confirmation mechanism. This commit replaces the get_or_create_ms() method by a create_ms() method which takes the TLLI and the direction (UL or DL) as parameters to select either set_tlli() or confirm_tlli(). The MS object is instantiated with TLLI = 0, and therefore GprsMs::tlli() is extended to return the DL TLLI if both of the other TLLI are not set. Note that create_ms() will not check whether an MS object with a matching TLLI is already stored in the list, so it should only be called after a corresponding get_ms() in general. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 14:58:22 +00:00
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xc0000014, partly confirmed
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=20 TLLI=0xc0000014 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) [DOWNLINK] START
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xc0000014, IMSI '' -> '001001000000020'
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Send dowlink assignment for TBF(TFI=20 TLLI=0xc0000014 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) on PCH, no TBF exist (IMSI=001001000000020)
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=20 TLLI=0xc0000014 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TX: START TBF(TFI=20 TLLI=0xc0000014 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) Immediate Assignment Downlink (PCH)
tbf: Refactor calls to write_immediate_assignment Make use of variables, log them to LOGL_DEBUG, and reduce code duplication. This should help to narrow down the cause why snd_dl_ass are not answered by the MS sometimes. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 17:26:13 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=4 TA=0 pollFN=-1
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=3 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=30 32 30 2d 06 3f 30 0c 00 00 7d 80 00 00 00 dc 00 00 01 4d 00 23 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=20 TLLI=0xc0000014 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=20 TLLI=0xc0000014 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) append
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 45
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=21
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=21 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 22 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 003fffff.
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=21 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=21 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tbf: Always call set_tlli/confirm_tlli in update_ms Currently the m_tlli member in GprsMs is set by the constructor, circumventing the TLLI confirmation mechanism. This commit replaces the get_or_create_ms() method by a create_ms() method which takes the TLLI and the direction (UL or DL) as parameters to select either set_tlli() or confirm_tlli(). The MS object is instantiated with TLLI = 0, and therefore GprsMs::tlli() is extended to return the DL TLLI if both of the other TLLI are not set. Note that create_ms() will not check whether an MS object with a matching TLLI is already stored in the list, so it should only be called after a corresponding get_ms() in general. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 14:58:22 +00:00
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xc0000015, partly confirmed
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=21 TLLI=0xc0000015 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) [DOWNLINK] START
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xc0000015, IMSI '' -> '001001000000021'
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Send dowlink assignment for TBF(TFI=21 TLLI=0xc0000015 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) on PCH, no TBF exist (IMSI=001001000000021)
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=21 TLLI=0xc0000015 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TX: START TBF(TFI=21 TLLI=0xc0000015 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) Immediate Assignment Downlink (PCH)
tbf: Refactor calls to write_immediate_assignment Make use of variables, log them to LOGL_DEBUG, and reduce code duplication. This should help to narrow down the cause why snd_dl_ass are not answered by the MS sometimes. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 17:26:13 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=4 TA=0 pollFN=-1
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=3 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=30 32 31 2d 06 3f 30 0c 00 00 7d 80 00 00 00 dc 00 00 01 5d 40 23 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=21 TLLI=0xc0000015 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=21 TLLI=0xc0000015 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) append
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 45
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=22
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=22 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 23 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 007fffff.
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=22 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=22 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tbf: Always call set_tlli/confirm_tlli in update_ms Currently the m_tlli member in GprsMs is set by the constructor, circumventing the TLLI confirmation mechanism. This commit replaces the get_or_create_ms() method by a create_ms() method which takes the TLLI and the direction (UL or DL) as parameters to select either set_tlli() or confirm_tlli(). The MS object is instantiated with TLLI = 0, and therefore GprsMs::tlli() is extended to return the DL TLLI if both of the other TLLI are not set. Note that create_ms() will not check whether an MS object with a matching TLLI is already stored in the list, so it should only be called after a corresponding get_ms() in general. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 14:58:22 +00:00
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xc0000016, partly confirmed
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=22 TLLI=0xc0000016 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) [DOWNLINK] START
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xc0000016, IMSI '' -> '001001000000022'
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Send dowlink assignment for TBF(TFI=22 TLLI=0xc0000016 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) on PCH, no TBF exist (IMSI=001001000000022)
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=22 TLLI=0xc0000016 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TX: START TBF(TFI=22 TLLI=0xc0000016 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) Immediate Assignment Downlink (PCH)
tbf: Refactor calls to write_immediate_assignment Make use of variables, log them to LOGL_DEBUG, and reduce code duplication. This should help to narrow down the cause why snd_dl_ass are not answered by the MS sometimes. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 17:26:13 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=4 TA=0 pollFN=-1
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=3 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=30 32 32 2d 06 3f 30 0c 00 00 7d 80 00 00 00 dc 00 00 01 6d 80 23 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=22 TLLI=0xc0000016 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=22 TLLI=0xc0000016 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) append
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 45
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=23
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=23 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 24 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00ffffff.
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=23 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=23 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tbf: Always call set_tlli/confirm_tlli in update_ms Currently the m_tlli member in GprsMs is set by the constructor, circumventing the TLLI confirmation mechanism. This commit replaces the get_or_create_ms() method by a create_ms() method which takes the TLLI and the direction (UL or DL) as parameters to select either set_tlli() or confirm_tlli(). The MS object is instantiated with TLLI = 0, and therefore GprsMs::tlli() is extended to return the DL TLLI if both of the other TLLI are not set. Note that create_ms() will not check whether an MS object with a matching TLLI is already stored in the list, so it should only be called after a corresponding get_ms() in general. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 14:58:22 +00:00
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xc0000017, partly confirmed
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=23 TLLI=0xc0000017 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) [DOWNLINK] START
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xc0000017, IMSI '' -> '001001000000023'
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Send dowlink assignment for TBF(TFI=23 TLLI=0xc0000017 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) on PCH, no TBF exist (IMSI=001001000000023)
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=23 TLLI=0xc0000017 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TX: START TBF(TFI=23 TLLI=0xc0000017 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) Immediate Assignment Downlink (PCH)
tbf: Refactor calls to write_immediate_assignment Make use of variables, log them to LOGL_DEBUG, and reduce code duplication. This should help to narrow down the cause why snd_dl_ass are not answered by the MS sometimes. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 17:26:13 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=4 TA=0 pollFN=-1
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=3 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=30 32 33 2d 06 3f 30 0c 00 00 7d 80 00 00 00 dc 00 00 01 7d c0 23 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=23 TLLI=0xc0000017 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=23 TLLI=0xc0000017 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) append
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 45
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=24
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=24 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 25 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 01ffffff.
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=24 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=24 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tbf: Always call set_tlli/confirm_tlli in update_ms Currently the m_tlli member in GprsMs is set by the constructor, circumventing the TLLI confirmation mechanism. This commit replaces the get_or_create_ms() method by a create_ms() method which takes the TLLI and the direction (UL or DL) as parameters to select either set_tlli() or confirm_tlli(). The MS object is instantiated with TLLI = 0, and therefore GprsMs::tlli() is extended to return the DL TLLI if both of the other TLLI are not set. Note that create_ms() will not check whether an MS object with a matching TLLI is already stored in the list, so it should only be called after a corresponding get_ms() in general. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 14:58:22 +00:00
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xc0000018, partly confirmed
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=24 TLLI=0xc0000018 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) [DOWNLINK] START
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xc0000018, IMSI '' -> '001001000000024'
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Send dowlink assignment for TBF(TFI=24 TLLI=0xc0000018 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) on PCH, no TBF exist (IMSI=001001000000024)
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=24 TLLI=0xc0000018 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TX: START TBF(TFI=24 TLLI=0xc0000018 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) Immediate Assignment Downlink (PCH)
tbf: Refactor calls to write_immediate_assignment Make use of variables, log them to LOGL_DEBUG, and reduce code duplication. This should help to narrow down the cause why snd_dl_ass are not answered by the MS sometimes. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 17:26:13 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=4 TA=0 pollFN=-1
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=3 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=30 32 34 2d 06 3f 30 0c 00 00 7d 80 00 00 00 dc 00 00 01 8e 00 23 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=24 TLLI=0xc0000018 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=24 TLLI=0xc0000018 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) append
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 45
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=25
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=25 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 26 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 03ffffff.
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=25 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=25 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tbf: Always call set_tlli/confirm_tlli in update_ms Currently the m_tlli member in GprsMs is set by the constructor, circumventing the TLLI confirmation mechanism. This commit replaces the get_or_create_ms() method by a create_ms() method which takes the TLLI and the direction (UL or DL) as parameters to select either set_tlli() or confirm_tlli(). The MS object is instantiated with TLLI = 0, and therefore GprsMs::tlli() is extended to return the DL TLLI if both of the other TLLI are not set. Note that create_ms() will not check whether an MS object with a matching TLLI is already stored in the list, so it should only be called after a corresponding get_ms() in general. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 14:58:22 +00:00
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xc0000019, partly confirmed
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=25 TLLI=0xc0000019 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) [DOWNLINK] START
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xc0000019, IMSI '' -> '001001000000025'
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Send dowlink assignment for TBF(TFI=25 TLLI=0xc0000019 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) on PCH, no TBF exist (IMSI=001001000000025)
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=25 TLLI=0xc0000019 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TX: START TBF(TFI=25 TLLI=0xc0000019 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) Immediate Assignment Downlink (PCH)
tbf: Refactor calls to write_immediate_assignment Make use of variables, log them to LOGL_DEBUG, and reduce code duplication. This should help to narrow down the cause why snd_dl_ass are not answered by the MS sometimes. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 17:26:13 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=4 TA=0 pollFN=-1
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=3 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=30 32 35 2d 06 3f 30 0c 00 00 7d 80 00 00 00 dc 00 00 01 9e 40 23 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=25 TLLI=0xc0000019 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=25 TLLI=0xc0000019 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) append
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 45
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=26
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=26 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 27 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 07ffffff.
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=26 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=26 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tbf: Always call set_tlli/confirm_tlli in update_ms Currently the m_tlli member in GprsMs is set by the constructor, circumventing the TLLI confirmation mechanism. This commit replaces the get_or_create_ms() method by a create_ms() method which takes the TLLI and the direction (UL or DL) as parameters to select either set_tlli() or confirm_tlli(). The MS object is instantiated with TLLI = 0, and therefore GprsMs::tlli() is extended to return the DL TLLI if both of the other TLLI are not set. Note that create_ms() will not check whether an MS object with a matching TLLI is already stored in the list, so it should only be called after a corresponding get_ms() in general. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 14:58:22 +00:00
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xc000001a, partly confirmed
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=26 TLLI=0xc000001a DIR=DL STATE=NULL) [DOWNLINK] START
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xc000001a, IMSI '' -> '001001000000026'
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Send dowlink assignment for TBF(TFI=26 TLLI=0xc000001a DIR=DL STATE=NULL) on PCH, no TBF exist (IMSI=001001000000026)
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=26 TLLI=0xc000001a DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TX: START TBF(TFI=26 TLLI=0xc000001a DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) Immediate Assignment Downlink (PCH)
tbf: Refactor calls to write_immediate_assignment Make use of variables, log them to LOGL_DEBUG, and reduce code duplication. This should help to narrow down the cause why snd_dl_ass are not answered by the MS sometimes. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 17:26:13 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=4 TA=0 pollFN=-1
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=3 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=30 32 36 2d 06 3f 30 0c 00 00 7d 80 00 00 00 dc 00 00 01 ae 80 23 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=26 TLLI=0xc000001a DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=26 TLLI=0xc000001a DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) append
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 45
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=27
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=27 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 28 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 0fffffff.
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=27 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=27 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tbf: Always call set_tlli/confirm_tlli in update_ms Currently the m_tlli member in GprsMs is set by the constructor, circumventing the TLLI confirmation mechanism. This commit replaces the get_or_create_ms() method by a create_ms() method which takes the TLLI and the direction (UL or DL) as parameters to select either set_tlli() or confirm_tlli(). The MS object is instantiated with TLLI = 0, and therefore GprsMs::tlli() is extended to return the DL TLLI if both of the other TLLI are not set. Note that create_ms() will not check whether an MS object with a matching TLLI is already stored in the list, so it should only be called after a corresponding get_ms() in general. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 14:58:22 +00:00
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xc000001b, partly confirmed
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=27 TLLI=0xc000001b DIR=DL STATE=NULL) [DOWNLINK] START
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xc000001b, IMSI '' -> '001001000000027'
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Send dowlink assignment for TBF(TFI=27 TLLI=0xc000001b DIR=DL STATE=NULL) on PCH, no TBF exist (IMSI=001001000000027)
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=27 TLLI=0xc000001b DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TX: START TBF(TFI=27 TLLI=0xc000001b DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) Immediate Assignment Downlink (PCH)
tbf: Refactor calls to write_immediate_assignment Make use of variables, log them to LOGL_DEBUG, and reduce code duplication. This should help to narrow down the cause why snd_dl_ass are not answered by the MS sometimes. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 17:26:13 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=4 TA=0 pollFN=-1
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=3 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=30 32 37 2d 06 3f 30 0c 00 00 7d 80 00 00 00 dc 00 00 01 be c0 23 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=27 TLLI=0xc000001b DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=27 TLLI=0xc000001b DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) append
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 45
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=28
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=28 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 29 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 1fffffff.
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=28 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=28 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tbf: Always call set_tlli/confirm_tlli in update_ms Currently the m_tlli member in GprsMs is set by the constructor, circumventing the TLLI confirmation mechanism. This commit replaces the get_or_create_ms() method by a create_ms() method which takes the TLLI and the direction (UL or DL) as parameters to select either set_tlli() or confirm_tlli(). The MS object is instantiated with TLLI = 0, and therefore GprsMs::tlli() is extended to return the DL TLLI if both of the other TLLI are not set. Note that create_ms() will not check whether an MS object with a matching TLLI is already stored in the list, so it should only be called after a corresponding get_ms() in general. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 14:58:22 +00:00
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xc000001c, partly confirmed
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=28 TLLI=0xc000001c DIR=DL STATE=NULL) [DOWNLINK] START
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xc000001c, IMSI '' -> '001001000000028'
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Send dowlink assignment for TBF(TFI=28 TLLI=0xc000001c DIR=DL STATE=NULL) on PCH, no TBF exist (IMSI=001001000000028)
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=28 TLLI=0xc000001c DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TX: START TBF(TFI=28 TLLI=0xc000001c DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) Immediate Assignment Downlink (PCH)
tbf: Refactor calls to write_immediate_assignment Make use of variables, log them to LOGL_DEBUG, and reduce code duplication. This should help to narrow down the cause why snd_dl_ass are not answered by the MS sometimes. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 17:26:13 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=4 TA=0 pollFN=-1
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=3 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=30 32 38 2d 06 3f 30 0c 00 00 7d 80 00 00 00 dc 00 00 01 cf 00 23 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=28 TLLI=0xc000001c DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=28 TLLI=0xc000001c DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) append
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 45
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=29
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=29 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 30 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 3fffffff.
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=29 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=29 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tbf: Always call set_tlli/confirm_tlli in update_ms Currently the m_tlli member in GprsMs is set by the constructor, circumventing the TLLI confirmation mechanism. This commit replaces the get_or_create_ms() method by a create_ms() method which takes the TLLI and the direction (UL or DL) as parameters to select either set_tlli() or confirm_tlli(). The MS object is instantiated with TLLI = 0, and therefore GprsMs::tlli() is extended to return the DL TLLI if both of the other TLLI are not set. Note that create_ms() will not check whether an MS object with a matching TLLI is already stored in the list, so it should only be called after a corresponding get_ms() in general. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 14:58:22 +00:00
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xc000001d, partly confirmed
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=29 TLLI=0xc000001d DIR=DL STATE=NULL) [DOWNLINK] START
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xc000001d, IMSI '' -> '001001000000029'
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Send dowlink assignment for TBF(TFI=29 TLLI=0xc000001d DIR=DL STATE=NULL) on PCH, no TBF exist (IMSI=001001000000029)
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=29 TLLI=0xc000001d DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TX: START TBF(TFI=29 TLLI=0xc000001d DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) Immediate Assignment Downlink (PCH)
tbf: Refactor calls to write_immediate_assignment Make use of variables, log them to LOGL_DEBUG, and reduce code duplication. This should help to narrow down the cause why snd_dl_ass are not answered by the MS sometimes. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 17:26:13 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=4 TA=0 pollFN=-1
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=3 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=30 32 39 2d 06 3f 30 0c 00 00 7d 80 00 00 00 dc 00 00 01 df 40 23 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=29 TLLI=0xc000001d DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=29 TLLI=0xc000001d DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) append
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 45
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=30
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=30 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 31 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 7fffffff.
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=30 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=30 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tbf: Always call set_tlli/confirm_tlli in update_ms Currently the m_tlli member in GprsMs is set by the constructor, circumventing the TLLI confirmation mechanism. This commit replaces the get_or_create_ms() method by a create_ms() method which takes the TLLI and the direction (UL or DL) as parameters to select either set_tlli() or confirm_tlli(). The MS object is instantiated with TLLI = 0, and therefore GprsMs::tlli() is extended to return the DL TLLI if both of the other TLLI are not set. Note that create_ms() will not check whether an MS object with a matching TLLI is already stored in the list, so it should only be called after a corresponding get_ms() in general. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 14:58:22 +00:00
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xc000001e, partly confirmed
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=30 TLLI=0xc000001e DIR=DL STATE=NULL) [DOWNLINK] START
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xc000001e, IMSI '' -> '001001000000030'
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Send dowlink assignment for TBF(TFI=30 TLLI=0xc000001e DIR=DL STATE=NULL) on PCH, no TBF exist (IMSI=001001000000030)
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=30 TLLI=0xc000001e DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TX: START TBF(TFI=30 TLLI=0xc000001e DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) Immediate Assignment Downlink (PCH)
tbf: Refactor calls to write_immediate_assignment Make use of variables, log them to LOGL_DEBUG, and reduce code duplication. This should help to narrow down the cause why snd_dl_ass are not answered by the MS sometimes. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 17:26:13 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=4 TA=0 pollFN=-1
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=3 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=30 33 30 2d 06 3f 30 0c 00 00 7d 80 00 00 00 dc 00 00 01 ef 80 23 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=30 TLLI=0xc000001e DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=30 TLLI=0xc000001e DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) append
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 45
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=31
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=31 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 32 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = ffffffff.
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=31 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=31 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tbf: Always call set_tlli/confirm_tlli in update_ms Currently the m_tlli member in GprsMs is set by the constructor, circumventing the TLLI confirmation mechanism. This commit replaces the get_or_create_ms() method by a create_ms() method which takes the TLLI and the direction (UL or DL) as parameters to select either set_tlli() or confirm_tlli(). The MS object is instantiated with TLLI = 0, and therefore GprsMs::tlli() is extended to return the DL TLLI if both of the other TLLI are not set. Note that create_ms() will not check whether an MS object with a matching TLLI is already stored in the list, so it should only be called after a corresponding get_ms() in general. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 14:58:22 +00:00
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xc000001f, partly confirmed
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=31 TLLI=0xc000001f DIR=DL STATE=NULL) [DOWNLINK] START
tbf: Move IMSI to MS object Currently the IMSI is stored in the TBFs. Since it directly refers to an MS, it should rather be stored in an MS object. This patch move the m_imsi field from gprs_rlcmac_tbf to GprsMs, changes gprs_rlcmac_tbf::imsi() to get the IMSI from the associated MS object, and adds getter and setter to GprsMs. Before changing the IMSI of the associated MS object, assign_imsi() checks if there is already another MS object with the same IMSI and eventually resets the IMSI of that one. So using update_ms() and assign_imsi() ensures that there are not two MS object entries is the storage with the same TLLI or the same IMSI. Ticket: #1674 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 09:07:16 +00:00
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xc000001f, IMSI '' -> '001001000000031'
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Send dowlink assignment for TBF(TFI=31 TLLI=0xc000001f DIR=DL STATE=NULL) on PCH, no TBF exist (IMSI=001001000000031)
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
TBF(TFI=31 TLLI=0xc000001f DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TX: START TBF(TFI=31 TLLI=0xc000001f DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) Immediate Assignment Downlink (PCH)
tbf: Refactor calls to write_immediate_assignment Make use of variables, log them to LOGL_DEBUG, and reduce code duplication. This should help to narrow down the cause why snd_dl_ass are not answered by the MS sometimes. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 17:26:13 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=4 TA=0 pollFN=-1
tbf/test: Fix IMSI creation Currently the generated IMSI contains blanks due to a missing '0' flag in the corresponding snprintf statement. In addition, the buffer is effectively limited to 15 bytes which is shorter than the generated character sequence, such that the last character of the IMSI is removed. This patch fixes both issues. Since snprintf itself will add a terminating \0 character, the whole buffer can be passed to snprintf. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-21 10:06:58 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=3 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=30 33 31 2d 06 3f 30 0c 00 00 7d 80 00 00 00 dc 00 00 01 ff c0 23 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=31 TLLI=0xc000001f DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=31 TLLI=0xc000001f DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) append
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 45
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Failed to find a usable TRX (TFI exhausted)
tbf/test: Add test for DL TBF exhaustion This test calls gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::handle() with varying TLLI and IMSI until the function fails. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-04-09 17:17:21 +00:00
No PDCH resource
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Destroying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
tbf/test: Add test for DL LLC packet loss Currently LLC frames are lost or even reordered when the TBF has be established via the AGCH and the procedure fails for some reason. This test tries to reproduce this behaviour by throwing away the first TBF while calling the handle() method several times. The results of create_dl_acked_block() are checked against expected values (this is currently party disabled because the bug still persists). Ticket: #1759 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-12 11:41:00 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 45
tbf/test: Add test for DL LLC packet loss Currently LLC frames are lost or even reordered when the TBF has be established via the AGCH and the procedure fails for some reason. This test tries to reproduce this behaviour by throwing away the first TBF while calling the handle() method several times. The results of create_dl_acked_block() are checked against expected values (this is currently party disabled because the bug still persists). Ticket: #1759 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-12 11:41:00 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=0
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 1 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000001.
tbf/test: Add test for DL LLC packet loss Currently LLC frames are lost or even reordered when the TBF has be established via the AGCH and the procedure fails for some reason. This test tries to reproduce this behaviour by throwing away the first TBF while calling the handle() method several times. The results of create_dl_acked_block() are checked against expected values (this is currently party disabled because the bug still persists). Ticket: #1759 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-12 11:41:00 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tbf/test: Add test for DL LLC packet loss Currently LLC frames are lost or even reordered when the TBF has be established via the AGCH and the procedure fails for some reason. This test tries to reproduce this behaviour by throwing away the first TBF while calling the handle() method several times. The results of create_dl_acked_block() are checked against expected values (this is currently party disabled because the bug still persists). Ticket: #1759 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-12 11:41:00 +00:00
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xc0123456, partly confirmed
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xc0123456 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) [DOWNLINK] START
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xc0123456, IMSI '' -> '001001000123456'
Send dowlink assignment for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xc0123456 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) on PCH, no TBF exist (IMSI=001001000123456)
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xc0123456 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TX: START TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xc0123456 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) Immediate Assignment Downlink (PCH)
tbf: Refactor calls to write_immediate_assignment Make use of variables, log them to LOGL_DEBUG, and reduce code duplication. This should help to narrow down the cause why snd_dl_ass are not answered by the MS sometimes. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 17:26:13 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=4 TA=0 pollFN=-1
tbf/test: Add test for DL LLC packet loss Currently LLC frames are lost or even reordered when the TBF has be established via the AGCH and the procedure fails for some reason. This test tries to reproduce this behaviour by throwing away the first TBF while calling the handle() method several times. The results of create_dl_acked_block() are checked against expected values (this is currently party disabled because the bug still persists). Ticket: #1759 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-12 11:41:00 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=3 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=34 35 36 2d 06 3f 30 0c 00 00 7d 80 00 00 00 dc 01 23 45 68 00 23 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xc0123456 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xc0123456 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xc0123456 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xc0123456 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) changes state from WAIT ASSIGN to RELEASING
tbf: Add abort method for downlink TBF Currently the is a release() function which takes care of statistics and shutdown of properly finished TBFs, but which cannot be used for aborted TBFs. This commit add an abort() method which handles unacked RLC blocks as lost and doesn't start a release timer. This method will be invoked by tbf_free() for downlink TBF. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-21 19:42:40 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xc0123456 DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING) free
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Detaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xc0123456 DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING), 0 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000000.
Detaching TBF from MS object, TLLI = 0xc0123456, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xc0123456 DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING)
tbf/test: Add test for DL LLC packet loss Currently LLC frames are lost or even reordered when the TBF has be established via the AGCH and the procedure fails for some reason. This test tries to reproduce this behaviour by throwing away the first TBF while calling the handle() method several times. The results of create_dl_acked_block() are checked against expected values (this is currently party disabled because the bug still persists). Ticket: #1759 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-12 11:41:00 +00:00
********** TBF ends here **********
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=45/0
tbf/test: Add test for DL LLC packet loss Currently LLC frames are lost or even reordered when the TBF has be established via the AGCH and the procedure fails for some reason. This test tries to reproduce this behaviour by throwing away the first TBF while calling the handle() method several times. The results of create_dl_acked_block() are checked against expected values (this is currently party disabled because the bug still persists). Ticket: #1759 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-12 11:41:00 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 45
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
alloc: Load balancing for algo A Currently only the first enabled PDCH will be used. Beside the throughput this will also limit the number of TBFs: - number of UL TBFs <= 7 - number of DL TBFs <= 32 This commit changes the allocation algorithm to use the PDCH with the least number of attached TBFs. This will improve the troughput in both directions and the UL limits: - number of UL TBFs <= min(32, N_PDCH * 7) UL TBFs Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 14:35:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=0
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 1 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000001.
tbf/test: Add test for DL LLC packet loss Currently LLC frames are lost or even reordered when the TBF has be established via the AGCH and the procedure fails for some reason. This test tries to reproduce this behaviour by throwing away the first TBF while calling the handle() method several times. The results of create_dl_acked_block() are checked against expected values (this is currently party disabled because the bug still persists). Ticket: #1759 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-12 11:41:00 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 4
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0xc0123456, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xc0123456 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xc0123456 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
tbf/test: Add test for DL LLC packet loss Currently LLC frames are lost or even reordered when the TBF has be established via the AGCH and the procedure fails for some reason. This test tries to reproduce this behaviour by throwing away the first TBF while calling the handle() method several times. The results of create_dl_acked_block() are checked against expected values (this is currently party disabled because the bug still persists). Ticket: #1759 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-12 11:41:00 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xc0123456 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) [DOWNLINK] START
Send dowlink assignment for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xc0123456 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) on PCH, no TBF exist (IMSI=001001000123456)
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xc0123456 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TX: START TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xc0123456 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) Immediate Assignment Downlink (PCH)
tbf: Refactor calls to write_immediate_assignment Make use of variables, log them to LOGL_DEBUG, and reduce code duplication. This should help to narrow down the cause why snd_dl_ass are not answered by the MS sometimes. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 17:26:13 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=4 TA=0 pollFN=-1
tbf/test: Add test for DL LLC packet loss Currently LLC frames are lost or even reordered when the TBF has be established via the AGCH and the procedure fails for some reason. This test tries to reproduce this behaviour by throwing away the first TBF while calling the handle() method several times. The results of create_dl_acked_block() are checked against expected values (this is currently party disabled because the bug still persists). Ticket: #1759 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-12 11:41:00 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=3 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=34 35 36 2d 06 3f 30 0c 00 00 7d 80 00 00 00 dc 01 23 45 68 00 23 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xc0123456 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xc0123456 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xc0123456 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==0)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 0, CS=CS-1
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xc0123456 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) (len=19)
tbf/test: Add test for DL LLC packet loss Currently LLC frames are lost or even reordered when the TBF has be established via the AGCH and the procedure fails for some reason. This test tries to reproduce this behaviour by throwing away the first TBF while calling the handle() method several times. The results of create_dl_acked_block() are checked against expected values (this is currently party disabled because the bug still persists). Ticket: #1759 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-12 11:41:00 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 19 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
edge: Use rlc_data_to_dl_append in create_new_bsn Currently TBF related tasks (status changes, counter updates, LLC dummy command insertion) as well as RLC data block generation are done within create_new_bsn. The data block creation part has already been copied to the stateless Encoding::rlc_data_to_dl_append function. This commit changes create_new_bsn to use the encoder function and just care about the TBF related stuff. Since the rlc_data_to_dl_append function has been validated against the test cases being described in annex B of TS 44.060, this commit fixes an encoder bug which leads to broken LLC frames in a special case (see example B.2, the main header's E bit was erroneously set to 1 in that case). When this happens, the LLC frame will get discarded after reassembly, so that TCP will have to retransmit the lost packet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-12 16:02:49 +00:00
-- No space left, so we are done.
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xc0123456 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN)len=19
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xc0123456 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) (len=19)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 0, CS-1): 4d 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 0)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 0, CS-1): 07 00 00 4d 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
tbf: Fix downlink packet loss When the MS is pinged with a longer interval, many packets get lost even if the GprsMs object is kept. If the interval is above the time where the DL TBF is in state FLOW (mainly influenced be the dl-tbf-idle-time command), an new TBF must be requested via AGCH for each ICMP PING message. Currently the LLC frame containing the PING is immediately stored in the TBF and gets lost, if TBF establishment fails for some reason. This commit moves all calls to put_frame() to schedule_next_frame(), where the data is moved from the LLC queue to the frame storage within the TBF object. This method is only called from within create_new_bsn() when the TBF is in the FLOW state and the frame is going to be encoded immediately. At all other places, where put_frame() has been called before, the LLC message is just appended to the LLC queue in the GprsMs object. This change effectively simplifies the related code parts, since date/len information and discard notifications is no longer needed there. Ticket: #1759 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-12 12:06:09 +00:00
MSG = 07 00 00 4d 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xc0123456 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==1)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 1, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test for DL LLC packet loss Currently LLC frames are lost or even reordered when the TBF has be established via the AGCH and the procedure fails for some reason. This test tries to reproduce this behaviour by throwing away the first TBF while calling the handle() method several times. The results of create_dl_acked_block() are checked against expected values (this is currently party disabled because the bug still persists). Ticket: #1759 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-12 11:41:00 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 19 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
edge: Use rlc_data_to_dl_append in create_new_bsn Currently TBF related tasks (status changes, counter updates, LLC dummy command insertion) as well as RLC data block generation are done within create_new_bsn. The data block creation part has already been copied to the stateless Encoding::rlc_data_to_dl_append function. This commit changes create_new_bsn to use the encoder function and just care about the TBF related stuff. Since the rlc_data_to_dl_append function has been validated against the test cases being described in annex B of TS 44.060, this commit fixes an encoder bug which leads to broken LLC frames in a special case (see example B.2, the main header's E bit was erroneously set to 1 in that case). When this happens, the LLC frame will get discarded after reassembly, so that TCP will have to retransmit the lost packet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-12 16:02:49 +00:00
-- No space left, so we are done.
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xc0123456 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN)len=19
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xc0123456 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) (len=19)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 1, CS-1): 4d 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 1)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 1, CS-1): 07 00 02 4d 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02
tbf: Fix downlink packet loss When the MS is pinged with a longer interval, many packets get lost even if the GprsMs object is kept. If the interval is above the time where the DL TBF is in state FLOW (mainly influenced be the dl-tbf-idle-time command), an new TBF must be requested via AGCH for each ICMP PING message. Currently the LLC frame containing the PING is immediately stored in the TBF and gets lost, if TBF establishment fails for some reason. This commit moves all calls to put_frame() to schedule_next_frame(), where the data is moved from the LLC queue to the frame storage within the TBF object. This method is only called from within create_new_bsn() when the TBF is in the FLOW state and the frame is going to be encoded immediately. At all other places, where put_frame() has been called before, the LLC message is just appended to the LLC queue in the GprsMs object. This change effectively simplifies the related code parts, since date/len information and discard notifications is no longer needed there. Ticket: #1759 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-12 12:06:09 +00:00
MSG = 07 00 02 4d 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xc0123456 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==2)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 2, CS=CS-1
tbf: Fix downlink packet loss When the MS is pinged with a longer interval, many packets get lost even if the GprsMs object is kept. If the interval is above the time where the DL TBF is in state FLOW (mainly influenced be the dl-tbf-idle-time command), an new TBF must be requested via AGCH for each ICMP PING message. Currently the LLC frame containing the PING is immediately stored in the TBF and gets lost, if TBF establishment fails for some reason. This commit moves all calls to put_frame() to schedule_next_frame(), where the data is moved from the LLC queue to the frame storage within the TBF object. This method is only called from within create_new_bsn() when the TBF is in the FLOW state and the frame is going to be encoded immediately. At all other places, where put_frame() has been called before, the LLC message is just appended to the LLC queue in the GprsMs object. This change effectively simplifies the related code parts, since date/len information and discard notifications is no longer needed there. Ticket: #1759 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-12 12:06:09 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 19 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
tbf/test: Add test for DL LLC packet loss Currently LLC frames are lost or even reordered when the TBF has be established via the AGCH and the procedure fails for some reason. This test tries to reproduce this behaviour by throwing away the first TBF while calling the handle() method several times. The results of create_dl_acked_block() are checked against expected values (this is currently party disabled because the bug still persists). Ticket: #1759 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-12 11:41:00 +00:00
-- Final block, so we done.
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xc0123456 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN)len=19
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xc0123456 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) changes state from WAIT ASSIGN to FINISHED
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 2, CS-1): 4d 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 2)
tbf/test: Add test for DL LLC packet loss Currently LLC frames are lost or even reordered when the TBF has be established via the AGCH and the procedure fails for some reason. This test tries to reproduce this behaviour by throwing away the first TBF while calling the handle() method several times. The results of create_dl_acked_block() are checked against expected values (this is currently party disabled because the bug still persists). Ticket: #1759 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-12 11:41:00 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
tbf: Add check_polling/set_polling Currently the checks for and the actual polling is done in several places by copy & paste of several lines of code. This hinders changes of they polling is handled internally and also is likely source of programming mistakes. Separate this into a check_polling function, that checks whether polling is possible and returns the FN and the RRBP to be used in that case. Otherwise the cause is logged (LOGL_DEBUG) and a negative error value is returned. There are no other side effect beside the logging. If the call is successful, the set_polling method can be used to actually register the polling. Extend the encoder functions' parameters lists by an rrbp parameter. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-26 20:46:26 +00:00
Polling cannot be scheduled in this TS 7 (first control TS 4)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 2, CS-1): 07 01 04 4d 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03
tbf: Fix downlink packet loss When the MS is pinged with a longer interval, many packets get lost even if the GprsMs object is kept. If the interval is above the time where the DL TBF is in state FLOW (mainly influenced be the dl-tbf-idle-time command), an new TBF must be requested via AGCH for each ICMP PING message. Currently the LLC frame containing the PING is immediately stored in the TBF and gets lost, if TBF establishment fails for some reason. This commit moves all calls to put_frame() to schedule_next_frame(), where the data is moved from the LLC queue to the frame storage within the TBF object. This method is only called from within create_new_bsn() when the TBF is in the FLOW state and the frame is going to be encoded immediately. At all other places, where put_frame() has been called before, the LLC message is just appended to the LLC queue in the GprsMs object. This change effectively simplifies the related code parts, since date/len information and discard notifications is no longer needed there. Ticket: #1759 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-12 12:06:09 +00:00
MSG = 07 01 04 4d 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03
tbf: Put the TFI->TBF mapping into the PDCH objects Currently the TBFs are registered in a TFI indexed array within the TRX objects. TBFs can be searched globally by TFI and TRX number. This conflicts with the use of the same TFI for different TBF on different PDCH. This use case requires the specification of the PDCH as additional search dimension. This commit moves the TFI index TBF arrays into the PDCH objects. The related methods are updated accordingly. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 17:52:37 +00:00
Searching for first unallocated TFI: TRX=0
tbf/test: Add tests for single and two phase access These tests cover the message exchange from receiving from the first RACH request to the first data block when establishing an uplink TBF. This will be used to check, whether TA and other values are passed to an MS object correctly. In addition, the RX RACH log message in rcv_rach is extended to contain the single block fn. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-27 11:03:15 +00:00
Found TFI=0.
MS requests UL TBF on RACH, so we provide one:
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Support EGPRS multislot class handling in tbf_alloc Add an egprs_ms_class argument to the allocation functions and set/pass it where necessary. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-11-27 14:17:34 +00:00
Allocating UL TBF: MS_CLASS=0/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
tbf/test: Add tests for single and two phase access These tests cover the message exchange from receiving from the first RACH request to the first data block when establishing an uplink TBF. This will be used to check, whether TA and other values are passed to an MS object correctly. In addition, the RX RACH log message in rcv_rach is extended to contain the single block fn. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-27 11:03:15 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 0
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 4, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign uplink TS=7 TFI=0 USF=0
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 7, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=NULL), 1 TBFs, USFs = 01, TFIs = 00000001.
tbf/test: Add tests for single and two phase access These tests cover the message exchange from receiving from the first RACH request to the first data block when establishing an uplink TBF. This will be used to check, whether TA and other values are passed to an MS object correctly. In addition, the RX RACH log message in rcv_rach is extended to contain the single block fn. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-27 11:03:15 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 7
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 80, dl_slots = 00
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TA 0 -> 7
tbf/test: Add tests for single and two phase access These tests cover the message exchange from receiving from the first RACH request to the first data block when establishing an uplink TBF. This will be used to check, whether TA and other values are passed to an MS object correctly. In addition, the RX RACH log message in rcv_rach is extended to contain the single block fn. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-27 11:03:15 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to FLOW
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW) starting timer 3169.
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW) [UPLINK] START
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW) RX: [PCU <- BTS] RACH qbit-ta=31 ra=0x03, Fn=2654167 (17,25,9)
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW) TX: START Immediate Assignment Uplink (AGCH)
tbf: Refactor calls to write_immediate_assignment Make use of variables, log them to LOGL_DEBUG, and reduce code duplication. This should help to narrow down the cause why snd_dl_ass are not answered by the MS sometimes. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 17:26:13 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=7 TA=7 TSC=0 TFI=0 USF=0
tbf: Move the current CS field to GprsMs Currently the current CS value is stored in the cs field of gprs_rlcmac_tbf and initialised when it is used the first time. This commit adds separate fields for UL and DL CS values to the GprsMs class and provides corresponding getter methods for GprsMs and gprs_rlcmac_tbf. Ticket: #1739 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-02 14:00:41 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=2 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=2d 06 3f 10 0f 00 00 03 8b 29 07 00 c8 00 10 0b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW) changes state from FLOW to WAIT ASSIGN
edge: Use GprsCodingScheme to adjust the UL RLC block size Currently the block size is mapped by a switch statement to strip extra bits that are not used for RLC blocks. That information is already available via the GprsCodingScheme class. This commit moves the CS/MCS detection to the rcv_block message and passes the cs object via rcv_block_gprs, where the length gets adjusted, to gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_data_block_acknowledged. There the switch statement is removed. Note that the TbfTest.err changes due to an additional log message. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-14 14:19:12 +00:00
Got RLC block, coding scheme: CS-1, length: 23 (23))
rlc: Dump RLC data for debugging Log incoming RLC data messages and RLC data units to LOGL_DEBUG. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-11 13:53:29 +00:00
UL data: 00 01 01 f1 22 33 44 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
edge: Use a single PDCH rcv_data_block method for GPRS and EGPRS Currently GPRS is handled by the old code path while EGPRS already uses the unified functions. The rcv_block_egprs is basically not specific to EGPRS and just needs minor modifications to handle GPRS. This commit turns gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_block_egprs into a unified rcv_data_block method and uses it for GPRS, too. Note that the logging messages of the new parser are different. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-09 16:39:56 +00:00
Got CS-1 RLC block: R=0, SI=0, TFI=0, CPS=0, RSB=0, rc=184
tbf/test: Add tests for single and two phase access These tests cover the message exchange from receiving from the first RACH request to the first data block when establishing an uplink TBF. This will be used to check, whether TA and other values are passed to an MS object correctly. In addition, the RX RACH log message in rcv_rach is extended to contain the single block fn. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-27 11:03:15 +00:00
UL DATA TFI=0 received (V(Q)=0 .. V(R)=0)
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) restarting timer 3169 while old timer 3169 pending
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN): Got CS-1 RLC data block: CV=0, BSN=0, SPB=0, PI=0, E=1, TI=1, bitoffs=24
tbf/test: Add tests for single and two phase access These tests cover the message exchange from receiving from the first RACH request to the first data block when establishing an uplink TBF. This will be used to check, whether TA and other values are passed to an MS object correctly. In addition, the RX RACH log message in rcv_rach is extended to contain the single block fn. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-27 11:03:15 +00:00
- BSN 0 storing in window (0..63)
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN): data_length=20, data=f1 22 33 44 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
edge: Use a single PDCH rcv_data_block method for GPRS and EGPRS Currently GPRS is handled by the old code path while EGPRS already uses the unified functions. The rcv_block_egprs is basically not specific to EGPRS and just needs minor modifications to handle GPRS. This commit turns gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_block_egprs into a unified rcv_data_block method and uses it for GPRS, too. Note that the logging messages of the new parser are different. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-09 16:39:56 +00:00
Decoded premier TLLI=0x00000000 of UL DATA TFI=0.
Modifying MS object, UL TLLI: 0x00000000 -> 0xf1223344, not yet confirmed
tbf/test: Add tests for single and two phase access These tests cover the message exchange from receiving from the first RACH request to the first data block when establishing an uplink TBF. This will be used to check, whether TA and other values are passed to an MS object correctly. In addition, the RX RACH log message in rcv_rach is extended to contain the single block fn. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-27 11:03:15 +00:00
- Raising V(R) to 1
- Taking block 0 out, raising V(Q) to 1
edge: Use a single PDCH rcv_data_block method for GPRS and EGPRS Currently GPRS is handled by the old code path while EGPRS already uses the unified functions. The rcv_block_egprs is basically not specific to EGPRS and just needs minor modifications to handle GPRS. This commit turns gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_block_egprs into a unified rcv_data_block method and uses it for GPRS, too. Note that the logging messages of the new parser are different. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-09 16:39:56 +00:00
- Assembling frames: (len=20)
-- Frame 1 starts at offset 4, length=16, is_complete=1
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) complete UL frame len=16
LLC [PCU -> SGSN] TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) len=16
tbf/test: Add tests for single and two phase access These tests cover the message exchange from receiving from the first RACH request to the first data block when establishing an uplink TBF. This will be used to check, whether TA and other values are passed to an MS object correctly. In addition, the RX RACH log message in rcv_rach is extended to contain the single block fn. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-27 11:03:15 +00:00
No bctx
- Scheduling Ack/Nack, because TLLI is included.
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
Got 'TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN)', TA=7
tbf: Store the timing advance (TA) value in the GprsMs object The TA value rather relates to an MS and not to a single TBF. So all TBFs share the same TA value. Currently the TA value is stored per TBF and eventually copied from an old TBF to a new one. It is in general only passed with an RACH request when the TLLI and thus the MS is not yet known. This commit adds a TA member to the GprsMs class and uses that one when the TBF is associated to an MS object. Since the TBF is not always associated with an MS object (after RACH or when it has been replaced by another TBF), the TA value is still stored in each TBF and that value is used as long as no MS object is being associated. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 15:48:04 +00:00
Got MS: TLLI = 0xf1223344, TA = 7
tbf/test: Fix existing tests This commit fixes several issues: - Set MS class in request - Set IMSI in establish_ul_tbf_two_phase - Fake assigment acknowledgement in establish_ul_tbf_two_phase - Fix TFI bit offset to 1 (was 2) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:00:54 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=0/0
tbf/test: Fix existing tests This commit fixes several issues: - Set MS class in request - Set IMSI in establish_ul_tbf_two_phase - Fake assigment acknowledgement in establish_ul_tbf_two_phase - Fix TFI bit offset to 1 (was 2) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:00:54 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 0
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 4, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Assign downlink TS=7 TFI=0
PDCH(TS 7, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 1 TBFs, USFs = 01, TFIs = 00000001.
- Setting Control TS 7
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0xf1223344, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
Allocated TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 80, dl_slots = 80
Modifying MS object, TLLI: 0xf1223344 confirmed
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) [DOWNLINK] START
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xf1223344, IMSI '' -> '0011223344'
Send dowlink assignment for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) on PCH, no TBF exist (IMSI=0011223344)
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TX: START TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) Immediate Assignment Downlink (PCH)
tbf: Refactor calls to write_immediate_assignment Make use of variables, log them to LOGL_DEBUG, and reduce code duplication. This should help to narrow down the cause why snd_dl_ass are not answered by the MS sometimes. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 17:26:13 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=7 TA=7 pollFN=-1
tbf/test: Fix existing tests This commit fixes several issues: - Set MS class in request - Set IMSI in establish_ul_tbf_two_phase - Fake assigment acknowledgement in establish_ul_tbf_two_phase - Fix TFI bit offset to 1 (was 2) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:00:54 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=3 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=33 34 34 2d 06 3f 30 0f 00 00 7d 80 00 07 00 df 12 23 34 48 00 23 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) append
tbf/test: Add tests for single and two phase access These tests cover the message exchange from receiving from the first RACH request to the first data block when establishing an uplink TBF. This will be used to check, whether TA and other values are passed to an MS object correctly. In addition, the RX RACH log message in rcv_rach is extended to contain the single block fn. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-27 11:03:15 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654218 block=8 data=47 94 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
MS requests UL TBF on RACH, so we provide one:
MS requests single block allocation
RX: [PCU <- BTS] RACH qbit-ta=31 ra=0x73, Fn=2654167 (17,25,9), SBFn=2654270
TX: Immediate Assignment Uplink (AGCH)
encoding: Redesign Encoding::write_immediate_assignment API The EGPRS support will need more information to encode the IMMEDIATE ASSIGMENT. Instead of adding more parameters pass a pointer to the TBF unless an SBA shall be done (indicated by tbf == NULL). All values that can be derived from the TBF and are not needed for an SBA are removed from the parameter list. Return a negative value on error. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 15:13:38 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=7 TA=7 TSC=0 TFI=-1 USF=7
tbf/test: Add tests for single and two phase access These tests cover the message exchange from receiving from the first RACH request to the first data block when establishing an uplink TBF. This will be used to check, whether TA and other values are passed to an MS object correctly. In addition, the RX RACH log message in rcv_rach is extended to contain the single block fn. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-27 11:03:15 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=2 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=2d 06 3f 10 0f 00 00 73 8b 29 07 00 c0 0c 5a 43 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Put the TFI->TBF mapping into the PDCH objects Currently the TBFs are registered in a TFI indexed array within the TRX objects. TBFs can be searched globally by TFI and TRX number. This conflicts with the use of the same TFI for different TBF on different PDCH. This use case requires the specification of the PDCH as additional search dimension. This commit moves the TFI index TBF arrays into the PDCH objects. The related methods are updated accordingly. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 17:52:37 +00:00
Searching for first unallocated TFI: TRX=0
tbf/test: Add tests for single and two phase access These tests cover the message exchange from receiving from the first RACH request to the first data block when establishing an uplink TBF. This will be used to check, whether TA and other values are passed to an MS object correctly. In addition, the RX RACH log message in rcv_rach is extended to contain the single block fn. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-27 11:03:15 +00:00
Found TFI=0.
edge: Use GprsCodingScheme to adjust the UL RLC block size Currently the block size is mapped by a switch statement to strip extra bits that are not used for RLC blocks. That information is already available via the GprsCodingScheme class. This commit moves the CS/MCS detection to the rcv_block message and passes the cs object via rcv_block_gprs, where the length gets adjusted, to gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_data_block_acknowledged. There the switch statement is removed. Note that the TbfTest.err changes due to an additional log message. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-14 14:19:12 +00:00
Got RLC block, coding scheme: CS-1, length: 23 (23))
tbf/test: Add tests for single and two phase access These tests cover the message exchange from receiving from the first RACH request to the first data block when establishing an uplink TBF. This will be used to check, whether TA and other values are passed to an MS object correctly. In addition, the RX RACH log message in rcv_rach is extended to contain the single block fn. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-27 11:03:15 +00:00
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ RX : Uplink Control Block +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- RX : Uplink Control Block -------------------------
MS requests UL TBF in packet resource request of single block, so we provide one:
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Support EGPRS multislot class handling in tbf_alloc Add an egprs_ms_class argument to the allocation functions and set/pass it where necessary. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-11-27 14:17:34 +00:00
Allocating UL TBF: MS_CLASS=1/0
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
tbf/test: Fix existing tests This commit fixes several issues: - Set MS class in request - Set IMSI in establish_ul_tbf_two_phase - Fake assigment acknowledgement in establish_ul_tbf_two_phase - Fix TFI bit offset to 1 (was 2) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:00:54 +00:00
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 1
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 1
tbf/test: Add tests for single and two phase access These tests cover the message exchange from receiving from the first RACH request to the first data block when establishing an uplink TBF. This will be used to check, whether TA and other values are passed to an MS object correctly. In addition, the RX RACH log message in rcv_rach is extended to contain the single block fn. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-27 11:03:15 +00:00
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 4, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
alloc: Allocate TFI per slot (algorithm A) Currently the TFI are managed per TRX, thus only a maximum of 32 TBF per direction and per TRX are possible simultaneously. This commit modifies algorithm_a() to allow the sharing of TFI between different PDCH. Since algorithm A only assigns a single slot to each TBF, the TFI of each PDCH can be assigned independently. This increases the maximum to 32 TBF per direction and per PDCH concerning the TFI allocation. Ticket: #1793 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 10:25:25 +00:00
- Assign uplink TS=7 TFI=0 USF=0
tbf: Keep a set of used TFI and USF per PDCH Currently is is rather expensive to get TFI and USF usage per PDCH, because the TBFs need to be scanned to get that information. This commit adds corresponding bit sets which get updated by the attach_tbf/detach_tbf methods of the gprs_rlcmac_pdch class. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-30 12:10:13 +00:00
PDCH(TS 7, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=NULL), 1 TBFs, USFs = 01, TFIs = 00000001.
tbf/test: Add tests for single and two phase access These tests cover the message exchange from receiving from the first RACH request to the first data block when establishing an uplink TBF. This will be used to check, whether TA and other values are passed to an MS object correctly. In addition, the RX RACH log message in rcv_rach is extended to contain the single block fn. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-27 11:03:15 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 7
tbf: Always create an MS object on TBF allocation Currently the MS object are created when the TLLI gets known. Therefore some information (TA, MS class) must be stored in the TBF itself and is copied to the MS object later on. This would get even more complex, if the allocation algorithms were extended based on this scheme. This commit ensures, that an MS object will always be created on TBF allocation, even if the TLLI is not yet known. These 'anonymous' objects are still managed by the MS storage. To avoid dangling entries without a TLLI there (which cannnot be retrieved anyway), the timer in the MS objects is not started after all TBF have been detached, so that they get deleted immediately in that case. Note that an MS object can still be removed (e.g. by replacement) from an existing TBF, so tbf->ms() can be NULL. Ticket: #1794 Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-06-19 07:08:23 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=NULL)
tbf: Move TFI selection into alloc_algorithm Currently the TFI and the TRX have to be determined before the actual TBF allocation function is called, passing TFI and TRX number as parameters. This does fit to TFI reuse for different slots, since this were tightly coupled with the slot selection. This commit just moves the TFI selection into the alloc_algorithm functions. The tfi parameter is removed from the the TFI alloc functions. The trx parameter is changed into use_trx to optionally limit the trx selection (same semantics like in tfi_find_free). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-07-10 08:41:36 +00:00
Allocated TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 80, dl_slots = 00
tbf/test: Add tests for single and two phase access These tests cover the message exchange from receiving from the first RACH request to the first data block when establishing an uplink TBF. This will be used to check, whether TA and other values are passed to an MS object correctly. In addition, the RX RACH log message in rcv_rach is extended to contain the single block fn. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-27 11:03:15 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=ASSIGN) starting timer 3169.
Modifying MS object, UL TLLI: 0x00000000 -> 0xf1223344, not yet confirmed
tbf: Store the timing advance (TA) value in the GprsMs object The TA value rather relates to an MS and not to a single TBF. So all TBFs share the same TA value. Currently the TA value is stored per TBF and eventually copied from an old TBF to a new one. It is in general only passed with an RACH request when the TLLI and thus the MS is not yet known. This commit adds a TA member to the GprsMs class and uses that one when the TBF is associated to an MS object. Since the TBF is not always associated with an MS object (after RACH or when it has been replaced by another TBF), the TA value is still stored in each TBF and that value is used as long as no MS object is being associated. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 15:48:04 +00:00
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xf1223344, TA 0 -> 7
tbf/test: Add tests for single and two phase access These tests cover the message exchange from receiving from the first RACH request to the first data block when establishing an uplink TBF. This will be used to check, whether TA and other values are passed to an MS object correctly. In addition, the RX RACH log message in rcv_rach is extended to contain the single block fn. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-27 11:03:15 +00:00
Change control TS to 7 until assinment is complete.
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=ASSIGN)s start Packet Uplink Assignment (PACCH)
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ TX : Packet Uplink Assignment +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- TX : Packet Uplink Assignment -------------------------
tbf: Add check_polling/set_polling Currently the checks for and the actual polling is done in several places by copy & paste of several lines of code. This hinders changes of they polling is handled internally and also is likely source of programming mistakes. Separate this into a check_polling function, that checks whether polling is possible and returns the FN and the RRBP to be used in that case. Otherwise the cause is logged (LOGL_DEBUG) and a negative error value is returned. There are no other side effect beside the logging. If the call is successful, the set_polling method can be used to actually register the polling. Extend the encoder functions' parameters lists by an rrbp parameter. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-26 20:46:26 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=ASSIGN): Scheduling polling at FN 2654283 TS 7
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) Scheduled UL Assignment polling on FN=2654283, TS=7
Scheduling control message at RTS for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) (TRX=0, TS=7)
tbf/test: Move UL TBF establishment into separate functions Currently the functions test_tbf_single_phase and test_tbf_two_phase do the test logging, BTS intialisation, and the complete message sequencing on their own. Therefore they cannot be used to test more complex sequences like TBF reestablishment. This commit moves the code that does the actual messaging into own functions. The frame number handling is generalised which also fixes a block number wrapping error on the way. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-19 12:00:43 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654270 block=8 data=4f 28 5e 24 46 68 8f 1d 00 00 88 00 08 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
edge: Use GprsCodingScheme to adjust the UL RLC block size Currently the block size is mapped by a switch statement to strip extra bits that are not used for RLC blocks. That information is already available via the GprsCodingScheme class. This commit moves the CS/MCS detection to the rcv_block message and passes the cs object via rcv_block_gprs, where the length gets adjusted, to gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_data_block_acknowledged. There the switch statement is removed. Note that the TbfTest.err changes due to an additional log message. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-14 14:19:12 +00:00
Got RLC block, coding scheme: CS-1, length: 23 (23))
tbf/test: Do RLC based ack instead of just faking Currently the assignment is completed by manipulating the state of the TBF objects directly by setting the state fields to fixed values. This way, the PCU's code that is responsible to update the state accordingly is not tested. This commit changes this to simulate RLC Control Acknowledgement messages instead. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:03:23 +00:00
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ RX : Uplink Control Block +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- RX : Uplink Control Block -------------------------
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
RX: [PCU <- BTS] TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) Packet Control Ack
TBF: [DOWNLINK] UPLINK ASSIGNED TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN)
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) changes state from WAIT ASSIGN to FLOW
edge: Use GprsCodingScheme to adjust the UL RLC block size Currently the block size is mapped by a switch statement to strip extra bits that are not used for RLC blocks. That information is already available via the GprsCodingScheme class. This commit moves the CS/MCS detection to the rcv_block message and passes the cs object via rcv_block_gprs, where the length gets adjusted, to gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_data_block_acknowledged. There the switch statement is removed. Note that the TbfTest.err changes due to an additional log message. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-14 14:19:12 +00:00
Got RLC block, coding scheme: CS-1, length: 23 (23))
rlc: Dump RLC data for debugging Log incoming RLC data messages and RLC data units to LOGL_DEBUG. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-11 13:53:29 +00:00
UL data: 3c 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
edge: Use a single PDCH rcv_data_block method for GPRS and EGPRS Currently GPRS is handled by the old code path while EGPRS already uses the unified functions. The rcv_block_egprs is basically not specific to EGPRS and just needs minor modifications to handle GPRS. This commit turns gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_block_egprs into a unified rcv_data_block method and uses it for GPRS, too. Note that the logging messages of the new parser are different. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-09 16:39:56 +00:00
Got CS-1 RLC block: R=0, SI=0, TFI=0, CPS=0, RSB=0, rc=184
tbf/test: Add tests for single and two phase access These tests cover the message exchange from receiving from the first RACH request to the first data block when establishing an uplink TBF. This will be used to check, whether TA and other values are passed to an MS object correctly. In addition, the RX RACH log message in rcv_rach is extended to contain the single block fn. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-27 11:03:15 +00:00
UL DATA TFI=0 received (V(Q)=0 .. V(R)=0)
tbf/test: Fix existing tests This commit fixes several issues: - Set MS class in request - Set IMSI in establish_ul_tbf_two_phase - Fake assigment acknowledgement in establish_ul_tbf_two_phase - Fix TFI bit offset to 1 (was 2) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:00:54 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW) restarting timer 3169 while old timer 3169 pending
edge: Use a single PDCH rcv_data_block method for GPRS and EGPRS Currently GPRS is handled by the old code path while EGPRS already uses the unified functions. The rcv_block_egprs is basically not specific to EGPRS and just needs minor modifications to handle GPRS. This commit turns gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_block_egprs into a unified rcv_data_block method and uses it for GPRS, too. Note that the logging messages of the new parser are different. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-09 16:39:56 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW): Got CS-1 RLC data block: CV=15, BSN=0, SPB=0, PI=0, E=1, TI=0, bitoffs=24
tbf/test: Add tests for single and two phase access These tests cover the message exchange from receiving from the first RACH request to the first data block when establishing an uplink TBF. This will be used to check, whether TA and other values are passed to an MS object correctly. In addition, the RX RACH log message in rcv_rach is extended to contain the single block fn. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-27 11:03:15 +00:00
- BSN 0 storing in window (0..63)
rlc: Dump RLC data for debugging Log incoming RLC data messages and RLC data units to LOGL_DEBUG. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-11 13:53:29 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW): data_length=20, data=00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
tbf/test: Add tests for single and two phase access These tests cover the message exchange from receiving from the first RACH request to the first data block when establishing an uplink TBF. This will be used to check, whether TA and other values are passed to an MS object correctly. In addition, the RX RACH log message in rcv_rach is extended to contain the single block fn. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-27 11:03:15 +00:00
- Raising V(R) to 1
- Taking block 0 out, raising V(Q) to 1
edge: Use a single PDCH rcv_data_block method for GPRS and EGPRS Currently GPRS is handled by the old code path while EGPRS already uses the unified functions. The rcv_block_egprs is basically not specific to EGPRS and just needs minor modifications to handle GPRS. This commit turns gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_block_egprs into a unified rcv_data_block method and uses it for GPRS, too. Note that the logging messages of the new parser are different. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-09 16:39:56 +00:00
- Assembling frames: (len=20)
-- Frame 1 starts at offset 0, length=20, is_complete=0
tbf/test: Fix existing tests This commit fixes several issues: - Set MS class in request - Set IMSI in establish_ul_tbf_two_phase - Fake assigment acknowledgement in establish_ul_tbf_two_phase - Fix TFI bit offset to 1 (was 2) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:00:54 +00:00
- No gaps in received block, last block: BSN=0 CV=15
Got 'TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW)', TA=7
tbf: Store the timing advance (TA) value in the GprsMs object The TA value rather relates to an MS and not to a single TBF. So all TBFs share the same TA value. Currently the TA value is stored per TBF and eventually copied from an old TBF to a new one. It is in general only passed with an RACH request when the TLLI and thus the MS is not yet known. This commit adds a TA member to the GprsMs class and uses that one when the TBF is associated to an MS object. Since the TBF is not always associated with an MS object (after RACH or when it has been replaced by another TBF), the TA value is still stored in each TBF and that value is used as long as no MS object is being associated. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-05-22 15:48:04 +00:00
Got MS: TLLI = 0xf1223344, TA = 7
tbf/test: Fix existing tests This commit fixes several issues: - Set MS class in request - Set IMSI in establish_ul_tbf_two_phase - Fake assigment acknowledgement in establish_ul_tbf_two_phase - Fix TFI bit offset to 1 (was 2) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:00:54 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
tbf: Low prio for BSSPG values for GPRS/EGPRS MS class Currently the values in the BSSGP RA Cap IE are eventually use overwrite the 'good' values obtained from the MS earlier. Use the 'good' values when the are present, which is assumed if at least one of ms->ms_class() or ms->egprs_ms_class() is set. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 12:30:34 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=1/0
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 1
tbf/test: Fix existing tests This commit fixes several issues: - Set MS class in request - Set IMSI in establish_ul_tbf_two_phase - Fake assigment acknowledgement in establish_ul_tbf_two_phase - Fix TFI bit offset to 1 (was 2) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:00:54 +00:00
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 4, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Assign downlink TS=7 TFI=0
PDCH(TS 7, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 1 TBFs, USFs = 01, TFIs = 00000001.
- Setting Control TS 7
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0xf1223344, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
Allocated TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 80, dl_slots = 80
Modifying MS object, TLLI: 0xf1223344 confirmed
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) [DOWNLINK] START
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xf1223344, IMSI '' -> '0011223344'
Send dowlink assignment on PACCH, because TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW) exists
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) starting timer 0.
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654218 block=8 data=47 94 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
MS requests UL TBF on RACH, so we provide one:
MS requests single block allocation
RX: [PCU <- BTS] RACH qbit-ta=31 ra=0x73, Fn=2654167 (17,25,9), SBFn=2654270
TX: Immediate Assignment Uplink (AGCH)
encoding: Redesign Encoding::write_immediate_assignment API The EGPRS support will need more information to encode the IMMEDIATE ASSIGMENT. Instead of adding more parameters pass a pointer to the TBF unless an SBA shall be done (indicated by tbf == NULL). All values that can be derived from the TBF and are not needed for an SBA are removed from the parameter list. Return a negative value on error. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 15:13:38 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=7 TA=7 TSC=0 TFI=-1 USF=7
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=2 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=2d 06 3f 10 0f 00 00 73 8b 29 07 00 c0 0c 5a 43 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
Searching for first unallocated TFI: TRX=0
Found TFI=0.
edge: Use GprsCodingScheme to adjust the UL RLC block size Currently the block size is mapped by a switch statement to strip extra bits that are not used for RLC blocks. That information is already available via the GprsCodingScheme class. This commit moves the CS/MCS detection to the rcv_block message and passes the cs object via rcv_block_gprs, where the length gets adjusted, to gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_data_block_acknowledged. There the switch statement is removed. Note that the TbfTest.err changes due to an additional log message. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-14 14:19:12 +00:00
Got RLC block, coding scheme: CS-1, length: 23 (23))
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ RX : Uplink Control Block +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- RX : Uplink Control Block -------------------------
MS requests UL TBF in packet resource request of single block, so we provide one:
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Support EGPRS multislot class handling in tbf_alloc Add an egprs_ms_class argument to the allocation functions and set/pass it where necessary. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-11-27 14:17:34 +00:00
Allocating UL TBF: MS_CLASS=1/0
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 1
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 1
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 4, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Assign uplink TS=7 TFI=0 USF=0
PDCH(TS 7, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=NULL), 1 TBFs, USFs = 01, TFIs = 00000001.
- Setting Control TS 7
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=NULL)
Allocated TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 80, dl_slots = 00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=ASSIGN) starting timer 3169.
Modifying MS object, UL TLLI: 0x00000000 -> 0xf1223344, not yet confirmed
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xf1223344, TA 0 -> 7
Change control TS to 7 until assinment is complete.
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=ASSIGN)s start Packet Uplink Assignment (PACCH)
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ TX : Packet Uplink Assignment +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- TX : Packet Uplink Assignment -------------------------
tbf: Add check_polling/set_polling Currently the checks for and the actual polling is done in several places by copy & paste of several lines of code. This hinders changes of they polling is handled internally and also is likely source of programming mistakes. Separate this into a check_polling function, that checks whether polling is possible and returns the FN and the RRBP to be used in that case. Otherwise the cause is logged (LOGL_DEBUG) and a negative error value is returned. There are no other side effect beside the logging. If the call is successful, the set_polling method can be used to actually register the polling. Extend the encoder functions' parameters lists by an rrbp parameter. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-26 20:46:26 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=ASSIGN): Scheduling polling at FN 2654283 TS 7
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) Scheduled UL Assignment polling on FN=2654283, TS=7
Scheduling control message at RTS for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) (TRX=0, TS=7)
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654270 block=8 data=4f 28 5e 24 46 68 8f 1d 00 00 88 00 08 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
edge: Use GprsCodingScheme to adjust the UL RLC block size Currently the block size is mapped by a switch statement to strip extra bits that are not used for RLC blocks. That information is already available via the GprsCodingScheme class. This commit moves the CS/MCS detection to the rcv_block message and passes the cs object via rcv_block_gprs, where the length gets adjusted, to gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_data_block_acknowledged. There the switch statement is removed. Note that the TbfTest.err changes due to an additional log message. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-14 14:19:12 +00:00
Got RLC block, coding scheme: CS-1, length: 23 (23))
tbf/test: Do RLC based ack instead of just faking Currently the assignment is completed by manipulating the state of the TBF objects directly by setting the state fields to fixed values. This way, the PCU's code that is responsible to update the state accordingly is not tested. This commit changes this to simulate RLC Control Acknowledgement messages instead. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:03:23 +00:00
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ RX : Uplink Control Block +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- RX : Uplink Control Block -------------------------
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
RX: [PCU <- BTS] TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) Packet Control Ack
TBF: [DOWNLINK] UPLINK ASSIGNED TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN)
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) changes state from WAIT ASSIGN to FLOW
edge: Use GprsCodingScheme to adjust the UL RLC block size Currently the block size is mapped by a switch statement to strip extra bits that are not used for RLC blocks. That information is already available via the GprsCodingScheme class. This commit moves the CS/MCS detection to the rcv_block message and passes the cs object via rcv_block_gprs, where the length gets adjusted, to gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_data_block_acknowledged. There the switch statement is removed. Note that the TbfTest.err changes due to an additional log message. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-14 14:19:12 +00:00
Got RLC block, coding scheme: CS-1, length: 23 (23))
rlc: Dump RLC data for debugging Log incoming RLC data messages and RLC data units to LOGL_DEBUG. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-11 13:53:29 +00:00
UL data: 3c 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
edge: Use a single PDCH rcv_data_block method for GPRS and EGPRS Currently GPRS is handled by the old code path while EGPRS already uses the unified functions. The rcv_block_egprs is basically not specific to EGPRS and just needs minor modifications to handle GPRS. This commit turns gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_block_egprs into a unified rcv_data_block method and uses it for GPRS, too. Note that the logging messages of the new parser are different. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-09 16:39:56 +00:00
Got CS-1 RLC block: R=0, SI=0, TFI=0, CPS=0, RSB=0, rc=184
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
UL DATA TFI=0 received (V(Q)=0 .. V(R)=0)
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW) restarting timer 3169 while old timer 3169 pending
edge: Use a single PDCH rcv_data_block method for GPRS and EGPRS Currently GPRS is handled by the old code path while EGPRS already uses the unified functions. The rcv_block_egprs is basically not specific to EGPRS and just needs minor modifications to handle GPRS. This commit turns gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_block_egprs into a unified rcv_data_block method and uses it for GPRS, too. Note that the logging messages of the new parser are different. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-09 16:39:56 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW): Got CS-1 RLC data block: CV=15, BSN=0, SPB=0, PI=0, E=1, TI=0, bitoffs=24
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
- BSN 0 storing in window (0..63)
rlc: Dump RLC data for debugging Log incoming RLC data messages and RLC data units to LOGL_DEBUG. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-11 13:53:29 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW): data_length=20, data=00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
- Raising V(R) to 1
- Taking block 0 out, raising V(Q) to 1
edge: Use a single PDCH rcv_data_block method for GPRS and EGPRS Currently GPRS is handled by the old code path while EGPRS already uses the unified functions. The rcv_block_egprs is basically not specific to EGPRS and just needs minor modifications to handle GPRS. This commit turns gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_block_egprs into a unified rcv_data_block method and uses it for GPRS, too. Note that the logging messages of the new parser are different. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-09 16:39:56 +00:00
- Assembling frames: (len=20)
-- Frame 1 starts at offset 0, length=20, is_complete=0
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
- No gaps in received block, last block: BSN=0 CV=15
Got 'TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW)', TA=7
********** TBF starts here **********
tbf: Low prio for BSSPG values for GPRS/EGPRS MS class Currently the values in the BSSGP RA Cap IE are eventually use overwrite the 'good' values obtained from the MS earlier. Use the 'good' values when the are present, which is assumed if at least one of ms->ms_class() or ms->egprs_ms_class() is set. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 12:30:34 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=1/0
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 1
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 4, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Assign downlink TS=7 TFI=0
PDCH(TS 7, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 1 TBFs, USFs = 01, TFIs = 00000001.
- Setting Control TS 7
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0xf1223344, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
Allocated TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 80, dl_slots = 80
Modifying MS object, TLLI: 0xf1223344 confirmed
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) [DOWNLINK] START
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xf1223344, IMSI '' -> '0011223344'
Send dowlink assignment on PACCH, because TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW) exists
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) starting timer 0.
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
Old MS: TLLI = 0xf1223344, TA = 7, IMSI = 0011223344, LLC = 1
tbf/test: Do RLC based ack instead of just faking Currently the assignment is completed by manipulating the state of the TBF objects directly by setting the state fields to fixed values. This way, the PCU's code that is responsible to update the state accordingly is not tested. This commit changes this to simulate RLC Control Acknowledgement messages instead. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:03:23 +00:00
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654275 block_nr=9 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) start Packet Downlink Assignment (PACCH)
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ TX : Packet Downlink Assignment +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- TX : Packet Downlink Assignment -------------------------
tbf: Add check_polling/set_polling Currently the checks for and the actual polling is done in several places by copy & paste of several lines of code. This hinders changes of they polling is handled internally and also is likely source of programming mistakes. Separate this into a check_polling function, that checks whether polling is possible and returns the FN and the RRBP to be used in that case. Otherwise the cause is logged (LOGL_DEBUG) and a negative error value is returned. There are no other side effect beside the logging. If the call is successful, the set_polling method can be used to actually register the polling. Extend the encoder functions' parameters lists by an rrbp parameter. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-26 20:46:26 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW): Scheduling polling at FN 2654288 TS 7
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
tbf: Add and use tbf->poll_ts Currently tbf->control_ts is used to look up an incoming poll response. Since that may eventually change, poll timeouts could theoretically happen in that case. Store the real poll TS in tbf->poll_ts at all places where tbf->poll_fn is set. Do not use tbf->control_ts to look up outstanding polls. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-22 16:58:17 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW) Scheduled DL Assignment polling on FN=2654288, TS=7
tbf/test: Do RLC based ack instead of just faking Currently the assignment is completed by manipulating the state of the TBF objects directly by setting the state fields to fixed values. This way, the PCU's code that is responsible to update the state accordingly is not tested. This commit changes this to simulate RLC Control Acknowledgement messages instead. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:03:23 +00:00
Scheduling control message at RTS for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW) (TRX=0, TS=7)
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654275 block=9 data=48 08 00 00 0c 72 00 02 08 00 80 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
edge: Use GprsCodingScheme to adjust the UL RLC block size Currently the block size is mapped by a switch statement to strip extra bits that are not used for RLC blocks. That information is already available via the GprsCodingScheme class. This commit moves the CS/MCS detection to the rcv_block message and passes the cs object via rcv_block_gprs, where the length gets adjusted, to gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_data_block_acknowledged. There the switch statement is removed. Note that the TbfTest.err changes due to an additional log message. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-14 14:19:12 +00:00
Got RLC block, coding scheme: CS-1, length: 23 (23))
tbf/test: Do RLC based ack instead of just faking Currently the assignment is completed by manipulating the state of the TBF objects directly by setting the state fields to fixed values. This way, the PCU's code that is responsible to update the state accordingly is not tested. This commit changes this to simulate RLC Control Acknowledgement messages instead. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:03:23 +00:00
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ RX : Uplink Control Block +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- RX : Uplink Control Block -------------------------
RX: [PCU <- BTS] TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW) Packet Control Ack
TBF: [UPLINK] DOWNLINK ASSIGNED TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW)
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) changes state from WAIT ASSIGN to FLOW
tbf/test: Do RLC based ack instead of just faking Currently the assignment is completed by manipulating the state of the TBF objects directly by setting the state fields to fixed values. This way, the PCU's code that is responsible to update the state accordingly is not tested. This commit changes this to simulate RLC Control Acknowledgement messages instead. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:03:23 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) stopping timer 0.
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=0
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=1
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=2
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=3
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=5
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=6
tbf/test: Do RLC based ack instead of just faking Currently the assignment is completed by manipulating the state of the TBF objects directly by setting the state fields to fixed values. This way, the PCU's code that is responsible to update the state accordingly is not tested. This commit changes this to simulate RLC Control Acknowledgement messages instead. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:03:23 +00:00
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654279 block_nr=10 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==0)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 0, CS=CS-4
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=10)
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 10 is less than remaining space (50): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
-- Final block, so we done.
edge: Use rlc_data_to_dl_append in create_new_bsn Currently TBF related tasks (status changes, counter updates, LLC dummy command insertion) as well as RLC data block generation are done within create_new_bsn. The data block creation part has already been copied to the stateless Encoding::rlc_data_to_dl_append function. This commit changes create_new_bsn to use the encoder function and just care about the TBF related stuff. Since the rlc_data_to_dl_append function has been validated against the test cases being described in annex B of TS 44.060, this commit fixes an encoder bug which leads to broken LLC frames in a special case (see example B.2, the main header's E bit was erroneously set to 1 in that case). When this happens, the LLC frame will get discarded after reassembly, so that TCP will have to retransmit the lost packet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-12 16:02:49 +00:00
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=10
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) changes state from FLOW to FINISHED
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 0, CS-4): 29 52 41 55 5f 41 43 43 45 50 54 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 0)
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
tbf: Add check_polling/set_polling Currently the checks for and the actual polling is done in several places by copy & paste of several lines of code. This hinders changes of they polling is handled internally and also is likely source of programming mistakes. Separate this into a check_polling function, that checks whether polling is possible and returns the FN and the RRBP to be used in that case. Otherwise the cause is logged (LOGL_DEBUG) and a negative error value is returned. There are no other side effect beside the logging. If the call is successful, the set_polling method can be used to actually register the polling. Extend the encoder functions' parameters lists by an rrbp parameter. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-26 20:46:26 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FINISHED): Scheduling polling at FN 2654292 TS 7
Polling scheduled in this TS 7
tbf/test: Do RLC based ack instead of just faking Currently the assignment is completed by manipulating the state of the TBF objects directly by setting the state fields to fixed values. This way, the PCU's code that is responsible to update the state accordingly is not tested. This commit changes this to simulate RLC Control Acknowledgement messages instead. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:03:23 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FINISHED) starting timer 3191.
tbf: Add logging for polling This commit adds the relevant frame number to the "poll timeout" logging message. In addition, logging is added to the places where poll_fn gets set. The goal is to track down the source for frequent "poll timeout" messages. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-24 11:30:39 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FINISHED) Scheduled Ack/Nack polling on FN=2654292, TS=7
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 0, CS-4): 0f 01 00 29 52 41 55 5f 41 43 43 45 50 54 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 00
tbf/test: Do RLC based ack instead of just faking Currently the assignment is completed by manipulating the state of the TBF objects directly by setting the state fields to fixed values. This way, the PCU's code that is responsible to update the state accordingly is not tested. This commit changes this to simulate RLC Control Acknowledgement messages instead. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:03:23 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654279 block=10 data=08 01 00 29 52 41 55 5f 41 43 43 45 50 54 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 00
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654283 block_nr=11 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=1
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FINISHED) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==1)
- Restarting at BSN 0, because all blocks have been transmitted.
- Resending BSN 0
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 0)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 0, CS-4): 07 01 00 29 52 41 55 5f 41 43 43 45 50 54 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 00
tbf/test: Do RLC based ack instead of just faking Currently the assignment is completed by manipulating the state of the TBF objects directly by setting the state fields to fixed values. This way, the PCU's code that is responsible to update the state accordingly is not tested. This commit changes this to simulate RLC Control Acknowledgement messages instead. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:03:23 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654283 block=11 data=00 01 00 29 52 41 55 5f 41 43 43 45 50 54 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 00
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
MS requests UL TBF on RACH, so we provide one:
MS requests single block allocation
tbf/test: Do RLC based ack instead of just faking Currently the assignment is completed by manipulating the state of the TBF objects directly by setting the state fields to fixed values. This way, the PCU's code that is responsible to update the state accordingly is not tested. This commit changes this to simulate RLC Control Acknowledgement messages instead. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:03:23 +00:00
RX: [PCU <- BTS] RACH qbit-ta=31 ra=0x73, Fn=2654232 (17,39,22), SBFn=2654335
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
TX: Immediate Assignment Uplink (AGCH)
encoding: Redesign Encoding::write_immediate_assignment API The EGPRS support will need more information to encode the IMMEDIATE ASSIGMENT. Instead of adding more parameters pass a pointer to the TBF unless an SBA shall be done (indicated by tbf == NULL). All values that can be derived from the TBF and are not needed for an SBA are removed from the parameter list. Return a negative value on error. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 15:13:38 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=7 TA=7 TSC=0 TFI=-1 USF=7
tbf/test: Do RLC based ack instead of just faking Currently the assignment is completed by manipulating the state of the TBF objects directly by setting the state fields to fixed values. This way, the PCU's code that is responsible to update the state accordingly is not tested. This commit changes this to simulate RLC Control Acknowledgement messages instead. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:03:23 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=2 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=2d 06 3f 10 0f 00 00 73 8c f6 07 00 c0 0c 68 ab 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
Searching for first unallocated TFI: TRX=0
Found TFI=1.
tbf: Add and use tbf->poll_ts Currently tbf->control_ts is used to look up an incoming poll response. Since that may eventually change, poll timeouts could theoretically happen in that case. Store the real poll TS in tbf->poll_ts at all places where tbf->poll_fn is set. Do not use tbf->control_ts to look up outstanding polls. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-22 16:58:17 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FINISHED) poll timeout for FN=2654292, TS=7 (curr FN 2654335)
poll: Use the data_ind FN as time source for current frame The FN of the data_ind taken from the DSP are monotonic, so latency does not affect the detection of poll timeouts if these FN are used. If the FN is larger than a poll_fn value, it can safely be assumed that the poll response will not arrive later on. Currently a max_delay of 60 frames is used, which has the drawback that additional ~250ms will pass until a lost ACK is detected. Using the data_ind's FN alone breaks the poll timeout detection if there are no other MS sending data blocks. This commit adds BTS::set_current_block_frame_number that is called with the FN taken from data_ind messages. The max_delay is set to 0 which removes the additional delay, when this FN is used to detect poll timeouts. So the average additional delay decreases with the number of data_ind per time. The current_frame is updated unless it seems to have been updated already (assumed if 0 < cur_fn - block_fn < 500). Thus the time_ind has still priority to update the current_frame value. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-24 12:35:14 +00:00
- Timeout for polling PACKET DOWNLINK ACK.
- Assignment was on PACCH
- No downlink ACK received yet
edge: Use GprsCodingScheme to adjust the UL RLC block size Currently the block size is mapped by a switch statement to strip extra bits that are not used for RLC blocks. That information is already available via the GprsCodingScheme class. This commit moves the CS/MCS detection to the rcv_block message and passes the cs object via rcv_block_gprs, where the length gets adjusted, to gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_data_block_acknowledged. There the switch statement is removed. Note that the TbfTest.err changes due to an additional log message. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-14 14:19:12 +00:00
Got RLC block, coding scheme: CS-1, length: 23 (23))
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ RX : Uplink Control Block +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- RX : Uplink Control Block -------------------------
MS requests UL TBF in packet resource request of single block, so we provide one:
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Support EGPRS multislot class handling in tbf_alloc Add an egprs_ms_class argument to the allocation functions and set/pass it where necessary. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-11-27 14:17:34 +00:00
Allocating UL TBF: MS_CLASS=1/0
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 1
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 1
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 4, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Assign uplink TS=7 TFI=1 USF=1
PDCH(TS 7, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=NULL), 2 TBFs, USFs = 03, TFIs = 00000003.
- Setting Control TS 7
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=NULL)
Allocated TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 80, dl_slots = 00
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=ASSIGN) starting timer 3169.
Modifying MS object, UL TLLI: 0x00000000 -> 0xf5667788, not yet confirmed
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xf5667788, TA 0 -> 7
Change control TS to 7 until assinment is complete.
tbf/test: Do RLC based ack instead of just faking Currently the assignment is completed by manipulating the state of the TBF objects directly by setting the state fields to fixed values. This way, the PCU's code that is responsible to update the state accordingly is not tested. This commit changes this to simulate RLC Control Acknowledgement messages instead. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:03:23 +00:00
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654335 block_nr=11 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf5667788 DIR=UL STATE=ASSIGN)s start Packet Uplink Assignment (PACCH)
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ TX : Packet Uplink Assignment +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- TX : Packet Uplink Assignment -------------------------
tbf: Add check_polling/set_polling Currently the checks for and the actual polling is done in several places by copy & paste of several lines of code. This hinders changes of they polling is handled internally and also is likely source of programming mistakes. Separate this into a check_polling function, that checks whether polling is possible and returns the FN and the RRBP to be used in that case. Otherwise the cause is logged (LOGL_DEBUG) and a negative error value is returned. There are no other side effect beside the logging. If the call is successful, the set_polling method can be used to actually register the polling. Extend the encoder functions' parameters lists by an rrbp parameter. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-26 20:46:26 +00:00
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf5667788 DIR=UL STATE=ASSIGN): Scheduling polling at FN 2654348 TS 7
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf5667788 DIR=UL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf5667788 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) Scheduled UL Assignment polling on FN=2654348, TS=7
Scheduling control message at RTS for TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf5667788 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) (TRX=0, TS=7)
tbf/test: Do RLC based ack instead of just faking Currently the assignment is completed by manipulating the state of the TBF objects directly by setting the state fields to fixed values. This way, the PCU's code that is responsible to update the state accordingly is not tested. This commit changes this to simulate RLC Control Acknowledgement messages instead. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:03:23 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654335 block=11 data=48 28 5e ac ce f1 0f 1d 00 00 88 40 09 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
edge: Use GprsCodingScheme to adjust the UL RLC block size Currently the block size is mapped by a switch statement to strip extra bits that are not used for RLC blocks. That information is already available via the GprsCodingScheme class. This commit moves the CS/MCS detection to the rcv_block message and passes the cs object via rcv_block_gprs, where the length gets adjusted, to gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_data_block_acknowledged. There the switch statement is removed. Note that the TbfTest.err changes due to an additional log message. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-14 14:19:12 +00:00
Got RLC block, coding scheme: CS-1, length: 23 (23))
tbf/test: Do RLC based ack instead of just faking Currently the assignment is completed by manipulating the state of the TBF objects directly by setting the state fields to fixed values. This way, the PCU's code that is responsible to update the state accordingly is not tested. This commit changes this to simulate RLC Control Acknowledgement messages instead. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:03:23 +00:00
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ RX : Uplink Control Block +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- RX : Uplink Control Block -------------------------
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
RX: [PCU <- BTS] TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf5667788 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) Packet Control Ack
TBF: [DOWNLINK] UPLINK ASSIGNED TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf5667788 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN)
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf5667788 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) changes state from WAIT ASSIGN to FLOW
edge: Use GprsCodingScheme to adjust the UL RLC block size Currently the block size is mapped by a switch statement to strip extra bits that are not used for RLC blocks. That information is already available via the GprsCodingScheme class. This commit moves the CS/MCS detection to the rcv_block message and passes the cs object via rcv_block_gprs, where the length gets adjusted, to gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_data_block_acknowledged. There the switch statement is removed. Note that the TbfTest.err changes due to an additional log message. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-14 14:19:12 +00:00
Got RLC block, coding scheme: CS-1, length: 23 (23))
rlc: Dump RLC data for debugging Log incoming RLC data messages and RLC data units to LOGL_DEBUG. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-11 13:53:29 +00:00
UL data: 3c 02 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
edge: Use a single PDCH rcv_data_block method for GPRS and EGPRS Currently GPRS is handled by the old code path while EGPRS already uses the unified functions. The rcv_block_egprs is basically not specific to EGPRS and just needs minor modifications to handle GPRS. This commit turns gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_block_egprs into a unified rcv_data_block method and uses it for GPRS, too. Note that the logging messages of the new parser are different. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-09 16:39:56 +00:00
Got CS-1 RLC block: R=0, SI=0, TFI=1, CPS=0, RSB=0, rc=184
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
UL DATA TFI=1 received (V(Q)=0 .. V(R)=0)
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf5667788 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW) restarting timer 3169 while old timer 3169 pending
edge: Use a single PDCH rcv_data_block method for GPRS and EGPRS Currently GPRS is handled by the old code path while EGPRS already uses the unified functions. The rcv_block_egprs is basically not specific to EGPRS and just needs minor modifications to handle GPRS. This commit turns gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_block_egprs into a unified rcv_data_block method and uses it for GPRS, too. Note that the logging messages of the new parser are different. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-09 16:39:56 +00:00
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf5667788 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW): Got CS-1 RLC data block: CV=15, BSN=0, SPB=0, PI=0, E=1, TI=0, bitoffs=24
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
- BSN 0 storing in window (0..63)
rlc: Dump RLC data for debugging Log incoming RLC data messages and RLC data units to LOGL_DEBUG. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-11 13:53:29 +00:00
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf5667788 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW): data_length=20, data=00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
- Raising V(R) to 1
- Taking block 0 out, raising V(Q) to 1
edge: Use a single PDCH rcv_data_block method for GPRS and EGPRS Currently GPRS is handled by the old code path while EGPRS already uses the unified functions. The rcv_block_egprs is basically not specific to EGPRS and just needs minor modifications to handle GPRS. This commit turns gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_block_egprs into a unified rcv_data_block method and uses it for GPRS, too. Note that the logging messages of the new parser are different. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-09 16:39:56 +00:00
- Assembling frames: (len=20)
-- Frame 1 starts at offset 0, length=20, is_complete=0
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
- No gaps in received block, last block: BSN=0 CV=15
Old MS: TLLI = 0xf1223344, TA = 7, IMSI = 0011223344, LLC = 0
There is a new MS object for the same MS: (0xf1223344, '0011223344') -> (0xf5667788, '')
tbf_dl: correct tbf name in log message for moving a DL TBF It makes no sense to call functions on null pointer object. Use the name of the old tbf. Change-Id: I93b8c07a0b2de40a11e94fd6c212897cbe3b50ef Reviewed-on: https://gerrit.osmocom.org/212 Tested-by: Jenkins Builder Reviewed-by: Holger Freyther <holger@freyther.de>
2016-06-07 12:07:05 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FINISHED) IMSI 0011223344: moving DL TBF to new MS object
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
Detaching TBF from MS object, TLLI = 0xf1223344, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FINISHED)
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0xf5667788, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf5667788 DIR=DL STATE=FINISHED)
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xf5667788, IMSI '' -> '0011223344'
Clearing MS object, TLLI: 0xf1223344, IMSI: '0011223344'
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf5667788 DIR=DL STATE=FINISHED) append
Modifying MS object, TLLI: 0xf5667788 confirmed
New MS: TLLI = 0xf5667788, TA = 7, IMSI = 0011223344, LLC = 1
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654218 block=8 data=47 94 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
MS requests UL TBF on RACH, so we provide one:
MS requests single block allocation
RX: [PCU <- BTS] RACH qbit-ta=31 ra=0x73, Fn=2654167 (17,25,9), SBFn=2654270
TX: Immediate Assignment Uplink (AGCH)
encoding: Redesign Encoding::write_immediate_assignment API The EGPRS support will need more information to encode the IMMEDIATE ASSIGMENT. Instead of adding more parameters pass a pointer to the TBF unless an SBA shall be done (indicated by tbf == NULL). All values that can be derived from the TBF and are not needed for an SBA are removed from the parameter list. Return a negative value on error. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 15:13:38 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=7 TA=7 TSC=0 TFI=-1 USF=7
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=2 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=2d 06 3f 10 0f 00 00 73 8b 29 07 00 c0 0c 5a 43 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
Searching for first unallocated TFI: TRX=0
Found TFI=0.
edge: Use GprsCodingScheme to adjust the UL RLC block size Currently the block size is mapped by a switch statement to strip extra bits that are not used for RLC blocks. That information is already available via the GprsCodingScheme class. This commit moves the CS/MCS detection to the rcv_block message and passes the cs object via rcv_block_gprs, where the length gets adjusted, to gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_data_block_acknowledged. There the switch statement is removed. Note that the TbfTest.err changes due to an additional log message. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-14 14:19:12 +00:00
Got RLC block, coding scheme: CS-1, length: 23 (23))
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ RX : Uplink Control Block +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- RX : Uplink Control Block -------------------------
MS requests UL TBF in packet resource request of single block, so we provide one:
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Support EGPRS multislot class handling in tbf_alloc Add an egprs_ms_class argument to the allocation functions and set/pass it where necessary. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-11-27 14:17:34 +00:00
Allocating UL TBF: MS_CLASS=1/0
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 1
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 1
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 4, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Assign uplink TS=7 TFI=0 USF=0
PDCH(TS 7, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=NULL), 1 TBFs, USFs = 01, TFIs = 00000001.
- Setting Control TS 7
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=NULL)
Allocated TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 80, dl_slots = 00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=ASSIGN) starting timer 3169.
Modifying MS object, UL TLLI: 0x00000000 -> 0xf1223344, not yet confirmed
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xf1223344, TA 0 -> 7
Change control TS to 7 until assinment is complete.
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=ASSIGN)s start Packet Uplink Assignment (PACCH)
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ TX : Packet Uplink Assignment +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- TX : Packet Uplink Assignment -------------------------
tbf: Add check_polling/set_polling Currently the checks for and the actual polling is done in several places by copy & paste of several lines of code. This hinders changes of they polling is handled internally and also is likely source of programming mistakes. Separate this into a check_polling function, that checks whether polling is possible and returns the FN and the RRBP to be used in that case. Otherwise the cause is logged (LOGL_DEBUG) and a negative error value is returned. There are no other side effect beside the logging. If the call is successful, the set_polling method can be used to actually register the polling. Extend the encoder functions' parameters lists by an rrbp parameter. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-26 20:46:26 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=ASSIGN): Scheduling polling at FN 2654283 TS 7
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) Scheduled UL Assignment polling on FN=2654283, TS=7
Scheduling control message at RTS for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) (TRX=0, TS=7)
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654270 block=8 data=4f 28 5e 24 46 68 83 1d 00 00 88 00 08 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
edge: Use GprsCodingScheme to adjust the UL RLC block size Currently the block size is mapped by a switch statement to strip extra bits that are not used for RLC blocks. That information is already available via the GprsCodingScheme class. This commit moves the CS/MCS detection to the rcv_block message and passes the cs object via rcv_block_gprs, where the length gets adjusted, to gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_data_block_acknowledged. There the switch statement is removed. Note that the TbfTest.err changes due to an additional log message. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-14 14:19:12 +00:00
Got RLC block, coding scheme: CS-1, length: 23 (23))
tbf/test: Do RLC based ack instead of just faking Currently the assignment is completed by manipulating the state of the TBF objects directly by setting the state fields to fixed values. This way, the PCU's code that is responsible to update the state accordingly is not tested. This commit changes this to simulate RLC Control Acknowledgement messages instead. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:03:23 +00:00
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ RX : Uplink Control Block +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- RX : Uplink Control Block -------------------------
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
RX: [PCU <- BTS] TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) Packet Control Ack
TBF: [DOWNLINK] UPLINK ASSIGNED TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN)
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) changes state from WAIT ASSIGN to FLOW
edge: Use GprsCodingScheme to adjust the UL RLC block size Currently the block size is mapped by a switch statement to strip extra bits that are not used for RLC blocks. That information is already available via the GprsCodingScheme class. This commit moves the CS/MCS detection to the rcv_block message and passes the cs object via rcv_block_gprs, where the length gets adjusted, to gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_data_block_acknowledged. There the switch statement is removed. Note that the TbfTest.err changes due to an additional log message. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-14 14:19:12 +00:00
Got RLC block, coding scheme: CS-1, length: 23 (23))
rlc: Dump RLC data for debugging Log incoming RLC data messages and RLC data units to LOGL_DEBUG. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-11 13:53:29 +00:00
UL data: 3c 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
edge: Use a single PDCH rcv_data_block method for GPRS and EGPRS Currently GPRS is handled by the old code path while EGPRS already uses the unified functions. The rcv_block_egprs is basically not specific to EGPRS and just needs minor modifications to handle GPRS. This commit turns gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_block_egprs into a unified rcv_data_block method and uses it for GPRS, too. Note that the logging messages of the new parser are different. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-09 16:39:56 +00:00
Got CS-1 RLC block: R=0, SI=0, TFI=0, CPS=0, RSB=0, rc=184
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
UL DATA TFI=0 received (V(Q)=0 .. V(R)=0)
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW) restarting timer 3169 while old timer 3169 pending
edge: Use a single PDCH rcv_data_block method for GPRS and EGPRS Currently GPRS is handled by the old code path while EGPRS already uses the unified functions. The rcv_block_egprs is basically not specific to EGPRS and just needs minor modifications to handle GPRS. This commit turns gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_block_egprs into a unified rcv_data_block method and uses it for GPRS, too. Note that the logging messages of the new parser are different. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-09 16:39:56 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW): Got CS-1 RLC data block: CV=15, BSN=0, SPB=0, PI=0, E=1, TI=0, bitoffs=24
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
- BSN 0 storing in window (0..63)
rlc: Dump RLC data for debugging Log incoming RLC data messages and RLC data units to LOGL_DEBUG. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-11 13:53:29 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW): data_length=20, data=00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
- Raising V(R) to 1
- Taking block 0 out, raising V(Q) to 1
edge: Use a single PDCH rcv_data_block method for GPRS and EGPRS Currently GPRS is handled by the old code path while EGPRS already uses the unified functions. The rcv_block_egprs is basically not specific to EGPRS and just needs minor modifications to handle GPRS. This commit turns gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_block_egprs into a unified rcv_data_block method and uses it for GPRS, too. Note that the logging messages of the new parser are different. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-09 16:39:56 +00:00
- Assembling frames: (len=20)
-- Frame 1 starts at offset 0, length=20, is_complete=0
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
- No gaps in received block, last block: BSN=0 CV=15
Got 'TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW)', TA=7
********** TBF starts here **********
tbf: Low prio for BSSPG values for GPRS/EGPRS MS class Currently the values in the BSSGP RA Cap IE are eventually use overwrite the 'good' values obtained from the MS earlier. Use the 'good' values when the are present, which is assumed if at least one of ms->ms_class() or ms->egprs_ms_class() is set. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 12:30:34 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=1/0
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 1
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 4, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Assign downlink TS=7 TFI=0
PDCH(TS 7, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 1 TBFs, USFs = 01, TFIs = 00000001.
- Setting Control TS 7
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0xf1223344, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
Allocated TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 80, dl_slots = 80
Modifying MS object, TLLI: 0xf1223344 confirmed
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) [DOWNLINK] START
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xf1223344, IMSI '' -> '0011223344'
Send dowlink assignment on PACCH, because TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW) exists
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) starting timer 0.
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
tbf/test: Do RLC based ack instead of just faking Currently the assignment is completed by manipulating the state of the TBF objects directly by setting the state fields to fixed values. This way, the PCU's code that is responsible to update the state accordingly is not tested. This commit changes this to simulate RLC Control Acknowledgement messages instead. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:03:23 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
Old MS: TLLI = 0xf1223344, TA = 7, IMSI = 0011223344, LLC = 2
UL RSSI of TLLI=0xf1223344: 31 dBm
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW) free
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW) Software error: Pending downlink assignment. This may not happen, because the assignment message never gets transmitted. Please be sure not to free in this state. PLEASE FIX!
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW) stopping timer 3169.
PDCH(TS 7, TRX 0): Detaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW), 0 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000000.
Detaching TBF from MS object, TLLI = 0xf1223344, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW)
********** TBF ends here **********
tbf/test: Do RLC based ack instead of just faking Currently the assignment is completed by manipulating the state of the TBF objects directly by setting the state fields to fixed values. This way, the PCU's code that is responsible to update the state accordingly is not tested. This commit changes this to simulate RLC Control Acknowledgement messages instead. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:03:23 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654275 block=9 data=47 94 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
MS requests UL TBF on RACH, so we provide one:
MS requests single block allocation
RX: [PCU <- BTS] RACH qbit-ta=31 ra=0x73, Fn=2654224 (17,31,14), SBFn=2654327
TX: Immediate Assignment Uplink (AGCH)
encoding: Redesign Encoding::write_immediate_assignment API The EGPRS support will need more information to encode the IMMEDIATE ASSIGMENT. Instead of adding more parameters pass a pointer to the TBF unless an SBA shall be done (indicated by tbf == NULL). All values that can be derived from the TBF and are not needed for an SBA are removed from the parameter list. Return a negative value on error. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 15:13:38 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=7 TA=7 TSC=0 TFI=-1 USF=7
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=2 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=2d 06 3f 10 0f 00 00 73 8b ee 07 00 c0 0c 60 6b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
Searching for first unallocated TFI: TRX=0
Found TFI=0.
edge: Use GprsCodingScheme to adjust the UL RLC block size Currently the block size is mapped by a switch statement to strip extra bits that are not used for RLC blocks. That information is already available via the GprsCodingScheme class. This commit moves the CS/MCS detection to the rcv_block message and passes the cs object via rcv_block_gprs, where the length gets adjusted, to gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_data_block_acknowledged. There the switch statement is removed. Note that the TbfTest.err changes due to an additional log message. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-14 14:19:12 +00:00
Got RLC block, coding scheme: CS-1, length: 23 (23))
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ RX : Uplink Control Block +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- RX : Uplink Control Block -------------------------
bts: Release DL TBF instead of killing in rcv_resource_request Currently an existing DL TBF is freed immediately, when a resource request is received. This makes sense since the MS might have dropped it when switching to the PDCH signaled via the AGCH for the SBA. But if the TBF still is assumed to exist on the MS side, there might be TFI collisions if the old TBF object is not kept to block its TFI for some time. This commit changes rcv_resource_request to call release() instead of tbf_free() on the DL TBF object (if it exists). Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-09-01 09:28:25 +00:00
Got RACH from TLLI=0xf1223344 while TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) still exists. Release pending DL TBF
tbf: Do not reuse old TBF after RACH requests Currently existing TBF can be reused after an MS has sent a RACH request. Since the MS can be or most probably is in packet idle mode in that case, the TBF are no longer usable even if they share the PDCHs and the control TS with the new one. There are occasional freezes where the MS does no longer react to messages sent on the PACCH. This change aborts all pending TBFs if a new TBF is or has been established via RACH. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-21 19:48:39 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to RELEASING
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING) free
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING) stopping timer 0.
PDCH(TS 7, TRX 0): Detaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING), 0 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000000.
Detaching TBF from MS object, TLLI = 0xf1223344, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING)
********** TBF ends here **********
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
MS requests UL TBF in packet resource request of single block, so we provide one:
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Support EGPRS multislot class handling in tbf_alloc Add an egprs_ms_class argument to the allocation functions and set/pass it where necessary. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-11-27 14:17:34 +00:00
Allocating UL TBF: MS_CLASS=1/0
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 1
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 4, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Assign uplink TS=7 TFI=0 USF=0
PDCH(TS 7, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=NULL), 1 TBFs, USFs = 01, TFIs = 00000001.
- Setting Control TS 7
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0xf1223344, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=NULL)
Allocated TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 80, dl_slots = 00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=ASSIGN) starting timer 3169.
Change control TS to 7 until assinment is complete.
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=ASSIGN)s start Packet Uplink Assignment (PACCH)
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ TX : Packet Uplink Assignment +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- TX : Packet Uplink Assignment -------------------------
tbf: Add check_polling/set_polling Currently the checks for and the actual polling is done in several places by copy & paste of several lines of code. This hinders changes of they polling is handled internally and also is likely source of programming mistakes. Separate this into a check_polling function, that checks whether polling is possible and returns the FN and the RRBP to be used in that case. Otherwise the cause is logged (LOGL_DEBUG) and a negative error value is returned. There are no other side effect beside the logging. If the call is successful, the set_polling method can be used to actually register the polling. Extend the encoder functions' parameters lists by an rrbp parameter. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-26 20:46:26 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=ASSIGN): Scheduling polling at FN 2654340 TS 7
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) Scheduled UL Assignment polling on FN=2654340, TS=7
Scheduling control message at RTS for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) (TRX=0, TS=7)
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654327 block=9 data=4f 28 5e 24 46 68 83 1d 00 00 88 00 08 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
edge: Use GprsCodingScheme to adjust the UL RLC block size Currently the block size is mapped by a switch statement to strip extra bits that are not used for RLC blocks. That information is already available via the GprsCodingScheme class. This commit moves the CS/MCS detection to the rcv_block message and passes the cs object via rcv_block_gprs, where the length gets adjusted, to gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_data_block_acknowledged. There the switch statement is removed. Note that the TbfTest.err changes due to an additional log message. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-14 14:19:12 +00:00
Got RLC block, coding scheme: CS-1, length: 23 (23))
tbf/test: Do RLC based ack instead of just faking Currently the assignment is completed by manipulating the state of the TBF objects directly by setting the state fields to fixed values. This way, the PCU's code that is responsible to update the state accordingly is not tested. This commit changes this to simulate RLC Control Acknowledgement messages instead. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:03:23 +00:00
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ RX : Uplink Control Block +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- RX : Uplink Control Block -------------------------
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
RX: [PCU <- BTS] TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) Packet Control Ack
TBF: [DOWNLINK] UPLINK ASSIGNED TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN)
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) changes state from WAIT ASSIGN to FLOW
bts: Start a DL TBF if needed after establishment of an UL TBF Currently an existing DL TBF can get lost in the process of establishing an UL TBF via RACH. This can lead to stalled connections until the network sends more LLC frames. This commit adds a check for a non-empty LLC queue after the UL TBF has been established to rcv_control_ack (GPRS_RLCMAC_UL_ASS_WAIT_ACK path) to eventually establish a new DL TBF on the UL TBF's PACCH. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-09-01 09:38:40 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=1/0
bts: Start a DL TBF if needed after establishment of an UL TBF Currently an existing DL TBF can get lost in the process of establishing an UL TBF via RACH. This can lead to stalled connections until the network sends more LLC frames. This commit adds a check for a non-empty LLC queue after the UL TBF has been established to rcv_control_ack (GPRS_RLCMAC_UL_ASS_WAIT_ACK path) to eventually establish a new DL TBF on the UL TBF's PACCH. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-09-01 09:38:40 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 1
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 4, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
tbf: Do not reuse old TBF after RACH requests Currently existing TBF can be reused after an MS has sent a RACH request. Since the MS can be or most probably is in packet idle mode in that case, the TBF are no longer usable even if they share the PDCHs and the control TS with the new one. There are occasional freezes where the MS does no longer react to messages sent on the PACCH. This change aborts all pending TBFs if a new TBF is or has been established via RACH. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-21 19:48:39 +00:00
- Assign downlink TS=7 TFI=0
PDCH(TS 7, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 1 TBFs, USFs = 01, TFIs = 00000001.
bts: Start a DL TBF if needed after establishment of an UL TBF Currently an existing DL TBF can get lost in the process of establishing an UL TBF via RACH. This can lead to stalled connections until the network sends more LLC frames. This commit adds a check for a non-empty LLC queue after the UL TBF has been established to rcv_control_ack (GPRS_RLCMAC_UL_ASS_WAIT_ACK path) to eventually establish a new DL TBF on the UL TBF's PACCH. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-09-01 09:38:40 +00:00
- Setting Control TS 7
tbf: Do not reuse old TBF after RACH requests Currently existing TBF can be reused after an MS has sent a RACH request. Since the MS can be or most probably is in packet idle mode in that case, the TBF are no longer usable even if they share the PDCHs and the control TS with the new one. There are occasional freezes where the MS does no longer react to messages sent on the PACCH. This change aborts all pending TBFs if a new TBF is or has been established via RACH. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-21 19:48:39 +00:00
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0xf1223344, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
Allocated TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 80, dl_slots = 80
bts: Start a DL TBF if needed after establishment of an UL TBF Currently an existing DL TBF can get lost in the process of establishing an UL TBF via RACH. This can lead to stalled connections until the network sends more LLC frames. This commit adds a check for a non-empty LLC queue after the UL TBF has been established to rcv_control_ack (GPRS_RLCMAC_UL_ASS_WAIT_ACK path) to eventually establish a new DL TBF on the UL TBF's PACCH. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-09-01 09:38:40 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW) Trigger downlink assignment on PACCH
Send dowlink assignment on PACCH, because TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW) exists
tbf: Do not reuse old TBF after RACH requests Currently existing TBF can be reused after an MS has sent a RACH request. Since the MS can be or most probably is in packet idle mode in that case, the TBF are no longer usable even if they share the PDCHs and the control TS with the new one. There are occasional freezes where the MS does no longer react to messages sent on the PACCH. This change aborts all pending TBFs if a new TBF is or has been established via RACH. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-21 19:48:39 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) starting timer 0.
edge: Use GprsCodingScheme to adjust the UL RLC block size Currently the block size is mapped by a switch statement to strip extra bits that are not used for RLC blocks. That information is already available via the GprsCodingScheme class. This commit moves the CS/MCS detection to the rcv_block message and passes the cs object via rcv_block_gprs, where the length gets adjusted, to gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_data_block_acknowledged. There the switch statement is removed. Note that the TbfTest.err changes due to an additional log message. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-14 14:19:12 +00:00
Got RLC block, coding scheme: CS-1, length: 23 (23))
rlc: Dump RLC data for debugging Log incoming RLC data messages and RLC data units to LOGL_DEBUG. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-11 13:53:29 +00:00
UL data: 3c 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
edge: Use a single PDCH rcv_data_block method for GPRS and EGPRS Currently GPRS is handled by the old code path while EGPRS already uses the unified functions. The rcv_block_egprs is basically not specific to EGPRS and just needs minor modifications to handle GPRS. This commit turns gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_block_egprs into a unified rcv_data_block method and uses it for GPRS, too. Note that the logging messages of the new parser are different. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-09 16:39:56 +00:00
Got CS-1 RLC block: R=0, SI=0, TFI=0, CPS=0, RSB=0, rc=184
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
UL DATA TFI=0 received (V(Q)=0 .. V(R)=0)
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW) restarting timer 3169 while old timer 3169 pending
edge: Use a single PDCH rcv_data_block method for GPRS and EGPRS Currently GPRS is handled by the old code path while EGPRS already uses the unified functions. The rcv_block_egprs is basically not specific to EGPRS and just needs minor modifications to handle GPRS. This commit turns gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_block_egprs into a unified rcv_data_block method and uses it for GPRS, too. Note that the logging messages of the new parser are different. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-09 16:39:56 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW): Got CS-1 RLC data block: CV=15, BSN=0, SPB=0, PI=0, E=1, TI=0, bitoffs=24
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
- BSN 0 storing in window (0..63)
rlc: Dump RLC data for debugging Log incoming RLC data messages and RLC data units to LOGL_DEBUG. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-11 13:53:29 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW): data_length=20, data=00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
- Raising V(R) to 1
- Taking block 0 out, raising V(Q) to 1
edge: Use a single PDCH rcv_data_block method for GPRS and EGPRS Currently GPRS is handled by the old code path while EGPRS already uses the unified functions. The rcv_block_egprs is basically not specific to EGPRS and just needs minor modifications to handle GPRS. This commit turns gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_block_egprs into a unified rcv_data_block method and uses it for GPRS, too. Note that the logging messages of the new parser are different. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-09 16:39:56 +00:00
- Assembling frames: (len=20)
-- Frame 1 starts at offset 0, length=20, is_complete=0
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
- No gaps in received block, last block: BSN=0 CV=15
tbf/test: Do RLC based ack instead of just faking Currently the assignment is completed by manipulating the state of the TBF objects directly by setting the state fields to fixed values. This way, the PCU's code that is responsible to update the state accordingly is not tested. This commit changes this to simulate RLC Control Acknowledgement messages instead. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:03:23 +00:00
New MS: TLLI = 0xf1223344, TA = 7, IMSI = 0011223344, LLC = 2
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654218 block=8 data=47 94 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
MS requests UL TBF on RACH, so we provide one:
MS requests single block allocation
RX: [PCU <- BTS] RACH qbit-ta=31 ra=0x73, Fn=2654167 (17,25,9), SBFn=2654270
TX: Immediate Assignment Uplink (AGCH)
encoding: Redesign Encoding::write_immediate_assignment API The EGPRS support will need more information to encode the IMMEDIATE ASSIGMENT. Instead of adding more parameters pass a pointer to the TBF unless an SBA shall be done (indicated by tbf == NULL). All values that can be derived from the TBF and are not needed for an SBA are removed from the parameter list. Return a negative value on error. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 15:13:38 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=7 TA=7 TSC=0 TFI=-1 USF=7
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=2 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=2d 06 3f 10 0f 00 00 73 8b 29 07 00 c0 0c 5a 43 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
Searching for first unallocated TFI: TRX=0
Found TFI=0.
edge: Use GprsCodingScheme to adjust the UL RLC block size Currently the block size is mapped by a switch statement to strip extra bits that are not used for RLC blocks. That information is already available via the GprsCodingScheme class. This commit moves the CS/MCS detection to the rcv_block message and passes the cs object via rcv_block_gprs, where the length gets adjusted, to gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_data_block_acknowledged. There the switch statement is removed. Note that the TbfTest.err changes due to an additional log message. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-14 14:19:12 +00:00
Got RLC block, coding scheme: CS-1, length: 23 (23))
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ RX : Uplink Control Block +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- RX : Uplink Control Block -------------------------
MS requests UL TBF in packet resource request of single block, so we provide one:
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Support EGPRS multislot class handling in tbf_alloc Add an egprs_ms_class argument to the allocation functions and set/pass it where necessary. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-11-27 14:17:34 +00:00
Allocating UL TBF: MS_CLASS=1/0
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 1
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 1
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 4, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Assign uplink TS=7 TFI=0 USF=0
PDCH(TS 7, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=NULL), 1 TBFs, USFs = 01, TFIs = 00000001.
- Setting Control TS 7
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=NULL)
Allocated TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 80, dl_slots = 00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=ASSIGN) starting timer 3169.
Modifying MS object, UL TLLI: 0x00000000 -> 0xf1223344, not yet confirmed
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xf1223344, TA 0 -> 7
Change control TS to 7 until assinment is complete.
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=ASSIGN)s start Packet Uplink Assignment (PACCH)
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ TX : Packet Uplink Assignment +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- TX : Packet Uplink Assignment -------------------------
tbf: Add check_polling/set_polling Currently the checks for and the actual polling is done in several places by copy & paste of several lines of code. This hinders changes of they polling is handled internally and also is likely source of programming mistakes. Separate this into a check_polling function, that checks whether polling is possible and returns the FN and the RRBP to be used in that case. Otherwise the cause is logged (LOGL_DEBUG) and a negative error value is returned. There are no other side effect beside the logging. If the call is successful, the set_polling method can be used to actually register the polling. Extend the encoder functions' parameters lists by an rrbp parameter. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-26 20:46:26 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=ASSIGN): Scheduling polling at FN 2654283 TS 7
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) Scheduled UL Assignment polling on FN=2654283, TS=7
Scheduling control message at RTS for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) (TRX=0, TS=7)
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654270 block=8 data=4f 28 5e 24 46 68 83 1d 00 00 88 00 08 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
edge: Use GprsCodingScheme to adjust the UL RLC block size Currently the block size is mapped by a switch statement to strip extra bits that are not used for RLC blocks. That information is already available via the GprsCodingScheme class. This commit moves the CS/MCS detection to the rcv_block message and passes the cs object via rcv_block_gprs, where the length gets adjusted, to gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_data_block_acknowledged. There the switch statement is removed. Note that the TbfTest.err changes due to an additional log message. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-14 14:19:12 +00:00
Got RLC block, coding scheme: CS-1, length: 23 (23))
tbf/test: Do RLC based ack instead of just faking Currently the assignment is completed by manipulating the state of the TBF objects directly by setting the state fields to fixed values. This way, the PCU's code that is responsible to update the state accordingly is not tested. This commit changes this to simulate RLC Control Acknowledgement messages instead. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:03:23 +00:00
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ RX : Uplink Control Block +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- RX : Uplink Control Block -------------------------
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
RX: [PCU <- BTS] TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) Packet Control Ack
TBF: [DOWNLINK] UPLINK ASSIGNED TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN)
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) changes state from WAIT ASSIGN to FLOW
edge: Use GprsCodingScheme to adjust the UL RLC block size Currently the block size is mapped by a switch statement to strip extra bits that are not used for RLC blocks. That information is already available via the GprsCodingScheme class. This commit moves the CS/MCS detection to the rcv_block message and passes the cs object via rcv_block_gprs, where the length gets adjusted, to gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_data_block_acknowledged. There the switch statement is removed. Note that the TbfTest.err changes due to an additional log message. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-14 14:19:12 +00:00
Got RLC block, coding scheme: CS-1, length: 23 (23))
rlc: Dump RLC data for debugging Log incoming RLC data messages and RLC data units to LOGL_DEBUG. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-11 13:53:29 +00:00
UL data: 3c 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
edge: Use a single PDCH rcv_data_block method for GPRS and EGPRS Currently GPRS is handled by the old code path while EGPRS already uses the unified functions. The rcv_block_egprs is basically not specific to EGPRS and just needs minor modifications to handle GPRS. This commit turns gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_block_egprs into a unified rcv_data_block method and uses it for GPRS, too. Note that the logging messages of the new parser are different. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-09 16:39:56 +00:00
Got CS-1 RLC block: R=0, SI=0, TFI=0, CPS=0, RSB=0, rc=184
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
UL DATA TFI=0 received (V(Q)=0 .. V(R)=0)
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW) restarting timer 3169 while old timer 3169 pending
edge: Use a single PDCH rcv_data_block method for GPRS and EGPRS Currently GPRS is handled by the old code path while EGPRS already uses the unified functions. The rcv_block_egprs is basically not specific to EGPRS and just needs minor modifications to handle GPRS. This commit turns gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_block_egprs into a unified rcv_data_block method and uses it for GPRS, too. Note that the logging messages of the new parser are different. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-09 16:39:56 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW): Got CS-1 RLC data block: CV=15, BSN=0, SPB=0, PI=0, E=1, TI=0, bitoffs=24
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
- BSN 0 storing in window (0..63)
rlc: Dump RLC data for debugging Log incoming RLC data messages and RLC data units to LOGL_DEBUG. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-11 13:53:29 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW): data_length=20, data=00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
- Raising V(R) to 1
- Taking block 0 out, raising V(Q) to 1
edge: Use a single PDCH rcv_data_block method for GPRS and EGPRS Currently GPRS is handled by the old code path while EGPRS already uses the unified functions. The rcv_block_egprs is basically not specific to EGPRS and just needs minor modifications to handle GPRS. This commit turns gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_block_egprs into a unified rcv_data_block method and uses it for GPRS, too. Note that the logging messages of the new parser are different. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-09 16:39:56 +00:00
- Assembling frames: (len=20)
-- Frame 1 starts at offset 0, length=20, is_complete=0
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
- No gaps in received block, last block: BSN=0 CV=15
Got 'TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW)', TA=7
********** TBF starts here **********
tbf: Low prio for BSSPG values for GPRS/EGPRS MS class Currently the values in the BSSGP RA Cap IE are eventually use overwrite the 'good' values obtained from the MS earlier. Use the 'good' values when the are present, which is assumed if at least one of ms->ms_class() or ms->egprs_ms_class() is set. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 12:30:34 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=1/0
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 1
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 4, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Assign downlink TS=7 TFI=0
PDCH(TS 7, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 1 TBFs, USFs = 01, TFIs = 00000001.
- Setting Control TS 7
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0xf1223344, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
Allocated TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 80, dl_slots = 80
Modifying MS object, TLLI: 0xf1223344 confirmed
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) [DOWNLINK] START
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xf1223344, IMSI '' -> '0011223344'
Send dowlink assignment on PACCH, because TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW) exists
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) starting timer 0.
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
tbf/test: Do RLC based ack instead of just faking Currently the assignment is completed by manipulating the state of the TBF objects directly by setting the state fields to fixed values. This way, the PCU's code that is responsible to update the state accordingly is not tested. This commit changes this to simulate RLC Control Acknowledgement messages instead. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:03:23 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
Old MS: TLLI = 0xf1223344, TA = 7, IMSI = 0011223344, LLC = 2
UL RSSI of TLLI=0xf1223344: 31 dBm
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW) free
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW) Software error: Pending downlink assignment. This may not happen, because the assignment message never gets transmitted. Please be sure not to free in this state. PLEASE FIX!
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW) stopping timer 3169.
PDCH(TS 7, TRX 0): Detaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW), 0 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000000.
Detaching TBF from MS object, TLLI = 0xf1223344, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW)
********** TBF ends here **********
Searching for first unallocated TFI: TRX=0
Found TFI=0.
MS requests UL TBF on RACH, so we provide one:
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Support EGPRS multislot class handling in tbf_alloc Add an egprs_ms_class argument to the allocation functions and set/pass it where necessary. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-11-27 14:17:34 +00:00
Allocating UL TBF: MS_CLASS=0/0
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 0
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 4, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Assign uplink TS=7 TFI=0 USF=0
PDCH(TS 7, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=NULL), 1 TBFs, USFs = 01, TFIs = 00000001.
- Setting Control TS 7
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=NULL)
Allocated TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 80, dl_slots = 00
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TA 0 -> 7
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to FLOW
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW) starting timer 3169.
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW) [UPLINK] START
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW) RX: [PCU <- BTS] RACH qbit-ta=31 ra=0x03, Fn=2654275 (17,31,13)
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW) TX: START Immediate Assignment Uplink (AGCH)
tbf: Refactor calls to write_immediate_assignment Make use of variables, log them to LOGL_DEBUG, and reduce code duplication. This should help to narrow down the cause why snd_dl_ass are not answered by the MS sometimes. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 17:26:13 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=7 TA=7 TSC=0 TFI=0 USF=0
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=2 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=2d 06 3f 10 0f 00 00 03 8b ed 07 00 c8 00 10 0b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW) changes state from FLOW to WAIT ASSIGN
edge: Use GprsCodingScheme to adjust the UL RLC block size Currently the block size is mapped by a switch statement to strip extra bits that are not used for RLC blocks. That information is already available via the GprsCodingScheme class. This commit moves the CS/MCS detection to the rcv_block message and passes the cs object via rcv_block_gprs, where the length gets adjusted, to gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_data_block_acknowledged. There the switch statement is removed. Note that the TbfTest.err changes due to an additional log message. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-14 14:19:12 +00:00
Got RLC block, coding scheme: CS-1, length: 23 (23))
rlc: Dump RLC data for debugging Log incoming RLC data messages and RLC data units to LOGL_DEBUG. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-11 13:53:29 +00:00
UL data: 00 01 01 f1 22 33 44 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
edge: Use a single PDCH rcv_data_block method for GPRS and EGPRS Currently GPRS is handled by the old code path while EGPRS already uses the unified functions. The rcv_block_egprs is basically not specific to EGPRS and just needs minor modifications to handle GPRS. This commit turns gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_block_egprs into a unified rcv_data_block method and uses it for GPRS, too. Note that the logging messages of the new parser are different. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-09 16:39:56 +00:00
Got CS-1 RLC block: R=0, SI=0, TFI=0, CPS=0, RSB=0, rc=184
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
UL DATA TFI=0 received (V(Q)=0 .. V(R)=0)
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) restarting timer 3169 while old timer 3169 pending
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN): Got CS-1 RLC data block: CV=0, BSN=0, SPB=0, PI=0, E=1, TI=1, bitoffs=24
edge: Use a single PDCH rcv_data_block method for GPRS and EGPRS Currently GPRS is handled by the old code path while EGPRS already uses the unified functions. The rcv_block_egprs is basically not specific to EGPRS and just needs minor modifications to handle GPRS. This commit turns gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_block_egprs into a unified rcv_data_block method and uses it for GPRS, too. Note that the logging messages of the new parser are different. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-09 16:39:56 +00:00
- BSN 0 storing in window (0..63)
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN): data_length=20, data=f1 22 33 44 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
edge: Use a single PDCH rcv_data_block method for GPRS and EGPRS Currently GPRS is handled by the old code path while EGPRS already uses the unified functions. The rcv_block_egprs is basically not specific to EGPRS and just needs minor modifications to handle GPRS. This commit turns gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_block_egprs into a unified rcv_data_block method and uses it for GPRS, too. Note that the logging messages of the new parser are different. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-09 16:39:56 +00:00
Decoded premier TLLI=0x00000000 of UL DATA TFI=0.
tbf: Do not reuse old TBF after RACH requests Currently existing TBF can be reused after an MS has sent a RACH request. Since the MS can be or most probably is in packet idle mode in that case, the TBF are no longer usable even if they share the PDCHs and the control TS with the new one. There are occasional freezes where the MS does no longer react to messages sent on the PACCH. This change aborts all pending TBFs if a new TBF is or has been established via RACH. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-21 19:48:39 +00:00
Got RACH from TLLI=0x00000000 while TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) still exists. Killing pending DL TBF
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to RELEASING
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING) free
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING) stopping timer 0.
PDCH(TS 7, TRX 0): Detaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING), 0 TBFs, USFs = 01, TFIs = 00000000.
Detaching TBF from MS object, TLLI = 0xf1223344, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING)
********** TBF ends here **********
tbf: Refactor reuse_tbf into releasing and DL TBF establishment Currently reuse_tbf (partly) resets the old DL TBF and uses its PACCH to establish a new DL TBF. The method can not be used with UL TBFs. This commit replaces the reuse_tbf method into a gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf:release method which triggers the TBF's timer based deletion (so that the TFI is still reserved for some time) and a gprs_rlcmac_tbf::establish_dl_tbf_on_pacch which can establish DL TBFs on existing PACCHs of either DL or UL TBFs. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-09-01 09:20:29 +00:00
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, IMSI '' -> '0011223344'
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 1
Clearing MS object, TLLI: 0xf1223344, IMSI: '0011223344'
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
Modifying MS object, UL TLLI: 0x00000000 -> 0xf1223344, not yet confirmed
tbf: Refactor reuse_tbf into releasing and DL TBF establishment Currently reuse_tbf (partly) resets the old DL TBF and uses its PACCH to establish a new DL TBF. The method can not be used with UL TBFs. This commit replaces the reuse_tbf method into a gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf:release method which triggers the TBF's timer based deletion (so that the TFI is still reserved for some time) and a gprs_rlcmac_tbf::establish_dl_tbf_on_pacch which can establish DL TBFs on existing PACCHs of either DL or UL TBFs. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-09-01 09:20:29 +00:00
Destroying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
- Raising V(R) to 1
- Taking block 0 out, raising V(Q) to 1
edge: Use a single PDCH rcv_data_block method for GPRS and EGPRS Currently GPRS is handled by the old code path while EGPRS already uses the unified functions. The rcv_block_egprs is basically not specific to EGPRS and just needs minor modifications to handle GPRS. This commit turns gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_block_egprs into a unified rcv_data_block method and uses it for GPRS, too. Note that the logging messages of the new parser are different. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-09 16:39:56 +00:00
- Assembling frames: (len=20)
-- Frame 1 starts at offset 4, length=16, is_complete=1
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) complete UL frame len=16
LLC [PCU -> SGSN] TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) len=16
tbf/test: Add tests for RACH while DL TBFs are active This adds tests for - RA update with RACH for the RAUpdateComplete message - RACH for UL while DL is active (LLC queue not empty) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 16:15:38 +00:00
No bctx
- Scheduling Ack/Nack, because TLLI is included.
tbf: Refactor reuse_tbf into releasing and DL TBF establishment Currently reuse_tbf (partly) resets the old DL TBF and uses its PACCH to establish a new DL TBF. The method can not be used with UL TBFs. This commit replaces the reuse_tbf method into a gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf:release method which triggers the TBF's timer based deletion (so that the TFI is still reserved for some time) and a gprs_rlcmac_tbf::establish_dl_tbf_on_pacch which can establish DL TBFs on existing PACCHs of either DL or UL TBFs. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-09-01 09:20:29 +00:00
New MS: TLLI = 0xf1223344, TA = 7, IMSI = 0011223344, LLC = 2
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654218 block=8 data=47 94 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
MS requests UL TBF on RACH, so we provide one:
MS requests single block allocation
RX: [PCU <- BTS] RACH qbit-ta=31 ra=0x73, Fn=2654167 (17,25,9), SBFn=2654270
TX: Immediate Assignment Uplink (AGCH)
encoding: Redesign Encoding::write_immediate_assignment API The EGPRS support will need more information to encode the IMMEDIATE ASSIGMENT. Instead of adding more parameters pass a pointer to the TBF unless an SBA shall be done (indicated by tbf == NULL). All values that can be derived from the TBF and are not needed for an SBA are removed from the parameter list. Return a negative value on error. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 15:13:38 +00:00
- TRX=0 (0) TS=7 TA=7 TSC=0 TFI=-1 USF=7
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=2 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=2d 06 3f 10 0f 00 00 73 8b 29 07 00 c0 0c 5a 43 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
Searching for first unallocated TFI: TRX=0
Found TFI=0.
edge: Use GprsCodingScheme to adjust the UL RLC block size Currently the block size is mapped by a switch statement to strip extra bits that are not used for RLC blocks. That information is already available via the GprsCodingScheme class. This commit moves the CS/MCS detection to the rcv_block message and passes the cs object via rcv_block_gprs, where the length gets adjusted, to gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_data_block_acknowledged. There the switch statement is removed. Note that the TbfTest.err changes due to an additional log message. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-14 14:19:12 +00:00
Got RLC block, coding scheme: CS-1, length: 23 (23))
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ RX : Uplink Control Block +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- RX : Uplink Control Block -------------------------
MS requests UL TBF in packet resource request of single block, so we provide one:
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Support EGPRS multislot class handling in tbf_alloc Add an egprs_ms_class argument to the allocation functions and set/pass it where necessary. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-11-27 14:17:34 +00:00
Allocating UL TBF: MS_CLASS=1/0
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 1
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 1
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 4, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Assign uplink TS=7 TFI=0 USF=0
PDCH(TS 7, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=NULL), 1 TBFs, USFs = 01, TFIs = 00000001.
- Setting Control TS 7
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=NULL)
Allocated TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 80, dl_slots = 00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=ASSIGN) starting timer 3169.
Modifying MS object, UL TLLI: 0x00000000 -> 0xf1223344, not yet confirmed
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xf1223344, TA 0 -> 7
Change control TS to 7 until assinment is complete.
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=ASSIGN)s start Packet Uplink Assignment (PACCH)
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ TX : Packet Uplink Assignment +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- TX : Packet Uplink Assignment -------------------------
tbf: Add check_polling/set_polling Currently the checks for and the actual polling is done in several places by copy & paste of several lines of code. This hinders changes of they polling is handled internally and also is likely source of programming mistakes. Separate this into a check_polling function, that checks whether polling is possible and returns the FN and the RRBP to be used in that case. Otherwise the cause is logged (LOGL_DEBUG) and a negative error value is returned. There are no other side effect beside the logging. If the call is successful, the set_polling method can be used to actually register the polling. Extend the encoder functions' parameters lists by an rrbp parameter. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-26 20:46:26 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=ASSIGN): Scheduling polling at FN 2654283 TS 7
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) Scheduled UL Assignment polling on FN=2654283, TS=7
Scheduling control message at RTS for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) (TRX=0, TS=7)
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654270 block=8 data=4f 28 5e 24 46 68 83 1d 00 00 88 00 08 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
edge: Use GprsCodingScheme to adjust the UL RLC block size Currently the block size is mapped by a switch statement to strip extra bits that are not used for RLC blocks. That information is already available via the GprsCodingScheme class. This commit moves the CS/MCS detection to the rcv_block message and passes the cs object via rcv_block_gprs, where the length gets adjusted, to gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_data_block_acknowledged. There the switch statement is removed. Note that the TbfTest.err changes due to an additional log message. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-14 14:19:12 +00:00
Got RLC block, coding scheme: CS-1, length: 23 (23))
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ RX : Uplink Control Block +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- RX : Uplink Control Block -------------------------
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
RX: [PCU <- BTS] TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) Packet Control Ack
TBF: [DOWNLINK] UPLINK ASSIGNED TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN)
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) changes state from WAIT ASSIGN to FLOW
edge: Use GprsCodingScheme to adjust the UL RLC block size Currently the block size is mapped by a switch statement to strip extra bits that are not used for RLC blocks. That information is already available via the GprsCodingScheme class. This commit moves the CS/MCS detection to the rcv_block message and passes the cs object via rcv_block_gprs, where the length gets adjusted, to gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_data_block_acknowledged. There the switch statement is removed. Note that the TbfTest.err changes due to an additional log message. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-14 14:19:12 +00:00
Got RLC block, coding scheme: CS-1, length: 23 (23))
rlc: Dump RLC data for debugging Log incoming RLC data messages and RLC data units to LOGL_DEBUG. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-11 13:53:29 +00:00
UL data: 3c 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
edge: Use a single PDCH rcv_data_block method for GPRS and EGPRS Currently GPRS is handled by the old code path while EGPRS already uses the unified functions. The rcv_block_egprs is basically not specific to EGPRS and just needs minor modifications to handle GPRS. This commit turns gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_block_egprs into a unified rcv_data_block method and uses it for GPRS, too. Note that the logging messages of the new parser are different. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-09 16:39:56 +00:00
Got CS-1 RLC block: R=0, SI=0, TFI=0, CPS=0, RSB=0, rc=184
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
UL DATA TFI=0 received (V(Q)=0 .. V(R)=0)
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW) restarting timer 3169 while old timer 3169 pending
edge: Use a single PDCH rcv_data_block method for GPRS and EGPRS Currently GPRS is handled by the old code path while EGPRS already uses the unified functions. The rcv_block_egprs is basically not specific to EGPRS and just needs minor modifications to handle GPRS. This commit turns gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_block_egprs into a unified rcv_data_block method and uses it for GPRS, too. Note that the logging messages of the new parser are different. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-09 16:39:56 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW): Got CS-1 RLC data block: CV=15, BSN=0, SPB=0, PI=0, E=1, TI=0, bitoffs=24
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
- BSN 0 storing in window (0..63)
rlc: Dump RLC data for debugging Log incoming RLC data messages and RLC data units to LOGL_DEBUG. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-11 13:53:29 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW): data_length=20, data=00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
- Raising V(R) to 1
- Taking block 0 out, raising V(Q) to 1
edge: Use a single PDCH rcv_data_block method for GPRS and EGPRS Currently GPRS is handled by the old code path while EGPRS already uses the unified functions. The rcv_block_egprs is basically not specific to EGPRS and just needs minor modifications to handle GPRS. This commit turns gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_block_egprs into a unified rcv_data_block method and uses it for GPRS, too. Note that the logging messages of the new parser are different. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-09 16:39:56 +00:00
- Assembling frames: (len=20)
-- Frame 1 starts at offset 0, length=20, is_complete=0
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
- No gaps in received block, last block: BSN=0 CV=15
Got 'TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW)', TA=7
********** TBF starts here **********
tbf: Low prio for BSSPG values for GPRS/EGPRS MS class Currently the values in the BSSGP RA Cap IE are eventually use overwrite the 'good' values obtained from the MS earlier. Use the 'good' values when the are present, which is assumed if at least one of ms->ms_class() or ms->egprs_ms_class() is set. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-20 12:30:34 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=1/0
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 1
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 4, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Assign downlink TS=7 TFI=0
PDCH(TS 7, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 1 TBFs, USFs = 01, TFIs = 00000001.
- Setting Control TS 7
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0xf1223344, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
Allocated TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 80, dl_slots = 80
Modifying MS object, TLLI: 0xf1223344 confirmed
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) [DOWNLINK] START
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xf1223344, IMSI '' -> '0011223344'
Send dowlink assignment on PACCH, because TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW) exists
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) starting timer 0.
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) append
Old MS: TLLI = 0xf1223344, TA = 7, IMSI = 0011223344, LLC = 40
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654275 block_nr=9 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) start Packet Downlink Assignment (PACCH)
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ TX : Packet Downlink Assignment +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- TX : Packet Downlink Assignment -------------------------
tbf: Add check_polling/set_polling Currently the checks for and the actual polling is done in several places by copy & paste of several lines of code. This hinders changes of they polling is handled internally and also is likely source of programming mistakes. Separate this into a check_polling function, that checks whether polling is possible and returns the FN and the RRBP to be used in that case. Otherwise the cause is logged (LOGL_DEBUG) and a negative error value is returned. There are no other side effect beside the logging. If the call is successful, the set_polling method can be used to actually register the polling. Extend the encoder functions' parameters lists by an rrbp parameter. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-26 20:46:26 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW): Scheduling polling at FN 2654288 TS 7
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
tbf: Add and use tbf->poll_ts Currently tbf->control_ts is used to look up an incoming poll response. Since that may eventually change, poll timeouts could theoretically happen in that case. Store the real poll TS in tbf->poll_ts at all places where tbf->poll_fn is set. Do not use tbf->control_ts to look up outstanding polls. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-22 16:58:17 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW) Scheduled DL Assignment polling on FN=2654288, TS=7
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
Scheduling control message at RTS for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW) (TRX=0, TS=7)
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654275 block=9 data=48 08 00 00 0c 72 00 02 08 00 80 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
edge: Use GprsCodingScheme to adjust the UL RLC block size Currently the block size is mapped by a switch statement to strip extra bits that are not used for RLC blocks. That information is already available via the GprsCodingScheme class. This commit moves the CS/MCS detection to the rcv_block message and passes the cs object via rcv_block_gprs, where the length gets adjusted, to gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_data_block_acknowledged. There the switch statement is removed. Note that the TbfTest.err changes due to an additional log message. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-14 14:19:12 +00:00
Got RLC block, coding scheme: CS-1, length: 23 (23))
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ RX : Uplink Control Block +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- RX : Uplink Control Block -------------------------
RX: [PCU <- BTS] TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW) Packet Control Ack
TBF: [UPLINK] DOWNLINK ASSIGNED TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW)
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) changes state from WAIT ASSIGN to FLOW
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) stopping timer 0.
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=0
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=1
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=2
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=3
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=5
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=6
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654279 block_nr=10 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==0)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 0, CS=CS-1
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=13)
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 13 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=13
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=13)
-- Chunk with length 13 larger than space (6) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 0, CS-1): 37 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30 30 4c 4c 43 20 50 41
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 0)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 0, CS-1): 07 00 00 37 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30 30 4c 4c 43 20 50 41
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654279 block=10 data=00 00 00 37 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30 30 4c 4c 43 20 50 41
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=0
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=1
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=2
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=3
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=5
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=6
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654283 block_nr=11 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==1)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 1, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 7 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=13
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=13)
-- Chunk with length 13 larger than space (12) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 1, CS-1): 1f 43 4b 45 54 20 30 31 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 1)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 1, CS-1): 07 00 02 1f 43 4b 45 54 20 30 31 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654283 block=11 data=00 00 02 1f 43 4b 45 54 20 30 31 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=0
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=1
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=2
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=3
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=5
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=6
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654288 block_nr=0 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==2)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 2, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 1 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=13
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=13)
-- Chunk with length 13 is less than remaining space (18): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=13
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=13)
-- Chunk with length 13 larger than space (4) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 2, CS-1): 06 37 32 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30 33 4c 4c 43 20
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 2)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 2, CS-1): 07 00 04 06 37 32 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30 33 4c 4c 43 20
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654288 block=0 data=00 00 04 06 37 32 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30 33 4c 4c 43 20
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=0
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=1
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=2
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=3
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=5
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=6
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654292 block_nr=1 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==3)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 3, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 9 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=13
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=13)
-- Chunk with length 13 larger than space (10) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 3, CS-1): 27 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30 34 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 3)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 3, CS-1): 07 00 06 27 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30 34 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654292 block=1 data=00 00 06 27 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30 34 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=0
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=1
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=2
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=3
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=5
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=6
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654296 block_nr=2 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==4)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 4, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 3 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=13
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=13)
-- Chunk with length 13 is less than remaining space (16): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=13
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=13)
-- Chunk with length 13 larger than space (2) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 4, CS-1): 0e 37 20 30 35 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30 36 4c 4c
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 4)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 4, CS-1): 07 00 08 0e 37 20 30 35 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30 36 4c 4c
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654296 block=2 data=00 00 08 0e 37 20 30 35 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30 36 4c 4c
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=0
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=1
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=2
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=3
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=5
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=6
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654301 block_nr=3 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==5)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 5, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 11 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=13
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=13)
-- Chunk with length 13 larger than space (8) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 5, CS-1): 2f 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30 37 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 5)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 5, CS-1): 07 00 0a 2f 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30 37 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654301 block=3 data=00 00 0a 2f 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30 37 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=0
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=1
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=2
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=3
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=5
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=6
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654305 block_nr=4 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==6)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 6, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 5 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=13
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=13)
-- Chunk with length 13 is less than remaining space (14): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
edge: Use rlc_data_to_dl_append in create_new_bsn Currently TBF related tasks (status changes, counter updates, LLC dummy command insertion) as well as RLC data block generation are done within create_new_bsn. The data block creation part has already been copied to the stateless Encoding::rlc_data_to_dl_append function. This commit changes create_new_bsn to use the encoder function and just care about the TBF related stuff. Since the rlc_data_to_dl_append function has been validated against the test cases being described in annex B of TS 44.060, this commit fixes an encoder bug which leads to broken LLC frames in a special case (see example B.2, the main header's E bit was erroneously set to 1 in that case). When this happens, the LLC frame will get discarded after reassembly, so that TCP will have to retransmit the lost packet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-12 16:02:49 +00:00
-- No space left, so we are done.
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=13
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=13)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 6, CS-1): 16 35 45 54 20 30 38 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30 39
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 6)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 6, CS-1): 07 00 0c 16 35 45 54 20 30 38 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30 39
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654305 block=4 data=00 00 0c 16 35 45 54 20 30 38 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30 39
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=0
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=1
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=2
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=3
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=5
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=6
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654309 block_nr=5 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==7)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 7, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 13 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=13
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=13)
-- Chunk with length 13 larger than space (6) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 7, CS-1): 37 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 31 30 4c 4c 43 20 50 41
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 7)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 7, CS-1): 07 00 0e 37 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 31 30 4c 4c 43 20 50 41
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654309 block=5 data=00 00 0e 37 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 31 30 4c 4c 43 20 50 41
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=0
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=1
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=2
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=3
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=5
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=6
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654314 block_nr=6 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==8)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 8, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 7 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=13
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=13)
-- Chunk with length 13 larger than space (12) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 8, CS-1): 1f 43 4b 45 54 20 31 31 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 31
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 8)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 8, CS-1): 07 00 10 1f 43 4b 45 54 20 31 31 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 31
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654314 block=6 data=00 00 10 1f 43 4b 45 54 20 31 31 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 31
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=0
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=1
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=2
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=3
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=5
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=6
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654318 block_nr=7 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==9)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 9, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 1 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=13
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=13)
-- Chunk with length 13 is less than remaining space (18): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=13
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=13)
-- Chunk with length 13 larger than space (4) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 9, CS-1): 06 37 32 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 31 33 4c 4c 43 20
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 9)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 9, CS-1): 07 00 12 06 37 32 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 31 33 4c 4c 43 20
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654318 block=7 data=00 00 12 06 37 32 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 31 33 4c 4c 43 20
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=0
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=1
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=2
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=3
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=5
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=6
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654322 block_nr=8 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==10)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 10, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 9 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=13
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=13)
-- Chunk with length 13 larger than space (10) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 10, CS-1): 27 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 31 34 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 10)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 10, CS-1): 07 00 14 27 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 31 34 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654322 block=8 data=00 00 14 27 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 31 34 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=0
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=1
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=2
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=3
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=5
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=6
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654327 block_nr=9 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==11)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 11, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 3 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=13
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=13)
-- Chunk with length 13 is less than remaining space (16): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=13
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=13)
-- Chunk with length 13 larger than space (2) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 11, CS-1): 0e 37 20 31 35 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 31 36 4c 4c
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 11)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 11, CS-1): 07 00 16 0e 37 20 31 35 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 31 36 4c 4c
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654327 block=9 data=00 00 16 0e 37 20 31 35 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 31 36 4c 4c
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=0
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=1
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=2
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=3
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=5
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=6
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654331 block_nr=10 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==12)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 12, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 11 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=13
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=13)
-- Chunk with length 13 larger than space (8) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 12, CS-1): 2f 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 31 37 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 12)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 12, CS-1): 07 00 18 2f 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 31 37 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654331 block=10 data=00 00 18 2f 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 31 37 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=0
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=1
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=2
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=3
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=5
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=6
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654335 block_nr=11 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==13)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 13, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 5 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=13
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=13)
-- Chunk with length 13 is less than remaining space (14): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
edge: Use rlc_data_to_dl_append in create_new_bsn Currently TBF related tasks (status changes, counter updates, LLC dummy command insertion) as well as RLC data block generation are done within create_new_bsn. The data block creation part has already been copied to the stateless Encoding::rlc_data_to_dl_append function. This commit changes create_new_bsn to use the encoder function and just care about the TBF related stuff. Since the rlc_data_to_dl_append function has been validated against the test cases being described in annex B of TS 44.060, this commit fixes an encoder bug which leads to broken LLC frames in a special case (see example B.2, the main header's E bit was erroneously set to 1 in that case). When this happens, the LLC frame will get discarded after reassembly, so that TCP will have to retransmit the lost packet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-12 16:02:49 +00:00
-- No space left, so we are done.
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=13
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=13)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 13, CS-1): 16 35 45 54 20 31 38 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 31 39
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 13)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 13, CS-1): 07 00 1a 16 35 45 54 20 31 38 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 31 39
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654335 block=11 data=00 00 1a 16 35 45 54 20 31 38 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 31 39
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=0
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=1
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=2
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=3
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=5
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=6
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654340 block_nr=0 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==14)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 14, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 13 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=13
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=13)
-- Chunk with length 13 larger than space (6) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 14, CS-1): 37 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 32 30 4c 4c 43 20 50 41
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 14)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 14, CS-1): 07 00 1c 37 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 32 30 4c 4c 43 20 50 41
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654340 block=0 data=00 00 1c 37 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 32 30 4c 4c 43 20 50 41
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=0
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=1
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=2
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=3
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=5
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=6
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654344 block_nr=1 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==15)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 15, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 7 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=13
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=13)
-- Chunk with length 13 larger than space (12) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 15, CS-1): 1f 43 4b 45 54 20 32 31 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 32
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 15)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 15, CS-1): 07 00 1e 1f 43 4b 45 54 20 32 31 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 32
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654344 block=1 data=00 00 1e 1f 43 4b 45 54 20 32 31 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 32
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=0
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=1
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=2
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=3
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=5
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=6
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654348 block_nr=2 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==16)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 16, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 1 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=13
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=13)
-- Chunk with length 13 is less than remaining space (18): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=13
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=13)
-- Chunk with length 13 larger than space (4) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 16, CS-1): 06 37 32 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 32 33 4c 4c 43 20
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 16)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 16, CS-1): 07 00 20 06 37 32 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 32 33 4c 4c 43 20
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654348 block=2 data=00 00 20 06 37 32 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 32 33 4c 4c 43 20
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=0
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=1
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=2
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=3
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=5
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=6
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654353 block_nr=3 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==17)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 17, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 9 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=13
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=13)
-- Chunk with length 13 larger than space (10) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 17, CS-1): 27 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 32 34 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 17)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 17, CS-1): 07 00 22 27 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 32 34 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654353 block=3 data=00 00 22 27 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 32 34 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=0
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=1
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=2
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=3
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=5
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=6
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654357 block_nr=4 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==18)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 18, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 3 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=13
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=13)
-- Chunk with length 13 is less than remaining space (16): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=13
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=13)
-- Chunk with length 13 larger than space (2) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 18, CS-1): 0e 37 20 32 35 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 32 36 4c 4c
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 18)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 18, CS-1): 07 00 24 0e 37 20 32 35 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 32 36 4c 4c
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654357 block=4 data=00 00 24 0e 37 20 32 35 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 32 36 4c 4c
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=0
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=1
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=2
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=3
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=5
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=6
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654361 block_nr=5 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==19)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 19, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 11 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=13
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=13)
-- Chunk with length 13 larger than space (8) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 19, CS-1): 2f 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 32 37 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 19)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 19, CS-1): 07 00 26 2f 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 32 37 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654361 block=5 data=00 00 26 2f 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 32 37 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=0
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=1
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=2
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=3
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=5
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=6
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654366 block_nr=6 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=5
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==20)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 20, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 5 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=13
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=13)
-- Chunk with length 13 is less than remaining space (14): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
edge: Use rlc_data_to_dl_append in create_new_bsn Currently TBF related tasks (status changes, counter updates, LLC dummy command insertion) as well as RLC data block generation are done within create_new_bsn. The data block creation part has already been copied to the stateless Encoding::rlc_data_to_dl_append function. This commit changes create_new_bsn to use the encoder function and just care about the TBF related stuff. Since the rlc_data_to_dl_append function has been validated against the test cases being described in annex B of TS 44.060, this commit fixes an encoder bug which leads to broken LLC frames in a special case (see example B.2, the main header's E bit was erroneously set to 1 in that case). When this happens, the LLC frame will get discarded after reassembly, so that TCP will have to retransmit the lost packet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-12 16:02:49 +00:00
-- No space left, so we are done.
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=13
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=13)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 20, CS-1): 16 35 45 54 20 32 38 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 32 39
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 20)
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because 20 blocks sent.
tbf: Add check_polling/set_polling Currently the checks for and the actual polling is done in several places by copy & paste of several lines of code. This hinders changes of they polling is handled internally and also is likely source of programming mistakes. Separate this into a check_polling function, that checks whether polling is possible and returns the FN and the RRBP to be used in that case. Otherwise the cause is logged (LOGL_DEBUG) and a negative error value is returned. There are no other side effect beside the logging. If the call is successful, the set_polling method can be used to actually register the polling. Extend the encoder functions' parameters lists by an rrbp parameter. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-26 20:46:26 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW): Scheduling polling at FN 2654379 TS 7
Polling scheduled in this TS 7
tbf: Add logging for polling This commit adds the relevant frame number to the "poll timeout" logging message. In addition, logging is added to the places where poll_fn gets set. The goal is to track down the source for frequent "poll timeout" messages. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-24 11:30:39 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) Scheduled Ack/Nack polling on FN=2654379, TS=7
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 20, CS-1): 0f 00 28 16 35 45 54 20 32 38 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 32 39
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654366 block=6 data=08 00 28 16 35 45 54 20 32 38 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 32 39
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=0
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=1
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=2
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=3
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=5
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=6
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654370 block_nr=7 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==21)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 21, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 13 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=13
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=13)
-- Chunk with length 13 larger than space (6) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 21, CS-1): 37 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 33 30 4c 4c 43 20 50 41
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 21)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 21, CS-1): 07 00 2a 37 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 33 30 4c 4c 43 20 50 41
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654370 block=7 data=00 00 2a 37 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 33 30 4c 4c 43 20 50 41
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=0
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=1
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=2
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=3
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=5
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=6
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654374 block_nr=8 scheduling free USF for polling at FN=2654379 of TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==22)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 22, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 7 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=13
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=13)
-- Chunk with length 13 larger than space (12) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 22, CS-1): 1f 43 4b 45 54 20 33 31 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 33
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 22)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 22, CS-1): 07 00 2c 1f 43 4b 45 54 20 33 31 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 33
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654374 block=8 data=07 00 2c 1f 43 4b 45 54 20 33 31 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 33
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=0
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=1
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=2
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=3
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=5
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=6
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654379 block_nr=9 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==23)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 23, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 1 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=13
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=13)
-- Chunk with length 13 is less than remaining space (18): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=13
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=13)
-- Chunk with length 13 larger than space (4) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 23, CS-1): 06 37 32 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 33 33 4c 4c 43 20
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 23)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 23, CS-1): 07 00 2e 06 37 32 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 33 33 4c 4c 43 20
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654379 block=9 data=00 00 2e 06 37 32 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 33 33 4c 4c 43 20
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=0
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=1
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=2
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=3
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=5
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=6
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654383 block_nr=10 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==24)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 24, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 9 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=13
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=13)
-- Chunk with length 13 larger than space (10) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 24, CS-1): 27 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 33 34 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 24)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 24, CS-1): 07 00 30 27 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 33 34 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654383 block=10 data=00 00 30 27 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 33 34 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=0
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=1
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=2
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=3
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=5
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=6
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654387 block_nr=11 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==25)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 25, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 3 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=13
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=13)
-- Chunk with length 13 is less than remaining space (16): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=13
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=13)
-- Chunk with length 13 larger than space (2) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 25, CS-1): 0e 37 20 33 35 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 33 36 4c 4c
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 25)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 25, CS-1): 07 00 32 0e 37 20 33 35 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 33 36 4c 4c
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654387 block=11 data=00 00 32 0e 37 20 33 35 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 33 36 4c 4c
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=0
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=1
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=2
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=3
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=5
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=6
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654392 block_nr=0 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==26)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 26, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 11 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=13
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=13)
-- Chunk with length 13 larger than space (8) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 26, CS-1): 2f 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 33 37 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 26)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 26, CS-1): 07 00 34 2f 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 33 37 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654392 block=0 data=00 00 34 2f 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 33 37 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=0
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=1
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=2
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=3
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=5
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=6
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654396 block_nr=1 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==27)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 27, CS=CS-1
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 5 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=13
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=13)
-- Chunk with length 13 is less than remaining space (14): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
-- Final block, so we done.
edge: Use rlc_data_to_dl_append in create_new_bsn Currently TBF related tasks (status changes, counter updates, LLC dummy command insertion) as well as RLC data block generation are done within create_new_bsn. The data block creation part has already been copied to the stateless Encoding::rlc_data_to_dl_append function. This commit changes create_new_bsn to use the encoder function and just care about the TBF related stuff. Since the rlc_data_to_dl_append function has been validated against the test cases being described in annex B of TS 44.060, this commit fixes an encoder bug which leads to broken LLC frames in a special case (see example B.2, the main header's E bit was erroneously set to 1 in that case). When this happens, the LLC frame will get discarded after reassembly, so that TCP will have to retransmit the lost packet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-12 16:02:49 +00:00
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=13
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) changes state from FLOW to FINISHED
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 27, CS-1): 16 35 45 54 20 33 38 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 33 39
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 27)
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
tbf: Add check_polling/set_polling Currently the checks for and the actual polling is done in several places by copy & paste of several lines of code. This hinders changes of they polling is handled internally and also is likely source of programming mistakes. Separate this into a check_polling function, that checks whether polling is possible and returns the FN and the RRBP to be used in that case. Otherwise the cause is logged (LOGL_DEBUG) and a negative error value is returned. There are no other side effect beside the logging. If the call is successful, the set_polling method can be used to actually register the polling. Extend the encoder functions' parameters lists by an rrbp parameter. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-26 20:46:26 +00:00
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FINISHED)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 27, CS-1): 07 01 36 16 35 45 54 20 33 38 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 33 39
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654396 block=1 data=00 01 36 16 35 45 54 20 33 38 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 33 39
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FINISHED) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FINISHED) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FINISHED) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FINISHED) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FINISHED) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FINISHED) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FINISHED) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FINISHED) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FINISHED) append
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FINISHED) append
edge: Use GprsCodingScheme to adjust the UL RLC block size Currently the block size is mapped by a switch statement to strip extra bits that are not used for RLC blocks. That information is already available via the GprsCodingScheme class. This commit moves the CS/MCS detection to the rcv_block message and passes the cs object via rcv_block_gprs, where the length gets adjusted, to gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_data_block_acknowledged. There the switch statement is removed. Note that the TbfTest.err changes due to an additional log message. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-14 14:19:12 +00:00
Got RLC block, coding scheme: CS-1, length: 23 (23))
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ RX : Uplink Control Block +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- RX : Uplink Control Block -------------------------
RX: [PCU <- BTS] TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FINISHED) Packet Downlink Ack/Nack
tbf: Use bitvec based window methods for GPRS Currently the old fixed 64 bit RBB based implementation is used for GPRS. Use the new bitvec based methods instead. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-14 12:40:01 +00:00
Got GPRS DL ACK bitmap: SSN: 0, BSN 0 to 28 - 1 (28 blocks), "RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR"
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FINISHED) downlink acknowledge
edge: Call update_window even if FINAL_ACK_INDICATION is set The bitvec RBB is always valid, even when FINAL_ACK_INDICATION is set. This is done by the ack/nack decoder function which fake a bitmap starting with V(A) up to V(S)-1 in that case (see Decoding::handle_final_ack). Call gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::update_window unconditionally and only use is_final for logging and TBF state changes in gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::rcvd_dl_ack. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-15 12:38:31 +00:00
- ack: (BSN=0)"RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR"(BSN=27) R=ACK I=NACK
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FINISHED) DL analysis, range=0:28, lost=0, recv=28, skipped=0, bsn=0, info='RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR....................................'
- got ack for BSN=0
- got ack for BSN=1
- got ack for BSN=2
- got ack for BSN=3
- got ack for BSN=4
- got ack for BSN=5
- got ack for BSN=6
- got ack for BSN=7
- got ack for BSN=8
- got ack for BSN=9
- got ack for BSN=10
- got ack for BSN=11
- got ack for BSN=12
- got ack for BSN=13
- got ack for BSN=14
- got ack for BSN=15
- got ack for BSN=16
- got ack for BSN=17
- got ack for BSN=18
- got ack for BSN=19
- got ack for BSN=20
- got ack for BSN=21
- got ack for BSN=22
- got ack for BSN=23
- got ack for BSN=24
- got ack for BSN=25
- got ack for BSN=26
- got ack for BSN=27
- V(B): (V(A)=28)""(V(S)-1=27) A=Acked N=Nacked U=Unacked X=Resend-Unacked I=Invalid
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
- Final ACK received.
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FINISHED) changes state from FINISHED to WAIT RELEASE
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT RELEASE) starting timer 3193.
********** TBF starts here **********
edge: Enable EGPRS in downlink TBFs Currently GPRS is always used for downlink, which violates TS 44.060 (concurrent TBF must have the same mode). Enable EGPRS mode for downlink if the EGPRS MS class is != 0 and EGRPS has been enabled. Note that EGPRS Ack/Nack handling is not yet implemented, so enabling EGPRS will not work still. But we will now get EGPRS DL ACK/NACK messages now from the MS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-07 15:15:58 +00:00
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=1/0
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 1
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 4, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Assign downlink TS=7 TFI=1
PDCH(TS 7, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 2 TBFs, USFs = 01, TFIs = 00000003.
- Setting Control TS 7
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0xf1223344, TBF = TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
Allocated TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 80, dl_slots = 80
tbf: Refactor reuse_tbf into releasing and DL TBF establishment Currently reuse_tbf (partly) resets the old DL TBF and uses its PACCH to establish a new DL TBF. The method can not be used with UL TBFs. This commit replaces the reuse_tbf method into a gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf:release method which triggers the TBF's timer based deletion (so that the TFI is still reserved for some time) and a gprs_rlcmac_tbf::establish_dl_tbf_on_pacch which can establish DL TBFs on existing PACCHs of either DL or UL TBFs. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-09-01 09:20:29 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT RELEASE) Trigger downlink assignment on PACCH
ms: Store references to replaced TBFs in the MS object Currently when calling GprsMs::attach_tbf and a TBF of the same direction already exists, the old TBF gets detached from the MS object. Therefore that TBF object loses access to that MS object including for instance TLLI and IMSI. This leads to failing DL TBF reuses, since the downlink assigment cannot be sent on the PACCH later on because that must be sent on the old DL TBF which ms() is NULL and the new DL TBF cannot be retrieved. This commit fixes this bug by changing the GprsMs implementation to keep a list of replaced (old) TBFs. TBFs are only removed when they are being detached explicitely (see tbf_free and set_ms). Addresses: tbf.cpp:741 We have a schedule for downlink assignment at uplink TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf35a680e DIR=UL STATE=RELEASING), but there is no downlink TBF Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:24:02 +00:00
Send dowlink assignment on PACCH, because TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT RELEASE) exists
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) starting timer 0.
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654400 block_nr=2 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
ms: Store references to replaced TBFs in the MS object Currently when calling GprsMs::attach_tbf and a TBF of the same direction already exists, the old TBF gets detached from the MS object. Therefore that TBF object loses access to that MS object including for instance TLLI and IMSI. This leads to failing DL TBF reuses, since the downlink assigment cannot be sent on the PACCH later on because that must be sent on the old DL TBF which ms() is NULL and the new DL TBF cannot be retrieved. This commit fixes this bug by changing the GprsMs implementation to keep a list of replaced (old) TBFs. TBFs are only removed when they are being detached explicitely (see tbf_free and set_ms). Addresses: tbf.cpp:741 We have a schedule for downlink assignment at uplink TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf35a680e DIR=UL STATE=RELEASING), but there is no downlink TBF Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:24:02 +00:00
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) start Packet Downlink Assignment (PACCH)
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ TX : Packet Downlink Assignment +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- TX : Packet Downlink Assignment -------------------------
tbf: Add check_polling/set_polling Currently the checks for and the actual polling is done in several places by copy & paste of several lines of code. This hinders changes of they polling is handled internally and also is likely source of programming mistakes. Separate this into a check_polling function, that checks whether polling is possible and returns the FN and the RRBP to be used in that case. Otherwise the cause is logged (LOGL_DEBUG) and a negative error value is returned. There are no other side effect beside the logging. If the call is successful, the set_polling method can be used to actually register the polling. Extend the encoder functions' parameters lists by an rrbp parameter. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-26 20:46:26 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT RELEASE): Scheduling polling at FN 2654413 TS 7
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
tbf: Add and use tbf->poll_ts Currently tbf->control_ts is used to look up an incoming poll response. Since that may eventually change, poll timeouts could theoretically happen in that case. Store the real poll TS in tbf->poll_ts at all places where tbf->poll_fn is set. Do not use tbf->control_ts to look up outstanding polls. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-22 16:58:17 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT RELEASE) Scheduled DL Assignment polling on FN=2654413, TS=7
ms: Store references to replaced TBFs in the MS object Currently when calling GprsMs::attach_tbf and a TBF of the same direction already exists, the old TBF gets detached from the MS object. Therefore that TBF object loses access to that MS object including for instance TLLI and IMSI. This leads to failing DL TBF reuses, since the downlink assigment cannot be sent on the PACCH later on because that must be sent on the old DL TBF which ms() is NULL and the new DL TBF cannot be retrieved. This commit fixes this bug by changing the GprsMs implementation to keep a list of replaced (old) TBFs. TBFs are only removed when they are being detached explicitely (see tbf_free and set_ms). Addresses: tbf.cpp:741 We have a schedule for downlink assignment at uplink TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf35a680e DIR=UL STATE=RELEASING), but there is no downlink TBF Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:24:02 +00:00
Scheduling control message at RTS for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT RELEASE) (TRX=0, TS=7)
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654400 block=2 data=48 08 20 08 0c 72 00 02 18 00 80 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
edge: Use GprsCodingScheme to adjust the UL RLC block size Currently the block size is mapped by a switch statement to strip extra bits that are not used for RLC blocks. That information is already available via the GprsCodingScheme class. This commit moves the CS/MCS detection to the rcv_block message and passes the cs object via rcv_block_gprs, where the length gets adjusted, to gprs_rlcmac_pdch::rcv_data_block_acknowledged. There the switch statement is removed. Note that the TbfTest.err changes due to an additional log message. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-12-14 14:19:12 +00:00
Got RLC block, coding scheme: CS-1, length: 23 (23))
tbf/test: Add test_tbf_dl_reuse This tests the usage of an existing TBF that is no longer in FLOW state to request a new DL TBF via the old TBF's PACCH. The test triggers a bug that breaks the association between both TBF objects, resulting in packet loss and transmission stalling. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:04:39 +00:00
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ RX : Uplink Control Block +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- RX : Uplink Control Block -------------------------
ms: Store references to replaced TBFs in the MS object Currently when calling GprsMs::attach_tbf and a TBF of the same direction already exists, the old TBF gets detached from the MS object. Therefore that TBF object loses access to that MS object including for instance TLLI and IMSI. This leads to failing DL TBF reuses, since the downlink assigment cannot be sent on the PACCH later on because that must be sent on the old DL TBF which ms() is NULL and the new DL TBF cannot be retrieved. This commit fixes this bug by changing the GprsMs implementation to keep a list of replaced (old) TBFs. TBFs are only removed when they are being detached explicitely (see tbf_free and set_ms). Addresses: tbf.cpp:741 We have a schedule for downlink assignment at uplink TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf35a680e DIR=UL STATE=RELEASING), but there is no downlink TBF Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:24:02 +00:00
RX: [PCU <- BTS] TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT RELEASE) Packet Control Ack
TBF: [UPLINK] DOWNLINK ASSIGNED TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT RELEASE)
tbf: Add abort method for downlink TBF Currently the is a release() function which takes care of statistics and shutdown of properly finished TBFs, but which cannot be used for aborted TBFs. This commit add an abort() method which handles unacked RLC blocks as lost and doesn't start a release timer. This method will be invoked by tbf_free() for downlink TBF. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-21 19:42:40 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT RELEASE) changes state from WAIT RELEASE to RELEASING
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING) free
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING) stopping timer 3193.
PDCH(TS 7, TRX 0): Detaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING), 1 TBFs, USFs = 01, TFIs = 00000002.
Detaching TBF from MS object, TLLI = 0xf1223344, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING)
ms: Store references to replaced TBFs in the MS object Currently when calling GprsMs::attach_tbf and a TBF of the same direction already exists, the old TBF gets detached from the MS object. Therefore that TBF object loses access to that MS object including for instance TLLI and IMSI. This leads to failing DL TBF reuses, since the downlink assigment cannot be sent on the PACCH later on because that must be sent on the old DL TBF which ms() is NULL and the new DL TBF cannot be retrieved. This commit fixes this bug by changing the GprsMs implementation to keep a list of replaced (old) TBFs. TBFs are only removed when they are being detached explicitely (see tbf_free and set_ms). Addresses: tbf.cpp:741 We have a schedule for downlink assignment at uplink TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf35a680e DIR=UL STATE=RELEASING), but there is no downlink TBF Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:24:02 +00:00
********** TBF ends here **********
tbf: Add state WAIT_ASSIGN Currently the state on the TBF is set to ASSIGN when it is created and in general changed to FLOW when it is acknowledged by the MS. The moment when the assignment is really transmitted to the MS (which can take some time) is not reflected by the state. A TBF can considered to be valid, when the assignment is received by the MS. Add the state WAIT_ASSIGN that is entered when the assigment has been send to the MS (more precisely: when the corresponding RTS has been processed or the message has been sent to the BTS). The TBF, its PDCH(s), and its TFI can be assumed to be valid, when the TBF has a state of WAIT_ASSIGN or higher (assuming that the TBF starting time has not been set, which is currently only done for SBA, which are not associated with a TBF). Note that due to queuing in the BTS there can still be a invalid time period for immediate assignments, when the request is lingering in the AGCH or PCH queues. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-01 19:59:04 +00:00
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN) changes state from WAIT ASSIGN to FLOW
ms: Store references to replaced TBFs in the MS object Currently when calling GprsMs::attach_tbf and a TBF of the same direction already exists, the old TBF gets detached from the MS object. Therefore that TBF object loses access to that MS object including for instance TLLI and IMSI. This leads to failing DL TBF reuses, since the downlink assigment cannot be sent on the PACCH later on because that must be sent on the old DL TBF which ms() is NULL and the new DL TBF cannot be retrieved. This commit fixes this bug by changing the GprsMs implementation to keep a list of replaced (old) TBFs. TBFs are only removed when they are being detached explicitely (see tbf_free and set_ms). Addresses: tbf.cpp:741 We have a schedule for downlink assignment at uplink TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf35a680e DIR=UL STATE=RELEASING), but there is no downlink TBF Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:24:02 +00:00
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) stopping timer 0.
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=0
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=1
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=2
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=3
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=5
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=6
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654405 block_nr=3 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=1 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=3
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==0)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 0, CS=CS-1
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=21)
ms: Store references to replaced TBFs in the MS object Currently when calling GprsMs::attach_tbf and a TBF of the same direction already exists, the old TBF gets detached from the MS object. Therefore that TBF object loses access to that MS object including for instance TLLI and IMSI. This leads to failing DL TBF reuses, since the downlink assigment cannot be sent on the PACCH later on because that must be sent on the old DL TBF which ms() is NULL and the new DL TBF cannot be retrieved. This commit fixes this bug by changing the GprsMs implementation to keep a list of replaced (old) TBFs. TBFs are only removed when they are being detached explicitely (see tbf_free and set_ms). Addresses: tbf.cpp:741 We have a schedule for downlink assignment at uplink TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf35a680e DIR=UL STATE=RELEASING), but there is no downlink TBF Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:24:02 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 21 larger than space (20) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 0, CS-1): 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30 30 20 28 54 42 46 20 32
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 0)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 0, CS-1): 07 02 01 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30 30 20 28 54 42 46 20 32
ms: Store references to replaced TBFs in the MS object Currently when calling GprsMs::attach_tbf and a TBF of the same direction already exists, the old TBF gets detached from the MS object. Therefore that TBF object loses access to that MS object including for instance TLLI and IMSI. This leads to failing DL TBF reuses, since the downlink assigment cannot be sent on the PACCH later on because that must be sent on the old DL TBF which ms() is NULL and the new DL TBF cannot be retrieved. This commit fixes this bug by changing the GprsMs implementation to keep a list of replaced (old) TBFs. TBFs are only removed when they are being detached explicitely (see tbf_free and set_ms). Addresses: tbf.cpp:741 We have a schedule for downlink assignment at uplink TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf35a680e DIR=UL STATE=RELEASING), but there is no downlink TBF Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:24:02 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654405 block=3 data=00 02 01 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30 30 20 28 54 42 46 20 32
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=0
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=1
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=2
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=3
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=5
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=6
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654409 block_nr=4 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=1 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=3
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==1)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 1, CS=CS-1
ms: Store references to replaced TBFs in the MS object Currently when calling GprsMs::attach_tbf and a TBF of the same direction already exists, the old TBF gets detached from the MS object. Therefore that TBF object loses access to that MS object including for instance TLLI and IMSI. This leads to failing DL TBF reuses, since the downlink assigment cannot be sent on the PACCH later on because that must be sent on the old DL TBF which ms() is NULL and the new DL TBF cannot be retrieved. This commit fixes this bug by changing the GprsMs implementation to keep a list of replaced (old) TBFs. TBFs are only removed when they are being detached explicitely (see tbf_free and set_ms). Addresses: tbf.cpp:741 We have a schedule for downlink assignment at uplink TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf35a680e DIR=UL STATE=RELEASING), but there is no downlink TBF Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:24:02 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 1 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=21
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=21)
-- Chunk with length 21 larger than space (18) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 1, CS-1): 07 29 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30 31 20 28 54 42 46
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 1)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 1, CS-1): 07 02 02 07 29 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30 31 20 28 54 42 46
ms: Store references to replaced TBFs in the MS object Currently when calling GprsMs::attach_tbf and a TBF of the same direction already exists, the old TBF gets detached from the MS object. Therefore that TBF object loses access to that MS object including for instance TLLI and IMSI. This leads to failing DL TBF reuses, since the downlink assigment cannot be sent on the PACCH later on because that must be sent on the old DL TBF which ms() is NULL and the new DL TBF cannot be retrieved. This commit fixes this bug by changing the GprsMs implementation to keep a list of replaced (old) TBFs. TBFs are only removed when they are being detached explicitely (see tbf_free and set_ms). Addresses: tbf.cpp:741 We have a schedule for downlink assignment at uplink TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf35a680e DIR=UL STATE=RELEASING), but there is no downlink TBF Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:24:02 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654409 block=4 data=00 02 02 07 29 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30 31 20 28 54 42 46
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=0
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=1
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=2
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=3
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=5
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=6
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654413 block_nr=5 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=1 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=3
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==2)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 2, CS=CS-1
ms: Store references to replaced TBFs in the MS object Currently when calling GprsMs::attach_tbf and a TBF of the same direction already exists, the old TBF gets detached from the MS object. Therefore that TBF object loses access to that MS object including for instance TLLI and IMSI. This leads to failing DL TBF reuses, since the downlink assigment cannot be sent on the PACCH later on because that must be sent on the old DL TBF which ms() is NULL and the new DL TBF cannot be retrieved. This commit fixes this bug by changing the GprsMs implementation to keep a list of replaced (old) TBFs. TBFs are only removed when they are being detached explicitely (see tbf_free and set_ms). Addresses: tbf.cpp:741 We have a schedule for downlink assignment at uplink TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf35a680e DIR=UL STATE=RELEASING), but there is no downlink TBF Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:24:02 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 3 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=21
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=21)
-- Chunk with length 21 larger than space (16) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 2, CS-1): 0f 20 32 29 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30 32 20 28 54
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 2)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 2, CS-1): 07 02 04 0f 20 32 29 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30 32 20 28 54
ms: Store references to replaced TBFs in the MS object Currently when calling GprsMs::attach_tbf and a TBF of the same direction already exists, the old TBF gets detached from the MS object. Therefore that TBF object loses access to that MS object including for instance TLLI and IMSI. This leads to failing DL TBF reuses, since the downlink assigment cannot be sent on the PACCH later on because that must be sent on the old DL TBF which ms() is NULL and the new DL TBF cannot be retrieved. This commit fixes this bug by changing the GprsMs implementation to keep a list of replaced (old) TBFs. TBFs are only removed when they are being detached explicitely (see tbf_free and set_ms). Addresses: tbf.cpp:741 We have a schedule for downlink assignment at uplink TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf35a680e DIR=UL STATE=RELEASING), but there is no downlink TBF Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:24:02 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654413 block=5 data=00 02 04 0f 20 32 29 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30 32 20 28 54
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=0
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=1
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=2
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=3
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=5
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=6
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654418 block_nr=6 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=1 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=3
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==3)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 3, CS=CS-1
ms: Store references to replaced TBFs in the MS object Currently when calling GprsMs::attach_tbf and a TBF of the same direction already exists, the old TBF gets detached from the MS object. Therefore that TBF object loses access to that MS object including for instance TLLI and IMSI. This leads to failing DL TBF reuses, since the downlink assigment cannot be sent on the PACCH later on because that must be sent on the old DL TBF which ms() is NULL and the new DL TBF cannot be retrieved. This commit fixes this bug by changing the GprsMs implementation to keep a list of replaced (old) TBFs. TBFs are only removed when they are being detached explicitely (see tbf_free and set_ms). Addresses: tbf.cpp:741 We have a schedule for downlink assignment at uplink TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf35a680e DIR=UL STATE=RELEASING), but there is no downlink TBF Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:24:02 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 5 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=21
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=21)
-- Chunk with length 21 larger than space (14) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 3, CS-1): 17 42 46 20 32 29 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30 33 20
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 3)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 3, CS-1): 07 02 06 17 42 46 20 32 29 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30 33 20
ms: Store references to replaced TBFs in the MS object Currently when calling GprsMs::attach_tbf and a TBF of the same direction already exists, the old TBF gets detached from the MS object. Therefore that TBF object loses access to that MS object including for instance TLLI and IMSI. This leads to failing DL TBF reuses, since the downlink assigment cannot be sent on the PACCH later on because that must be sent on the old DL TBF which ms() is NULL and the new DL TBF cannot be retrieved. This commit fixes this bug by changing the GprsMs implementation to keep a list of replaced (old) TBFs. TBFs are only removed when they are being detached explicitely (see tbf_free and set_ms). Addresses: tbf.cpp:741 We have a schedule for downlink assignment at uplink TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf35a680e DIR=UL STATE=RELEASING), but there is no downlink TBF Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:24:02 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654418 block=6 data=00 02 06 17 42 46 20 32 29 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30 33 20
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=0
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=1
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=2
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=3
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=5
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=6
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654422 block_nr=7 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=1 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=3
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==4)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 4, CS=CS-1
ms: Store references to replaced TBFs in the MS object Currently when calling GprsMs::attach_tbf and a TBF of the same direction already exists, the old TBF gets detached from the MS object. Therefore that TBF object loses access to that MS object including for instance TLLI and IMSI. This leads to failing DL TBF reuses, since the downlink assigment cannot be sent on the PACCH later on because that must be sent on the old DL TBF which ms() is NULL and the new DL TBF cannot be retrieved. This commit fixes this bug by changing the GprsMs implementation to keep a list of replaced (old) TBFs. TBFs are only removed when they are being detached explicitely (see tbf_free and set_ms). Addresses: tbf.cpp:741 We have a schedule for downlink assignment at uplink TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf35a680e DIR=UL STATE=RELEASING), but there is no downlink TBF Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:24:02 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 7 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=21
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=21)
-- Chunk with length 21 larger than space (12) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 4, CS-1): 1f 28 54 42 46 20 32 29 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 4)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 4, CS-1): 07 02 08 1f 28 54 42 46 20 32 29 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30
ms: Store references to replaced TBFs in the MS object Currently when calling GprsMs::attach_tbf and a TBF of the same direction already exists, the old TBF gets detached from the MS object. Therefore that TBF object loses access to that MS object including for instance TLLI and IMSI. This leads to failing DL TBF reuses, since the downlink assigment cannot be sent on the PACCH later on because that must be sent on the old DL TBF which ms() is NULL and the new DL TBF cannot be retrieved. This commit fixes this bug by changing the GprsMs implementation to keep a list of replaced (old) TBFs. TBFs are only removed when they are being detached explicitely (see tbf_free and set_ms). Addresses: tbf.cpp:741 We have a schedule for downlink assignment at uplink TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf35a680e DIR=UL STATE=RELEASING), but there is no downlink TBF Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:24:02 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654422 block=7 data=00 02 08 1f 28 54 42 46 20 32 29 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=0
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=1
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=2
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=3
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=5
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=6
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654426 block_nr=8 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=1 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=3
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==5)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 5, CS=CS-1
ms: Store references to replaced TBFs in the MS object Currently when calling GprsMs::attach_tbf and a TBF of the same direction already exists, the old TBF gets detached from the MS object. Therefore that TBF object loses access to that MS object including for instance TLLI and IMSI. This leads to failing DL TBF reuses, since the downlink assigment cannot be sent on the PACCH later on because that must be sent on the old DL TBF which ms() is NULL and the new DL TBF cannot be retrieved. This commit fixes this bug by changing the GprsMs implementation to keep a list of replaced (old) TBFs. TBFs are only removed when they are being detached explicitely (see tbf_free and set_ms). Addresses: tbf.cpp:741 We have a schedule for downlink assignment at uplink TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf35a680e DIR=UL STATE=RELEASING), but there is no downlink TBF Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:24:02 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 9 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=21
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=21)
-- Chunk with length 21 larger than space (10) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 5, CS-1): 27 34 20 28 54 42 46 20 32 29 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 5)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 5, CS-1): 07 02 0a 27 34 20 28 54 42 46 20 32 29 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54
ms: Store references to replaced TBFs in the MS object Currently when calling GprsMs::attach_tbf and a TBF of the same direction already exists, the old TBF gets detached from the MS object. Therefore that TBF object loses access to that MS object including for instance TLLI and IMSI. This leads to failing DL TBF reuses, since the downlink assigment cannot be sent on the PACCH later on because that must be sent on the old DL TBF which ms() is NULL and the new DL TBF cannot be retrieved. This commit fixes this bug by changing the GprsMs implementation to keep a list of replaced (old) TBFs. TBFs are only removed when they are being detached explicitely (see tbf_free and set_ms). Addresses: tbf.cpp:741 We have a schedule for downlink assignment at uplink TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf35a680e DIR=UL STATE=RELEASING), but there is no downlink TBF Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:24:02 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654426 block=8 data=00 02 0a 27 34 20 28 54 42 46 20 32 29 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=0
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=1
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=2
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=3
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=5
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=6
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654431 block_nr=9 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=1 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=3
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==6)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 6, CS=CS-1
ms: Store references to replaced TBFs in the MS object Currently when calling GprsMs::attach_tbf and a TBF of the same direction already exists, the old TBF gets detached from the MS object. Therefore that TBF object loses access to that MS object including for instance TLLI and IMSI. This leads to failing DL TBF reuses, since the downlink assigment cannot be sent on the PACCH later on because that must be sent on the old DL TBF which ms() is NULL and the new DL TBF cannot be retrieved. This commit fixes this bug by changing the GprsMs implementation to keep a list of replaced (old) TBFs. TBFs are only removed when they are being detached explicitely (see tbf_free and set_ms). Addresses: tbf.cpp:741 We have a schedule for downlink assignment at uplink TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf35a680e DIR=UL STATE=RELEASING), but there is no downlink TBF Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:24:02 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 11 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=21
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=21)
-- Chunk with length 21 larger than space (8) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 6, CS-1): 2f 20 30 35 20 28 54 42 46 20 32 29 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 6)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 6, CS-1): 07 02 0c 2f 20 30 35 20 28 54 42 46 20 32 29 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b
ms: Store references to replaced TBFs in the MS object Currently when calling GprsMs::attach_tbf and a TBF of the same direction already exists, the old TBF gets detached from the MS object. Therefore that TBF object loses access to that MS object including for instance TLLI and IMSI. This leads to failing DL TBF reuses, since the downlink assigment cannot be sent on the PACCH later on because that must be sent on the old DL TBF which ms() is NULL and the new DL TBF cannot be retrieved. This commit fixes this bug by changing the GprsMs implementation to keep a list of replaced (old) TBFs. TBFs are only removed when they are being detached explicitely (see tbf_free and set_ms). Addresses: tbf.cpp:741 We have a schedule for downlink assignment at uplink TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf35a680e DIR=UL STATE=RELEASING), but there is no downlink TBF Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:24:02 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654431 block=9 data=00 02 0c 2f 20 30 35 20 28 54 42 46 20 32 29 4c 4c 43 20 50 41 43 4b
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=0
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=1
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=2
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=3
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=5
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=6
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654435 block_nr=10 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=1 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=3
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==7)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 7, CS=CS-1
ms: Store references to replaced TBFs in the MS object Currently when calling GprsMs::attach_tbf and a TBF of the same direction already exists, the old TBF gets detached from the MS object. Therefore that TBF object loses access to that MS object including for instance TLLI and IMSI. This leads to failing DL TBF reuses, since the downlink assigment cannot be sent on the PACCH later on because that must be sent on the old DL TBF which ms() is NULL and the new DL TBF cannot be retrieved. This commit fixes this bug by changing the GprsMs implementation to keep a list of replaced (old) TBFs. TBFs are only removed when they are being detached explicitely (see tbf_free and set_ms). Addresses: tbf.cpp:741 We have a schedule for downlink assignment at uplink TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf35a680e DIR=UL STATE=RELEASING), but there is no downlink TBF Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:24:02 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 13 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=21
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=21)
-- Chunk with length 21 larger than space (6) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 7, CS-1): 37 45 54 20 30 36 20 28 54 42 46 20 32 29 4c 4c 43 20 50 41
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 7)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 7, CS-1): 07 02 0e 37 45 54 20 30 36 20 28 54 42 46 20 32 29 4c 4c 43 20 50 41
ms: Store references to replaced TBFs in the MS object Currently when calling GprsMs::attach_tbf and a TBF of the same direction already exists, the old TBF gets detached from the MS object. Therefore that TBF object loses access to that MS object including for instance TLLI and IMSI. This leads to failing DL TBF reuses, since the downlink assigment cannot be sent on the PACCH later on because that must be sent on the old DL TBF which ms() is NULL and the new DL TBF cannot be retrieved. This commit fixes this bug by changing the GprsMs implementation to keep a list of replaced (old) TBFs. TBFs are only removed when they are being detached explicitely (see tbf_free and set_ms). Addresses: tbf.cpp:741 We have a schedule for downlink assignment at uplink TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf35a680e DIR=UL STATE=RELEASING), but there is no downlink TBF Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:24:02 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654435 block=10 data=00 02 0e 37 45 54 20 30 36 20 28 54 42 46 20 32 29 4c 4c 43 20 50 41
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=0
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=1
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=2
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=3
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=5
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=6
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654439 block_nr=11 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=1 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=3
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==8)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 8, CS=CS-1
ms: Store references to replaced TBFs in the MS object Currently when calling GprsMs::attach_tbf and a TBF of the same direction already exists, the old TBF gets detached from the MS object. Therefore that TBF object loses access to that MS object including for instance TLLI and IMSI. This leads to failing DL TBF reuses, since the downlink assigment cannot be sent on the PACCH later on because that must be sent on the old DL TBF which ms() is NULL and the new DL TBF cannot be retrieved. This commit fixes this bug by changing the GprsMs implementation to keep a list of replaced (old) TBFs. TBFs are only removed when they are being detached explicitely (see tbf_free and set_ms). Addresses: tbf.cpp:741 We have a schedule for downlink assignment at uplink TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf35a680e DIR=UL STATE=RELEASING), but there is no downlink TBF Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:24:02 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 15 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=21
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=21)
-- Chunk with length 21 larger than space (4) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 8, CS-1): 3f 43 4b 45 54 20 30 37 20 28 54 42 46 20 32 29 4c 4c 43 20
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 8)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 8, CS-1): 07 02 10 3f 43 4b 45 54 20 30 37 20 28 54 42 46 20 32 29 4c 4c 43 20
ms: Store references to replaced TBFs in the MS object Currently when calling GprsMs::attach_tbf and a TBF of the same direction already exists, the old TBF gets detached from the MS object. Therefore that TBF object loses access to that MS object including for instance TLLI and IMSI. This leads to failing DL TBF reuses, since the downlink assigment cannot be sent on the PACCH later on because that must be sent on the old DL TBF which ms() is NULL and the new DL TBF cannot be retrieved. This commit fixes this bug by changing the GprsMs implementation to keep a list of replaced (old) TBFs. TBFs are only removed when they are being detached explicitely (see tbf_free and set_ms). Addresses: tbf.cpp:741 We have a schedule for downlink assignment at uplink TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf35a680e DIR=UL STATE=RELEASING), but there is no downlink TBF Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:24:02 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654439 block=11 data=00 02 10 3f 43 4b 45 54 20 30 37 20 28 54 42 46 20 32 29 4c 4c 43 20
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=0
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=1
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=2
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=3
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=5
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=6
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654444 block_nr=0 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=1 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=3
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==9)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 9, CS=CS-1
ms: Store references to replaced TBFs in the MS object Currently when calling GprsMs::attach_tbf and a TBF of the same direction already exists, the old TBF gets detached from the MS object. Therefore that TBF object loses access to that MS object including for instance TLLI and IMSI. This leads to failing DL TBF reuses, since the downlink assigment cannot be sent on the PACCH later on because that must be sent on the old DL TBF which ms() is NULL and the new DL TBF cannot be retrieved. This commit fixes this bug by changing the GprsMs implementation to keep a list of replaced (old) TBFs. TBFs are only removed when they are being detached explicitely (see tbf_free and set_ms). Addresses: tbf.cpp:741 We have a schedule for downlink assignment at uplink TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf35a680e DIR=UL STATE=RELEASING), but there is no downlink TBF Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:24:02 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 17 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=21
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) (len=21)
-- Chunk with length 21 larger than space (2) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 9, CS-1): 47 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30 38 20 28 54 42 46 20 32 29 4c 4c
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 9)
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 9, CS-1): 07 02 12 47 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30 38 20 28 54 42 46 20 32 29 4c 4c
ms: Store references to replaced TBFs in the MS object Currently when calling GprsMs::attach_tbf and a TBF of the same direction already exists, the old TBF gets detached from the MS object. Therefore that TBF object loses access to that MS object including for instance TLLI and IMSI. This leads to failing DL TBF reuses, since the downlink assigment cannot be sent on the PACCH later on because that must be sent on the old DL TBF which ms() is NULL and the new DL TBF cannot be retrieved. This commit fixes this bug by changing the GprsMs implementation to keep a list of replaced (old) TBFs. TBFs are only removed when they are being detached explicitely (see tbf_free and set_ms). Addresses: tbf.cpp:741 We have a schedule for downlink assignment at uplink TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf35a680e DIR=UL STATE=RELEASING), but there is no downlink TBF Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:24:02 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654444 block=0 data=00 02 12 47 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30 38 20 28 54 42 46 20 32 29 4c 4c
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=0
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=1
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=2
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=3
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=5
Received RTS on disabled PDCH: TRX=0 TS=6
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=7 FN=2654448 block_nr=1 scheduling USF=0 for required uplink resource of UL TFI=0
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=1 (TRX=0, TS=7) prio=3
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==10)
edge: Replace integer cs by GprsCodingScheme Currently the TBF and MS object use a plain integer value (current_cs) to manage the coding scheme. This makes it difficult to support the MCS schemes. GprsCodingScheme supports a partial ordering of these values (CS and MCS) and provides safe increment and decrement methods. Use the GprsCodingScheme type instead of integer for cs fields and variables. Add a 'mode' to GprsMs which can be set to either GPRS, EGPRS, or EGPRS_GMSK which also set the initial values of current_cs_ul/dl. Select the mode based on max_mcs_ul and max_mcs_dl. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-05 14:33:03 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 10, CS=CS-1
ms: Store references to replaced TBFs in the MS object Currently when calling GprsMs::attach_tbf and a TBF of the same direction already exists, the old TBF gets detached from the MS object. Therefore that TBF object loses access to that MS object including for instance TLLI and IMSI. This leads to failing DL TBF reuses, since the downlink assigment cannot be sent on the PACCH later on because that must be sent on the old DL TBF which ms() is NULL and the new DL TBF cannot be retrieved. This commit fixes this bug by changing the GprsMs implementation to keep a list of replaced (old) TBFs. TBFs are only removed when they are being detached explicitely (see tbf_free and set_ms). Addresses: tbf.cpp:741 We have a schedule for downlink assignment at uplink TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf35a680e DIR=UL STATE=RELEASING), but there is no downlink TBF Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:24:02 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 19 is less than remaining space (20): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
-- Final block, so we done.
edge: Use rlc_data_to_dl_append in create_new_bsn Currently TBF related tasks (status changes, counter updates, LLC dummy command insertion) as well as RLC data block generation are done within create_new_bsn. The data block creation part has already been copied to the stateless Encoding::rlc_data_to_dl_append function. This commit changes create_new_bsn to use the encoder function and just care about the TBF related stuff. Since the rlc_data_to_dl_append function has been validated against the test cases being described in annex B of TS 44.060, this commit fixes an encoder bug which leads to broken LLC frames in a special case (see example B.2, the main header's E bit was erroneously set to 1 in that case). When this happens, the LLC frame will get discarded after reassembly, so that TCP will have to retransmit the lost packet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-12 16:02:49 +00:00
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW)len=21
ms: Store references to replaced TBFs in the MS object Currently when calling GprsMs::attach_tbf and a TBF of the same direction already exists, the old TBF gets detached from the MS object. Therefore that TBF object loses access to that MS object including for instance TLLI and IMSI. This leads to failing DL TBF reuses, since the downlink assigment cannot be sent on the PACCH later on because that must be sent on the old DL TBF which ms() is NULL and the new DL TBF cannot be retrieved. This commit fixes this bug by changing the GprsMs implementation to keep a list of replaced (old) TBFs. TBFs are only removed when they are being detached explicitely (see tbf_free and set_ms). Addresses: tbf.cpp:741 We have a schedule for downlink assignment at uplink TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf35a680e DIR=UL STATE=RELEASING), but there is no downlink TBF Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:24:02 +00:00
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FLOW) changes state from FLOW to FINISHED
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
data block (BSN 10, CS-1): 4d 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30 39 20 28 54 42 46 20 32 29
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 10)
ms: Store references to replaced TBFs in the MS object Currently when calling GprsMs::attach_tbf and a TBF of the same direction already exists, the old TBF gets detached from the MS object. Therefore that TBF object loses access to that MS object including for instance TLLI and IMSI. This leads to failing DL TBF reuses, since the downlink assigment cannot be sent on the PACCH later on because that must be sent on the old DL TBF which ms() is NULL and the new DL TBF cannot be retrieved. This commit fixes this bug by changing the GprsMs implementation to keep a list of replaced (old) TBFs. TBFs are only removed when they are being detached explicitely (see tbf_free and set_ms). Addresses: tbf.cpp:741 We have a schedule for downlink assignment at uplink TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf35a680e DIR=UL STATE=RELEASING), but there is no downlink TBF Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:24:02 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
tbf: Add check_polling/set_polling Currently the checks for and the actual polling is done in several places by copy & paste of several lines of code. This hinders changes of they polling is handled internally and also is likely source of programming mistakes. Separate this into a check_polling function, that checks whether polling is possible and returns the FN and the RRBP to be used in that case. Otherwise the cause is logged (LOGL_DEBUG) and a negative error value is returned. There are no other side effect beside the logging. If the call is successful, the set_polling method can be used to actually register the polling. Extend the encoder functions' parameters lists by an rrbp parameter. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-26 20:46:26 +00:00
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FINISHED): Scheduling polling at FN 2654461 TS 7
Polling scheduled in this TS 7
ms: Store references to replaced TBFs in the MS object Currently when calling GprsMs::attach_tbf and a TBF of the same direction already exists, the old TBF gets detached from the MS object. Therefore that TBF object loses access to that MS object including for instance TLLI and IMSI. This leads to failing DL TBF reuses, since the downlink assigment cannot be sent on the PACCH later on because that must be sent on the old DL TBF which ms() is NULL and the new DL TBF cannot be retrieved. This commit fixes this bug by changing the GprsMs implementation to keep a list of replaced (old) TBFs. TBFs are only removed when they are being detached explicitely (see tbf_free and set_ms). Addresses: tbf.cpp:741 We have a schedule for downlink assignment at uplink TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf35a680e DIR=UL STATE=RELEASING), but there is no downlink TBF Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:24:02 +00:00
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FINISHED) starting timer 3191.
tbf: Add logging for polling This commit adds the relevant frame number to the "poll timeout" logging message. In addition, logging is added to the places where poll_fn gets set. The goal is to track down the source for frequent "poll timeout" messages. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-24 11:30:39 +00:00
TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=FINISHED) Scheduled Ack/Nack polling on FN=2654461, TS=7
edge: Use RLC data block encoding functions This commit removes the use of struct rlc_dl_header from gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_dl_acked_block and gprs_rlcmac_dl_tbf::create_new_bsn. Instead of patching the data area directly, the RLC block encoding functions are used. Note that the data unit encoding is still hard-coded to GPRS in create_new_bsn, so using MCS 1-4 (albeit being supported by the encoder) will not work yet. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-11 15:15:45 +00:00
msg block (BSN 10, CS-1): 0f 03 14 4d 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30 39 20 28 54 42 46 20 32 29
ms: Store references to replaced TBFs in the MS object Currently when calling GprsMs::attach_tbf and a TBF of the same direction already exists, the old TBF gets detached from the MS object. Therefore that TBF object loses access to that MS object including for instance TLLI and IMSI. This leads to failing DL TBF reuses, since the downlink assigment cannot be sent on the PACCH later on because that must be sent on the old DL TBF which ms() is NULL and the new DL TBF cannot be retrieved. This commit fixes this bug by changing the GprsMs implementation to keep a list of replaced (old) TBFs. TBFs are only removed when they are being detached explicitely (see tbf_free and set_ms). Addresses: tbf.cpp:741 We have a schedule for downlink assignment at uplink TBF(TFI=1 TLLI=0xf35a680e DIR=UL STATE=RELEASING), but there is no downlink TBF Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2015-08-21 13:24:02 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654448 block=1 data=08 03 14 4d 43 20 50 41 43 4b 45 54 20 30 39 20 28 54 42 46 20 32 29
edge: Disable GPRS/EGPRS mixed mode Currently the plain 'egprs' command enables EGPRS but doesn't prevent phones from being served in GPRS mode if they do not support EGPRS. This involves complex frame allocation implementations in dynamic mode, especially if 8PSK is being used. This is due to the inability of non-EGPRS phone to decode 8PSK USF and ES/P altogether. Since polling has a higher priority than USF, collisions will have to be prevented by the PCU by never using an GPRS USF if it refers to a FN that is already being used for polling. This commit just disables mixed usage by ignoring GPRS-only request if EGPRS is enabled. The following VTY command (config-pcu node) is changed: egprs -> egprs only Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-19 09:44:42 +00:00
Not accepting non-EGPRS phone in EGPRS-only mode
No PDCH resource
edge: Make window size configurable Currently the window size is fixed to 64 even for EGPRS. Support dynamic window sizes depending on the number of PDCH. The WS can be set to b + f * N_PDCH. If the result is not valid according to TS 44.060, Table 9.1.9.2.1, the value will be corrected to use the next lower valid value (or 64). The following VTY commands are added (config-pcu node): window-size <0-1024> set base (b) value and leave f unchanged window-size <0-1024> <0-256> set base (b) and factor (f) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-19 14:53:30 +00:00
********** TBF starts here **********
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=12/0
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 12
Searching for first unallocated TFI: TRX=0
Found TFI=0.
Slot Allocation (Algorithm B) for class 12
- Rx=4 Tx=4 Sum Rx+Tx=5 Tta=2 Ttb=1 Tra=2 Trb=1 Type=1
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
- Possible DL/UL slots: (TS=0)"..CCCC.."(TS=7)
- Selected DL slots: (TS=0)"..DDDD.."(TS=7)
Using 4 slots for DL
- Reserved DL/UL slots: (TS=0)"..DDCD.."(TS=7)
- Assigning DL TS 2
PDCH(TS 2, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 1 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000001.
- Assigning DL TS 3
PDCH(TS 3, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 1 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000001.
- Assigning DL TS 4
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 1 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000001.
- Assigning DL TS 5
PDCH(TS 5, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL), 1 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000001.
- Setting Control TS 4
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL)
Allocated TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 3c
DL TBF slots: 0x3c, N: 4, WS: 64
tbf: Add abort method for downlink TBF Currently the is a release() function which takes care of statistics and shutdown of properly finished TBFs, but which cannot be used for aborted TBFs. This commit add an abort() method which handles unacked RLC blocks as lost and doesn't start a release timer. This method will be invoked by tbf_free() for downlink TBF. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-21 19:42:40 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL) changes state from NULL to RELEASING
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING) free
PDCH(TS 2, TRX 0): Detaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING), 0 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000000.
PDCH(TS 3, TRX 0): Detaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING), 0 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000000.
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Detaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING), 0 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000000.
PDCH(TS 5, TRX 0): Detaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING), 0 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000000.
Detaching TBF from MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING)
edge: Make window size configurable Currently the window size is fixed to 64 even for EGPRS. Support dynamic window sizes depending on the number of PDCH. The WS can be set to b + f * N_PDCH. If the result is not valid according to TS 44.060, Table 9.1.9.2.1, the value will be corrected to use the next lower valid value (or 64). The following VTY commands are added (config-pcu node): window-size <0-1024> set base (b) value and leave f unchanged window-size <0-1024> <0-256> set base (b) and factor (f) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-19 14:53:30 +00:00
Destroying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
********** TBF ends here **********
********** TBF starts here **********
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=12/12
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 12
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, EGPRS MS class 0 -> 12
Enabled EGPRS for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS), mode EGPRS
Searching for first unallocated TFI: TRX=0
Found TFI=0.
Slot Allocation (Algorithm B) for class 12
- Rx=4 Tx=4 Sum Rx+Tx=5 Tta=2 Ttb=1 Tra=2 Trb=1 Type=1
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
- Possible DL/UL slots: (TS=0)"..CCCC.."(TS=7)
- Selected DL slots: (TS=0)"..DDDD.."(TS=7)
Using 4 slots for DL
- Reserved DL/UL slots: (TS=0)"..DDCD.."(TS=7)
- Assigning DL TS 2
PDCH(TS 2, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS), 1 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000001.
- Assigning DL TS 3
PDCH(TS 3, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS), 1 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000001.
- Assigning DL TS 4
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS), 1 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000001.
- Assigning DL TS 5
PDCH(TS 5, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS), 1 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000001.
- Setting Control TS 4
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS)
Allocated TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 3c
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS): Setting EGPRS window size to 384
DL TBF slots: 0x3c, N: 4, WS: 384
tbf: Add abort method for downlink TBF Currently the is a release() function which takes care of statistics and shutdown of properly finished TBFs, but which cannot be used for aborted TBFs. This commit add an abort() method which handles unacked RLC blocks as lost and doesn't start a release timer. This method will be invoked by tbf_free() for downlink TBF. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-21 19:42:40 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS) changes state from NULL to RELEASING
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS) free
PDCH(TS 2, TRX 0): Detaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS), 0 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000000.
PDCH(TS 3, TRX 0): Detaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS), 0 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000000.
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Detaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS), 0 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000000.
PDCH(TS 5, TRX 0): Detaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS), 0 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000000.
Detaching TBF from MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS)
edge: Make window size configurable Currently the window size is fixed to 64 even for EGPRS. Support dynamic window sizes depending on the number of PDCH. The WS can be set to b + f * N_PDCH. If the result is not valid according to TS 44.060, Table 9.1.9.2.1, the value will be corrected to use the next lower valid value (or 64). The following VTY commands are added (config-pcu node): window-size <0-1024> set base (b) value and leave f unchanged window-size <0-1024> <0-256> set base (b) and factor (f) Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-01-19 14:53:30 +00:00
Destroying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
********** TBF ends here **********
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654218 block=8 data=47 94 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
MS requests UL TBF on RACH, so we provide one:
MS requests single block allocation
RX: [PCU <- BTS] RACH qbit-ta=31 ra=0x73, Fn=2654167 (17,25,9), SBFn=2654270
TX: Immediate Assignment Uplink (AGCH)
- TRX=0 (0) TS=7 TA=7 TSC=0 TFI=-1 USF=7
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=0 sapi=2 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=2d 06 3f 10 0f 00 00 73 8b 29 07 00 c0 0c 5a 43 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
Searching for first unallocated TFI: TRX=0
Found TFI=0.
Got RLC block, coding scheme: CS-1, length: 23 (23))
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ RX : Uplink Control Block +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- RX : Uplink Control Block -------------------------
MS requests UL TBF in packet resource request of single block, so we provide one:
MS supports EGPRS multislot class 1.
********** TBF starts here **********
Allocating UL TBF: MS_CLASS=1/1
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 1
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, EGPRS MS class 0 -> 1
Enabled EGPRS for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=NULL EGPRS), mode EGPRS
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 1
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 4, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Assign uplink TS=7 TFI=0 USF=0
PDCH(TS 7, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=NULL EGPRS), 1 TBFs, USFs = 01, TFIs = 00000001.
- Setting Control TS 7
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=NULL EGPRS)
Allocated TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=NULL EGPRS): trx = 0, ul_slots = 80, dl_slots = 00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=NULL EGPRS) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=UL STATE=ASSIGN EGPRS) starting timer 3169.
Modifying MS object, UL TLLI: 0x00000000 -> 0xf1223344, not yet confirmed
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xf1223344, TA 0 -> 7
Change control TS to 7 until assinment is complete.
max_cs_ul cannot be derived (current UL CS: UNKNOWN)
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=ASSIGN EGPRS)s start Packet Uplink Assignment (PACCH)
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ TX : Packet Uplink Assignment +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- TX : Packet Uplink Assignment -------------------------
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=ASSIGN EGPRS): Scheduling polling at FN 2654283 TS 7
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=ASSIGN EGPRS) changes state from ASSIGN to WAIT ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN EGPRS) Scheduled UL Assignment polling on FN=2654283, TS=7
Scheduling control message at RTS for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN EGPRS) (TRX=0, TS=7)
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=7 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=2654270 block=8 data=4f 28 5e 24 46 68 90 f0 0a 39 00 00 88 00 08 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
Got RLC block, coding scheme: CS-1, length: 23 (23))
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ RX : Uplink Control Block +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- RX : Uplink Control Block -------------------------
RX: [PCU <- BTS] TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN EGPRS) Packet Control Ack
TBF: [DOWNLINK] UPLINK ASSIGNED TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN EGPRS)
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=WAIT ASSIGN EGPRS) changes state from WAIT ASSIGN to FLOW
Got RLC block, coding scheme: CS-1, length: 23 (23))
UL data: 3c 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Got CS-1 RLC block: R=0, SI=0, TFI=0, CPS=0, RSB=0, rc=184
UL DATA TFI=0 received (V(Q)=0 .. V(R)=0)
max_cs_ul cannot be derived (current UL CS: UNKNOWN)
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) restarting timer 3169 while old timer 3169 pending
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW EGPRS): Got CS-1 RLC data block: CV=15, BSN=0, SPB=0, PI=0, E=1, TI=0, bitoffs=24
- BSN 0 storing in window (0..63)
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW EGPRS): data_length=20, data=00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
- Raising V(R) to 1
- Taking block 0 out, raising V(Q) to 1
- Assembling frames: (len=20)
-- Frame 1 starts at offset 0, length=20, is_complete=0
- No gaps in received block, last block: BSN=0 CV=15
Got 'TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)', TA=7
Got MS: TLLI = 0xf1223344, TA = 7
********** TBF starts here **********
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=1/1
Enabled EGPRS for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS), mode EGPRS
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 0
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 4, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Assign downlink TS=7 TFI=0
PDCH(TS 7, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS), 1 TBFs, USFs = 01, TFIs = 00000001.
- Setting Control TS 7
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0xf1223344, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS)
Allocated TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS): trx = 0, ul_slots = 80, dl_slots = 80
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS): Setting EGPRS window size to 64
Modifying MS object, TLLI: 0xf1223344 confirmed
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS) [DOWNLINK] START
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0xf1223344, IMSI '' -> '0011223344'
Send dowlink assignment on PACCH, because TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=UL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) exists
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS) changes state from NULL to ASSIGN
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN EGPRS) starting timer 0.
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xf1223344 DIR=DL STATE=ASSIGN EGPRS) append
Searching for first unallocated TFI: TRX=0
Found TFI=0.
********** TBF starts here **********
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=11/11
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 11
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, EGPRS MS class 0 -> 11
Enabled EGPRS for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS), mode EGPRS
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 0
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=0
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS), 1 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000001.
- Setting Control TS 4
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS)
Allocated TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS): Setting EGPRS window size to 64
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS) changes state from NULL to FLOW
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xffeeddcc, partly confirmed
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) append
New and old TBF are the same TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) start Packet Downlink Assignment (PACCH)
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ TX : Packet Downlink Assignment +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- TX : Packet Downlink Assignment -------------------------
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS): Scheduling polling at FN 13 TS 4
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) Scheduled DL Assignment polling on FN=13, TS=4
Scheduling control message at RTS for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) (TRX=0, TS=4)
Fix encoding of padding bits to start with 0 bit This patch is for fixing encoding of padding bits according to the 3gpp spec 44.060 section 11, wherein it shall always start with 0 bit followed with spare padding bits. During introduction of basic EGPRS feature new hex dump messages from a different working network log were used in Unit test. These exposed the issue of incorrect handling of padding bits encoding in osmo-pcu. Corrections in the existing test vector of rlcmac is also updated. In testsuite tbf appropriate corrections for the Tbftest.err is also done.
2016-03-10 08:45:29 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=4f 08 20 00 44 02 00 02 08 04 00 c0 03 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==0)
- Sending new block at BSN 0, CS=MCS-1
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) (len=10)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 10 is less than remaining space (22): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)len=10
-- Empty chunk, added LLC dummy command of size 10, drained_since=0
-- Chunk with length 10 is less than remaining space (11): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
-- No space left, so we are done.
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)len=10
data block (BSN 0, MCS-1): 14 15 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 43 c0 01 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 0)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 0, MCS-1): 07 00 00 16 28 2a 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 86 80 03 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=4 block=1 data=07 00 00 16 28 2a 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 86 80 03 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) append
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4 FN=8 block_nr=2 scheduling free USF for polling at FN=13 of TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==1)
- Sending new block at BSN 1, CS=MCS-1
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) (len=512)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 512 larger than space (22) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 1, MCS-1): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 1)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 1, MCS-1): 07 40 00 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=8 block=2 data=07 40 00 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==2)
- Sending new block at BSN 2, CS=MCS-1
-- Chunk with length 490 larger than space (22) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 2, MCS-1): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 2)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 2, MCS-1): 07 80 00 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=13 block=3 data=07 80 00 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==3)
- Sending new block at BSN 3, CS=MCS-1
-- Chunk with length 468 larger than space (22) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 3, MCS-1): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 3)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 3, MCS-1): 07 c0 00 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=17 block=4 data=07 c0 00 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==4)
- Sending new block at BSN 4, CS=MCS-1
-- Chunk with length 446 larger than space (22) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 4, MCS-1): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 4)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 4, MCS-1): 07 00 01 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=21 block=5 data=07 00 01 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==5)
- Sending new block at BSN 5, CS=MCS-1
-- Chunk with length 424 larger than space (22) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 5, MCS-1): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 5)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 5, MCS-1): 07 40 01 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=26 block=6 data=07 40 01 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==6)
- Sending new block at BSN 6, CS=MCS-1
-- Chunk with length 402 larger than space (22) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 6, MCS-1): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 6)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 6, MCS-1): 07 80 01 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=30 block=7 data=07 80 01 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==7)
- Sending new block at BSN 7, CS=MCS-1
-- Chunk with length 380 larger than space (22) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 7, MCS-1): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 7)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 7, MCS-1): 07 c0 01 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=34 block=8 data=07 c0 01 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==8)
- Sending new block at BSN 8, CS=MCS-1
-- Chunk with length 358 larger than space (22) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 8, MCS-1): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 8)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 8, MCS-1): 07 00 02 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=39 block=9 data=07 00 02 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==9)
- Sending new block at BSN 9, CS=MCS-1
-- Chunk with length 336 larger than space (22) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 9, MCS-1): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 9)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 9, MCS-1): 07 40 02 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=43 block=10 data=07 40 02 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==10)
- Sending new block at BSN 10, CS=MCS-1
-- Chunk with length 314 larger than space (22) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 10, MCS-1): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 10)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 10, MCS-1): 07 80 02 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=47 block=11 data=07 80 02 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==11)
- Sending new block at BSN 11, CS=MCS-1
-- Chunk with length 292 larger than space (22) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 11, MCS-1): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 11)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 11, MCS-1): 07 c0 02 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=52 block=0 data=07 c0 02 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==12)
- Sending new block at BSN 12, CS=MCS-1
-- Chunk with length 270 larger than space (22) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 12, MCS-1): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 12)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 12, MCS-1): 07 00 03 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=56 block=1 data=07 00 03 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==13)
- Sending new block at BSN 13, CS=MCS-1
-- Chunk with length 248 larger than space (22) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 13, MCS-1): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 13)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 13, MCS-1): 07 40 03 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=60 block=2 data=07 40 03 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==14)
- Sending new block at BSN 14, CS=MCS-1
-- Chunk with length 226 larger than space (22) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 14, MCS-1): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 14)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 14, MCS-1): 07 80 03 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=65 block=3 data=07 80 03 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==15)
- Sending new block at BSN 15, CS=MCS-1
-- Chunk with length 204 larger than space (22) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 15, MCS-1): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 15)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 15, MCS-1): 07 c0 03 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=69 block=4 data=07 c0 03 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==16)
- Sending new block at BSN 16, CS=MCS-1
-- Chunk with length 182 larger than space (22) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 16, MCS-1): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 16)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 16, MCS-1): 07 00 04 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=73 block=5 data=07 00 04 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==17)
- Sending new block at BSN 17, CS=MCS-1
-- Chunk with length 160 larger than space (22) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 17, MCS-1): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 17)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 17, MCS-1): 07 40 04 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=78 block=6 data=07 40 04 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==18)
- Sending new block at BSN 18, CS=MCS-1
-- Chunk with length 138 larger than space (22) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 18, MCS-1): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 18)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 18, MCS-1): 07 80 04 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=82 block=7 data=07 80 04 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==19)
- Sending new block at BSN 19, CS=MCS-1
-- Chunk with length 116 larger than space (22) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 19, MCS-1): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 19)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 19, MCS-1): 07 c0 04 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=86 block=8 data=07 c0 04 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==20)
- Sending new block at BSN 20, CS=MCS-1
-- Chunk with length 94 larger than space (22) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 20, MCS-1): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 20)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 20, MCS-1): 07 00 05 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=91 block=9 data=07 00 05 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==21)
- Sending new block at BSN 21, CS=MCS-1
-- Chunk with length 72 larger than space (22) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 21, MCS-1): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 21)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 21, MCS-1): 07 40 05 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=95 block=10 data=07 40 05 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==22)
- Sending new block at BSN 22, CS=MCS-1
-- Chunk with length 50 larger than space (22) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 22, MCS-1): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 22)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 22, MCS-1): 07 80 05 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=99 block=11 data=07 80 05 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==23)
- Sending new block at BSN 23, CS=MCS-1
-- Chunk with length 28 larger than space (22) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 23, MCS-1): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 23)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 23, MCS-1): 07 c0 05 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=104 block=0 data=07 c0 05 96 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==24)
- Sending new block at BSN 24, CS=MCS-1
-- Chunk with length 6 is less than remaining space (22): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)len=512
-- Empty chunk, added LLC dummy command of size 14, drained_since=0
-- Chunk with length 14 is less than remaining space (15): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
-- No space left, so we are done.
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)len=14
data block (BSN 24, MCS-1): 0c 1d 01 01 01 01 01 01 43 c0 01 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 24)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 24, MCS-1): 07 00 06 16 18 3a 02 02 02 02 02 02 86 80 03 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=108 block=1 data=07 00 06 16 18 3a 02 02 02 02 02 02 86 80 03 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink acknowledge
- Final ACK received.
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) changes state from FLOW to WAIT RELEASE
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=WAIT RELEASE EGPRS) starting timer 3193.
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=WAIT RELEASE EGPRS) changes state from WAIT RELEASE to RELEASING
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS) free
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS) stopping timer 3193.
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Detaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS), 0 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000000.
Detaching TBF from MS object, TLLI = 0xffeeddcc, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS)
Destroying MS object, TLLI = 0xffeeddcc
********** TBF ends here **********
Searching for first unallocated TFI: TRX=0
Found TFI=0.
********** TBF starts here **********
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=11/11
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 11
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, EGPRS MS class 0 -> 11
Enabled EGPRS for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS), mode EGPRS
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 0
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=0
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS), 1 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000001.
- Setting Control TS 4
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS)
Allocated TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS): Setting EGPRS window size to 64
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS) changes state from NULL to FLOW
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xffeeddcc, partly confirmed
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) append
New and old TBF are the same TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) start Packet Downlink Assignment (PACCH)
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ TX : Packet Downlink Assignment +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- TX : Packet Downlink Assignment -------------------------
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS): Scheduling polling at FN 13 TS 4
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) Scheduled DL Assignment polling on FN=13, TS=4
Scheduling control message at RTS for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) (TRX=0, TS=4)
Fix encoding of padding bits to start with 0 bit This patch is for fixing encoding of padding bits according to the 3gpp spec 44.060 section 11, wherein it shall always start with 0 bit followed with spare padding bits. During introduction of basic EGPRS feature new hex dump messages from a different working network log were used in Unit test. These exposed the issue of incorrect handling of padding bits encoding in osmo-pcu. Corrections in the existing test vector of rlcmac is also updated. In testsuite tbf appropriate corrections for the Tbftest.err is also done.
2016-03-10 08:45:29 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=4f 08 20 00 44 02 00 02 08 04 00 c0 03 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==0)
- Sending new block at BSN 0, CS=MCS-2
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) (len=10)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 10 is less than remaining space (28): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)len=10
-- Empty chunk, added LLC dummy command of size 16, drained_since=0
-- Chunk with length 16 is less than remaining space (17): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
-- No space left, so we are done.
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)len=16
data block (BSN 0, MCS-2): 14 21 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 43 c0 01 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 0)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 0, MCS-2): 07 00 00 12 28 42 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 86 80 03 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=4 block=1 data=07 00 00 12 28 42 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 86 80 03 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) append
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4 FN=8 block_nr=2 scheduling free USF for polling at FN=13 of TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==1)
- Sending new block at BSN 1, CS=MCS-2
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) (len=512)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 512 larger than space (28) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 1, MCS-2): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 1)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 1, MCS-2): 07 40 00 92 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=8 block=2 data=07 40 00 92 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==2)
- Sending new block at BSN 2, CS=MCS-2
-- Chunk with length 484 larger than space (28) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 2, MCS-2): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 2)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 2, MCS-2): 07 80 00 92 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=13 block=3 data=07 80 00 92 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==3)
- Sending new block at BSN 3, CS=MCS-2
-- Chunk with length 456 larger than space (28) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 3, MCS-2): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 3)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 3, MCS-2): 07 c0 00 92 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=17 block=4 data=07 c0 00 92 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==4)
- Sending new block at BSN 4, CS=MCS-2
-- Chunk with length 428 larger than space (28) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 4, MCS-2): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 4)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 4, MCS-2): 07 00 01 92 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=21 block=5 data=07 00 01 92 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==5)
- Sending new block at BSN 5, CS=MCS-2
-- Chunk with length 400 larger than space (28) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 5, MCS-2): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 5)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 5, MCS-2): 07 40 01 92 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=26 block=6 data=07 40 01 92 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==6)
- Sending new block at BSN 6, CS=MCS-2
-- Chunk with length 372 larger than space (28) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 6, MCS-2): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 6)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 6, MCS-2): 07 80 01 92 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=30 block=7 data=07 80 01 92 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==7)
- Sending new block at BSN 7, CS=MCS-2
-- Chunk with length 344 larger than space (28) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 7, MCS-2): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 7)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 7, MCS-2): 07 c0 01 92 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=34 block=8 data=07 c0 01 92 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==8)
- Sending new block at BSN 8, CS=MCS-2
-- Chunk with length 316 larger than space (28) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 8, MCS-2): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 8)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 8, MCS-2): 07 00 02 92 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=39 block=9 data=07 00 02 92 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==9)
- Sending new block at BSN 9, CS=MCS-2
-- Chunk with length 288 larger than space (28) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 9, MCS-2): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 9)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 9, MCS-2): 07 40 02 92 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=43 block=10 data=07 40 02 92 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==10)
- Sending new block at BSN 10, CS=MCS-2
-- Chunk with length 260 larger than space (28) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 10, MCS-2): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 10)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 10, MCS-2): 07 80 02 92 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=47 block=11 data=07 80 02 92 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==11)
- Sending new block at BSN 11, CS=MCS-2
-- Chunk with length 232 larger than space (28) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 11, MCS-2): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 11)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 11, MCS-2): 07 c0 02 92 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=52 block=0 data=07 c0 02 92 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==12)
- Sending new block at BSN 12, CS=MCS-2
-- Chunk with length 204 larger than space (28) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 12, MCS-2): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 12)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 12, MCS-2): 07 00 03 92 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=56 block=1 data=07 00 03 92 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==13)
- Sending new block at BSN 13, CS=MCS-2
-- Chunk with length 176 larger than space (28) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 13, MCS-2): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 13)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 13, MCS-2): 07 40 03 92 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=60 block=2 data=07 40 03 92 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==14)
- Sending new block at BSN 14, CS=MCS-2
-- Chunk with length 148 larger than space (28) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 14, MCS-2): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 14)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 14, MCS-2): 07 80 03 92 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=65 block=3 data=07 80 03 92 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==15)
- Sending new block at BSN 15, CS=MCS-2
-- Chunk with length 120 larger than space (28) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 15, MCS-2): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 15)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 15, MCS-2): 07 c0 03 92 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=69 block=4 data=07 c0 03 92 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==16)
- Sending new block at BSN 16, CS=MCS-2
-- Chunk with length 92 larger than space (28) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 16, MCS-2): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 16)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 16, MCS-2): 07 00 04 92 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=73 block=5 data=07 00 04 92 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==17)
- Sending new block at BSN 17, CS=MCS-2
-- Chunk with length 64 larger than space (28) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 17, MCS-2): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 17)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 17, MCS-2): 07 40 04 92 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=78 block=6 data=07 40 04 92 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==18)
- Sending new block at BSN 18, CS=MCS-2
-- Chunk with length 36 larger than space (28) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 18, MCS-2): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 18)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 18, MCS-2): 07 80 04 92 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=82 block=7 data=07 80 04 92 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==19)
- Sending new block at BSN 19, CS=MCS-2
-- Chunk with length 8 is less than remaining space (28): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)len=512
-- Empty chunk, added LLC dummy command of size 18, drained_since=0
-- Chunk with length 18 is less than remaining space (19): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
-- No space left, so we are done.
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)len=18
data block (BSN 19, MCS-2): 10 25 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 43 c0 01 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 19)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 19, MCS-2): 07 c0 04 12 20 4a 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 86 80 03 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=86 block=8 data=07 c0 04 12 20 4a 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 86 80 03 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink acknowledge
- Final ACK received.
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) changes state from FLOW to WAIT RELEASE
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=WAIT RELEASE EGPRS) starting timer 3193.
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=WAIT RELEASE EGPRS) changes state from WAIT RELEASE to RELEASING
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS) free
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS) stopping timer 3193.
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Detaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS), 0 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000000.
Detaching TBF from MS object, TLLI = 0xffeeddcc, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS)
Destroying MS object, TLLI = 0xffeeddcc
********** TBF ends here **********
Searching for first unallocated TFI: TRX=0
Found TFI=0.
********** TBF starts here **********
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=11/11
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 11
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, EGPRS MS class 0 -> 11
Enabled EGPRS for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS), mode EGPRS
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 0
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=0
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS), 1 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000001.
- Setting Control TS 4
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS)
Allocated TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS): Setting EGPRS window size to 64
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS) changes state from NULL to FLOW
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xffeeddcc, partly confirmed
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) append
New and old TBF are the same TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) start Packet Downlink Assignment (PACCH)
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ TX : Packet Downlink Assignment +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- TX : Packet Downlink Assignment -------------------------
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS): Scheduling polling at FN 13 TS 4
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) Scheduled DL Assignment polling on FN=13, TS=4
Scheduling control message at RTS for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) (TRX=0, TS=4)
Fix encoding of padding bits to start with 0 bit This patch is for fixing encoding of padding bits according to the 3gpp spec 44.060 section 11, wherein it shall always start with 0 bit followed with spare padding bits. During introduction of basic EGPRS feature new hex dump messages from a different working network log were used in Unit test. These exposed the issue of incorrect handling of padding bits encoding in osmo-pcu. Corrections in the existing test vector of rlcmac is also updated. In testsuite tbf appropriate corrections for the Tbftest.err is also done.
2016-03-10 08:45:29 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=4f 08 20 00 44 02 00 02 08 04 00 c0 03 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==0)
- Sending new block at BSN 0, CS=MCS-3
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) (len=10)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 10 is less than remaining space (37): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)len=10
-- Empty chunk, added LLC dummy command of size 25, drained_since=0
-- Chunk with length 25 is less than remaining space (26): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
-- No space left, so we are done.
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)len=25
data block (BSN 0, MCS-3): 14 33 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 43 c0 01 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 0)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 0, MCS-3): 07 00 00 06 28 66 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 86 80 03 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=4 block=1 data=07 00 00 06 28 66 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 86 80 03 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) append
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4 FN=8 block_nr=2 scheduling free USF for polling at FN=13 of TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==1)
- Sending new block at BSN 1, CS=MCS-3
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) (len=512)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 512 larger than space (37) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 1, MCS-3): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 1)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 1, MCS-3): 07 40 00 86 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=8 block=2 data=07 40 00 86 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==2)
- Sending new block at BSN 2, CS=MCS-3
-- Chunk with length 475 larger than space (37) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 2, MCS-3): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 2)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 2, MCS-3): 07 80 00 86 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=13 block=3 data=07 80 00 86 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==3)
- Sending new block at BSN 3, CS=MCS-3
-- Chunk with length 438 larger than space (37) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 3, MCS-3): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 3)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 3, MCS-3): 07 c0 00 86 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=17 block=4 data=07 c0 00 86 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==4)
- Sending new block at BSN 4, CS=MCS-3
-- Chunk with length 401 larger than space (37) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 4, MCS-3): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 4)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 4, MCS-3): 07 00 01 86 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=21 block=5 data=07 00 01 86 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==5)
- Sending new block at BSN 5, CS=MCS-3
-- Chunk with length 364 larger than space (37) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 5, MCS-3): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 5)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 5, MCS-3): 07 40 01 86 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=26 block=6 data=07 40 01 86 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==6)
- Sending new block at BSN 6, CS=MCS-3
-- Chunk with length 327 larger than space (37) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 6, MCS-3): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 6)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 6, MCS-3): 07 80 01 86 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=30 block=7 data=07 80 01 86 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==7)
- Sending new block at BSN 7, CS=MCS-3
-- Chunk with length 290 larger than space (37) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 7, MCS-3): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 7)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 7, MCS-3): 07 c0 01 86 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=34 block=8 data=07 c0 01 86 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==8)
- Sending new block at BSN 8, CS=MCS-3
-- Chunk with length 253 larger than space (37) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 8, MCS-3): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 8)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 8, MCS-3): 07 00 02 86 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=39 block=9 data=07 00 02 86 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==9)
- Sending new block at BSN 9, CS=MCS-3
-- Chunk with length 216 larger than space (37) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 9, MCS-3): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 9)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 9, MCS-3): 07 40 02 86 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=43 block=10 data=07 40 02 86 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==10)
- Sending new block at BSN 10, CS=MCS-3
-- Chunk with length 179 larger than space (37) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 10, MCS-3): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 10)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 10, MCS-3): 07 80 02 86 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=47 block=11 data=07 80 02 86 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==11)
- Sending new block at BSN 11, CS=MCS-3
-- Chunk with length 142 larger than space (37) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 11, MCS-3): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 11)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 11, MCS-3): 07 c0 02 86 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=52 block=0 data=07 c0 02 86 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==12)
- Sending new block at BSN 12, CS=MCS-3
-- Chunk with length 105 larger than space (37) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 12, MCS-3): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 12)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 12, MCS-3): 07 00 03 86 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=56 block=1 data=07 00 03 86 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==13)
- Sending new block at BSN 13, CS=MCS-3
-- Chunk with length 68 larger than space (37) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 13, MCS-3): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 13)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 13, MCS-3): 07 40 03 86 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=60 block=2 data=07 40 03 86 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==14)
- Sending new block at BSN 14, CS=MCS-3
-- Chunk with length 31 is less than remaining space (37): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)len=512
-- Empty chunk, added LLC dummy command of size 6, drained_since=0
-- Chunk with length 6 larger than space (5) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 14, MCS-3): 3f 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 43 c0 01 2b 2b
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 14)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 14, MCS-3): 07 80 03 06 7e 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 86 80 03 56 56 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=65 block=3 data=07 80 03 06 7e 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 86 80 03 56 56 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==15)
- Sending new block at BSN 15, CS=MCS-3
-- Chunk with length 1 is less than remaining space (37): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)len=6
-- Empty chunk, added LLC dummy command of size 34, drained_since=4
-- Chunk with length 34 is less than remaining space (35): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
-- No space left, so we are done.
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)len=34
data block (BSN 15, MCS-3): 02 45 2b 43 c0 01 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 15)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 15, MCS-3): 07 c0 03 06 04 8a 56 86 80 03 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=69 block=4 data=07 c0 03 06 04 8a 56 86 80 03 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink acknowledge
- Final ACK received.
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) changes state from FLOW to WAIT RELEASE
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=WAIT RELEASE EGPRS) starting timer 3193.
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=WAIT RELEASE EGPRS) changes state from WAIT RELEASE to RELEASING
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS) free
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS) stopping timer 3193.
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Detaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS), 0 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000000.
Detaching TBF from MS object, TLLI = 0xffeeddcc, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS)
Destroying MS object, TLLI = 0xffeeddcc
********** TBF ends here **********
Searching for first unallocated TFI: TRX=0
Found TFI=0.
********** TBF starts here **********
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=11/11
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 11
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, EGPRS MS class 0 -> 11
Enabled EGPRS for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS), mode EGPRS
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 0
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=0
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS), 1 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000001.
- Setting Control TS 4
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS)
Allocated TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS): Setting EGPRS window size to 64
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS) changes state from NULL to FLOW
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xffeeddcc, partly confirmed
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) append
New and old TBF are the same TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) start Packet Downlink Assignment (PACCH)
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ TX : Packet Downlink Assignment +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- TX : Packet Downlink Assignment -------------------------
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS): Scheduling polling at FN 13 TS 4
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) Scheduled DL Assignment polling on FN=13, TS=4
Scheduling control message at RTS for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) (TRX=0, TS=4)
Fix encoding of padding bits to start with 0 bit This patch is for fixing encoding of padding bits according to the 3gpp spec 44.060 section 11, wherein it shall always start with 0 bit followed with spare padding bits. During introduction of basic EGPRS feature new hex dump messages from a different working network log were used in Unit test. These exposed the issue of incorrect handling of padding bits encoding in osmo-pcu. Corrections in the existing test vector of rlcmac is also updated. In testsuite tbf appropriate corrections for the Tbftest.err is also done.
2016-03-10 08:45:29 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=4f 08 20 00 44 02 00 02 08 04 00 c0 03 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==0)
- Sending new block at BSN 0, CS=MCS-4
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) (len=10)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 10 is less than remaining space (44): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)len=10
-- Empty chunk, added LLC dummy command of size 32, drained_since=0
-- Chunk with length 32 is less than remaining space (33): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
-- No space left, so we are done.
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)len=32
data block (BSN 0, MCS-4): 14 41 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 43 c0 01 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 0)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 0, MCS-4): 07 00 00 00 28 82 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 86 80 03 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=4 block=1 data=07 00 00 00 28 82 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 86 80 03 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) append
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4 FN=8 block_nr=2 scheduling free USF for polling at FN=13 of TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==1)
- Sending new block at BSN 1, CS=MCS-4
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) (len=512)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 512 larger than space (44) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 1, MCS-4): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 1)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 1, MCS-4): 07 40 00 80 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=8 block=2 data=07 40 00 80 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==2)
- Sending new block at BSN 2, CS=MCS-4
-- Chunk with length 468 larger than space (44) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 2, MCS-4): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 2)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 2, MCS-4): 07 80 00 80 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=13 block=3 data=07 80 00 80 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==3)
- Sending new block at BSN 3, CS=MCS-4
-- Chunk with length 424 larger than space (44) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 3, MCS-4): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 3)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 3, MCS-4): 07 c0 00 80 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=17 block=4 data=07 c0 00 80 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==4)
- Sending new block at BSN 4, CS=MCS-4
-- Chunk with length 380 larger than space (44) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 4, MCS-4): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 4)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 4, MCS-4): 07 00 01 80 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=21 block=5 data=07 00 01 80 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==5)
- Sending new block at BSN 5, CS=MCS-4
-- Chunk with length 336 larger than space (44) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 5, MCS-4): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 5)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 5, MCS-4): 07 40 01 80 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=26 block=6 data=07 40 01 80 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==6)
- Sending new block at BSN 6, CS=MCS-4
-- Chunk with length 292 larger than space (44) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 6, MCS-4): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 6)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 6, MCS-4): 07 80 01 80 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=30 block=7 data=07 80 01 80 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==7)
- Sending new block at BSN 7, CS=MCS-4
-- Chunk with length 248 larger than space (44) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 7, MCS-4): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 7)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 7, MCS-4): 07 c0 01 80 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=34 block=8 data=07 c0 01 80 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==8)
- Sending new block at BSN 8, CS=MCS-4
-- Chunk with length 204 larger than space (44) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 8, MCS-4): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 8)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 8, MCS-4): 07 00 02 80 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=39 block=9 data=07 00 02 80 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==9)
- Sending new block at BSN 9, CS=MCS-4
-- Chunk with length 160 larger than space (44) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 9, MCS-4): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 9)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 9, MCS-4): 07 40 02 80 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=43 block=10 data=07 40 02 80 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==10)
- Sending new block at BSN 10, CS=MCS-4
-- Chunk with length 116 larger than space (44) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 10, MCS-4): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 10)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 10, MCS-4): 07 80 02 80 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=47 block=11 data=07 80 02 80 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==11)
- Sending new block at BSN 11, CS=MCS-4
-- Chunk with length 72 larger than space (44) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 11, MCS-4): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 11)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 11, MCS-4): 07 c0 02 80 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=52 block=0 data=07 c0 02 80 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=4
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==12)
- Sending new block at BSN 12, CS=MCS-4
-- Chunk with length 28 is less than remaining space (44): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)len=512
-- Empty chunk, added LLC dummy command of size 14, drained_since=0
-- Chunk with length 14 is less than remaining space (15): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
-- No space left, so we are done.
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)len=14
data block (BSN 12, MCS-4): 38 1d 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 43 c0 01 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 12)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 12, MCS-4): 07 00 03 00 70 3a 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 86 80 03 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=56 block=1 data=07 00 03 00 70 3a 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 86 80 03 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink acknowledge
- Final ACK received.
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) changes state from FLOW to WAIT RELEASE
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=WAIT RELEASE EGPRS) starting timer 3193.
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=WAIT RELEASE EGPRS) changes state from WAIT RELEASE to RELEASING
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS) free
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS) stopping timer 3193.
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Detaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS), 0 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000000.
Detaching TBF from MS object, TLLI = 0xffeeddcc, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS)
Destroying MS object, TLLI = 0xffeeddcc
********** TBF ends here **********
Searching for first unallocated TFI: TRX=0
Found TFI=0.
********** TBF starts here **********
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=11/11
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 11
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, EGPRS MS class 0 -> 11
Enabled EGPRS for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS), mode EGPRS
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 0
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=0
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS), 1 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000001.
- Setting Control TS 4
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS)
Allocated TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS): Setting EGPRS window size to 64
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS) changes state from NULL to FLOW
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xffeeddcc, partly confirmed
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) append
New and old TBF are the same TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) start Packet Downlink Assignment (PACCH)
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ TX : Packet Downlink Assignment +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- TX : Packet Downlink Assignment -------------------------
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS): Scheduling polling at FN 13 TS 4
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) Scheduled DL Assignment polling on FN=13, TS=4
Scheduling control message at RTS for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) (TRX=0, TS=4)
Fix encoding of padding bits to start with 0 bit This patch is for fixing encoding of padding bits according to the 3gpp spec 44.060 section 11, wherein it shall always start with 0 bit followed with spare padding bits. During introduction of basic EGPRS feature new hex dump messages from a different working network log were used in Unit test. These exposed the issue of incorrect handling of padding bits encoding in osmo-pcu. Corrections in the existing test vector of rlcmac is also updated. In testsuite tbf appropriate corrections for the Tbftest.err is also done.
2016-03-10 08:45:29 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=4f 08 20 00 44 02 00 02 08 04 00 c0 03 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==0)
- Sending new block at BSN 0, CS=MCS-5
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) (len=10)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 10 is less than remaining space (56): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)len=10
-- Empty chunk, added LLC dummy command of size 44, drained_since=0
-- Chunk with length 44 is less than remaining space (45): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
-- No space left, so we are done.
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)len=44
data block (BSN 0, MCS-5): 14 59 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 43 c0 01 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 0)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 0, MCS-5): 07 00 00 08 45 56 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 c0 10 70 c0 ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca 0a
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=4 block=1 data=07 00 00 08 45 56 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 c0 10 70 c0 ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca 0a
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) append
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4 FN=8 block_nr=2 scheduling free USF for polling at FN=13 of TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==1)
- Sending new block at BSN 1, CS=MCS-5
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) (len=512)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 512 larger than space (56) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 1, MCS-5): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 1)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 1, MCS-5): 07 40 00 58 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=8 block=2 data=07 40 00 58 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==2)
- Sending new block at BSN 2, CS=MCS-5
-- Chunk with length 456 larger than space (56) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 2, MCS-5): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 2)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 2, MCS-5): 07 80 00 58 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=13 block=3 data=07 80 00 58 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==3)
- Sending new block at BSN 3, CS=MCS-5
-- Chunk with length 400 larger than space (56) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 3, MCS-5): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 3)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 3, MCS-5): 07 c0 00 58 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=17 block=4 data=07 c0 00 58 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==4)
- Sending new block at BSN 4, CS=MCS-5
-- Chunk with length 344 larger than space (56) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 4, MCS-5): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 4)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 4, MCS-5): 07 00 01 58 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=21 block=5 data=07 00 01 58 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==5)
- Sending new block at BSN 5, CS=MCS-5
-- Chunk with length 288 larger than space (56) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 5, MCS-5): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 5)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 5, MCS-5): 07 40 01 58 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=26 block=6 data=07 40 01 58 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==6)
- Sending new block at BSN 6, CS=MCS-5
-- Chunk with length 232 larger than space (56) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 6, MCS-5): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 6)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 6, MCS-5): 07 80 01 58 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=30 block=7 data=07 80 01 58 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==7)
- Sending new block at BSN 7, CS=MCS-5
-- Chunk with length 176 larger than space (56) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 7, MCS-5): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 7)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 7, MCS-5): 07 c0 01 58 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=34 block=8 data=07 c0 01 58 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==8)
- Sending new block at BSN 8, CS=MCS-5
-- Chunk with length 120 larger than space (56) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 8, MCS-5): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 8)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 8, MCS-5): 07 00 02 58 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=39 block=9 data=07 00 02 58 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==9)
- Sending new block at BSN 9, CS=MCS-5
-- Chunk with length 64 larger than space (56) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 9, MCS-5): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 9)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 9, MCS-5): 07 40 02 58 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=43 block=10 data=07 40 02 58 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==10)
- Sending new block at BSN 10, CS=MCS-5
-- Chunk with length 8 is less than remaining space (56): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)len=512
-- Empty chunk, added LLC dummy command of size 46, drained_since=0
-- Chunk with length 46 is less than remaining space (47): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
-- No space left, so we are done.
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)len=46
data block (BSN 10, MCS-5): 10 5d 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 43 c0 01 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 10)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 10, MCS-5): 07 80 02 08 44 57 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 c0 10 70 c0 ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca 0a
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=47 block=11 data=07 80 02 08 44 57 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 c0 10 70 c0 ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca 0a
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink acknowledge
- Final ACK received.
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) changes state from FLOW to WAIT RELEASE
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=WAIT RELEASE EGPRS) starting timer 3193.
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=WAIT RELEASE EGPRS) changes state from WAIT RELEASE to RELEASING
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS) free
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS) stopping timer 3193.
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Detaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS), 0 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000000.
Detaching TBF from MS object, TLLI = 0xffeeddcc, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS)
Destroying MS object, TLLI = 0xffeeddcc
********** TBF ends here **********
Searching for first unallocated TFI: TRX=0
Found TFI=0.
********** TBF starts here **********
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=11/11
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 11
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, EGPRS MS class 0 -> 11
Enabled EGPRS for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS), mode EGPRS
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 0
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=0
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS), 1 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000001.
- Setting Control TS 4
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS)
Allocated TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS): Setting EGPRS window size to 64
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS) changes state from NULL to FLOW
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xffeeddcc, partly confirmed
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) append
New and old TBF are the same TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) start Packet Downlink Assignment (PACCH)
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ TX : Packet Downlink Assignment +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- TX : Packet Downlink Assignment -------------------------
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS): Scheduling polling at FN 13 TS 4
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) Scheduled DL Assignment polling on FN=13, TS=4
Scheduling control message at RTS for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) (TRX=0, TS=4)
Fix encoding of padding bits to start with 0 bit This patch is for fixing encoding of padding bits according to the 3gpp spec 44.060 section 11, wherein it shall always start with 0 bit followed with spare padding bits. During introduction of basic EGPRS feature new hex dump messages from a different working network log were used in Unit test. These exposed the issue of incorrect handling of padding bits encoding in osmo-pcu. Corrections in the existing test vector of rlcmac is also updated. In testsuite tbf appropriate corrections for the Tbftest.err is also done.
2016-03-10 08:45:29 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=4f 08 20 00 44 02 00 02 08 04 00 c0 03 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==0)
- Sending new block at BSN 0, CS=MCS-6
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) (len=10)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 10 is less than remaining space (74): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)len=10
-- Empty chunk, added LLC dummy command of size 62, drained_since=0
-- Chunk with length 62 is less than remaining space (63): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
-- No space left, so we are done.
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)len=62
data block (BSN 0, MCS-6): 14 7d 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 43 c0 01 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 0)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 0, MCS-6): 07 00 00 00 45 5f 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 c0 10 70 c0 ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca 0a
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=4 block=1 data=07 00 00 00 45 5f 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 c0 10 70 c0 ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca 0a
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) append
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4 FN=8 block_nr=2 scheduling free USF for polling at FN=13 of TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==1)
- Sending new block at BSN 1, CS=MCS-6
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) (len=512)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 512 larger than space (74) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 1, MCS-6): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 1)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 1, MCS-6): 07 40 00 50 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=8 block=2 data=07 40 00 50 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==2)
- Sending new block at BSN 2, CS=MCS-6
-- Chunk with length 438 larger than space (74) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 2, MCS-6): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 2)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 2, MCS-6): 07 80 00 50 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=13 block=3 data=07 80 00 50 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==3)
- Sending new block at BSN 3, CS=MCS-6
-- Chunk with length 364 larger than space (74) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 3, MCS-6): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 3)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 3, MCS-6): 07 c0 00 50 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=17 block=4 data=07 c0 00 50 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==4)
- Sending new block at BSN 4, CS=MCS-6
-- Chunk with length 290 larger than space (74) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 4, MCS-6): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 4)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 4, MCS-6): 07 00 01 50 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=21 block=5 data=07 00 01 50 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==5)
- Sending new block at BSN 5, CS=MCS-6
-- Chunk with length 216 larger than space (74) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 5, MCS-6): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 5)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 5, MCS-6): 07 40 01 50 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=26 block=6 data=07 40 01 50 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==6)
- Sending new block at BSN 6, CS=MCS-6
-- Chunk with length 142 larger than space (74) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 6, MCS-6): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 6)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 6, MCS-6): 07 80 01 50 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=30 block=7 data=07 80 01 50 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==7)
- Sending new block at BSN 7, CS=MCS-6
-- Chunk with length 68 is less than remaining space (74): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)len=512
-- Empty chunk, added LLC dummy command of size 6, drained_since=0
-- Chunk with length 6 larger than space (5) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 7, MCS-6): 89 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 43 c0 01 2b 2b
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 7)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 7, MCS-6): 07 c0 01 40 62 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 c0 10 70 c0 ca 0a
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=34 block=8 data=07 c0 01 40 62 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 c0 10 70 c0 ca 0a
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==8)
- Sending new block at BSN 8, CS=MCS-6
-- Chunk with length 1 is less than remaining space (74): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)len=6
-- Empty chunk, added LLC dummy command of size 71, drained_since=5
-- Chunk with length 71 is less than remaining space (72): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
-- No space left, so we are done.
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)len=71
data block (BSN 8, MCS-6): 02 8f 2b 43 c0 01 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 8)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
msg block (BSN 8, MCS-6): 07 00 02 80 c0 e3 ca 10 70 c0 ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca 0a
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=39 block=9 data=07 00 02 80 c0 e3 ca 10 70 c0 ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca 0a
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink acknowledge
- Final ACK received.
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) changes state from FLOW to WAIT RELEASE
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=WAIT RELEASE EGPRS) starting timer 3193.
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=WAIT RELEASE EGPRS) changes state from WAIT RELEASE to RELEASING
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS) free
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS) stopping timer 3193.
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Detaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS), 0 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000000.
Detaching TBF from MS object, TLLI = 0xffeeddcc, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS)
Destroying MS object, TLLI = 0xffeeddcc
********** TBF ends here **********
Searching for first unallocated TFI: TRX=0
Found TFI=0.
********** TBF starts here **********
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=11/11
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 11
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, EGPRS MS class 0 -> 11
Enabled EGPRS for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS), mode EGPRS
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 0
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=0
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS), 1 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000001.
- Setting Control TS 4
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS)
Allocated TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS): Setting EGPRS window size to 64
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS) changes state from NULL to FLOW
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xffeeddcc, partly confirmed
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) append
New and old TBF are the same TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) start Packet Downlink Assignment (PACCH)
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ TX : Packet Downlink Assignment +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- TX : Packet Downlink Assignment -------------------------
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS): Scheduling polling at FN 13 TS 4
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) Scheduled DL Assignment polling on FN=13, TS=4
Scheduling control message at RTS for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) (TRX=0, TS=4)
Fix encoding of padding bits to start with 0 bit This patch is for fixing encoding of padding bits according to the 3gpp spec 44.060 section 11, wherein it shall always start with 0 bit followed with spare padding bits. During introduction of basic EGPRS feature new hex dump messages from a different working network log were used in Unit test. These exposed the issue of incorrect handling of padding bits encoding in osmo-pcu. Corrections in the existing test vector of rlcmac is also updated. In testsuite tbf appropriate corrections for the Tbftest.err is also done.
2016-03-10 08:45:29 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=4f 08 20 00 44 02 00 02 08 04 00 c0 03 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==0)
- Sending new block at BSN 0, CS=MCS-7
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) (len=10)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 10 is less than remaining space (56): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)len=10
-- Empty chunk, added LLC dummy command of size 44, drained_since=0
-- Chunk with length 44 is less than remaining space (45): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
-- No space left, so we are done.
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)len=44
data block (BSN 0, MCS-7): 14 59 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 43 c0 01 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Restarting at BSN 0, because all blocks have been transmitted (FLOW).
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 0)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
msg block (BSN 0, MCS-5): 07 00 00 08 45 56 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 c0 10 70 c0 ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca 0a
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=4 block=1 data=07 00 00 08 45 56 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 c0 10 70 c0 ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca 0a
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) append
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4 FN=8 block_nr=2 scheduling free USF for polling at FN=13 of TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==1)
Modify DL tbf flow for ARQ-II in EGPRS DL Retx Modify the DL TBF flow to support ARQ-II EGPRS DL retransmission Change-Id: I7a845c98f2018795f0f62240f228411b0bc030c7
2016-07-13 13:16:17 +00:00
- current_cs_dl(5) demanded_mcs(7) cs_trans(7)
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Resending BSN 0
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 1, CS=MCS-7
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) (len=512)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 512 larger than space (56) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 1, MCS-7): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 0)
- Copying data unit 1 (BSN 1)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
Support puncturing scheme selection for EGPRS DL Adds support to find the puncturing scheme for retransmission with MCS change, retransmission with no MCS change, transmission case. Puncturing scheme selection for retransmission case with MCS change is aligned with TS 44.060 9.3.2.1. Puncturing scheme selection for retransmission without MCS change, fresh transmission is aligned with TS 44.060 10.4.8a.3.1, 10.4.8a.2.1, 10.4.8a.1.1
2016-03-23 12:59:47 +00:00
msg block (BSN 0, MCS-7): 07 00 00 02 b8 50 64 05 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 0c 01 07 ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac 14 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=8 block=2 data=07 00 00 02 b8 50 64 05 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 0c 01 07 ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac 14 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 00
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==2)
- Sending new block at BSN 2, CS=MCS-7
-- Chunk with length 456 larger than space (56) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 2, MCS-7): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
- Sending new block at BSN 3, CS=MCS-7
-- Chunk with length 400 larger than space (56) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 3, MCS-7): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 2)
- Copying data unit 1 (BSN 3)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
Support puncturing scheme selection for EGPRS DL Adds support to find the puncturing scheme for retransmission with MCS change, retransmission with no MCS change, transmission case. Puncturing scheme selection for retransmission case with MCS change is aligned with TS 44.060 9.3.2.1. Puncturing scheme selection for retransmission without MCS change, fresh transmission is aligned with TS 44.060 10.4.8a.3.1, 10.4.8a.2.1, 10.4.8a.1.1
2016-03-23 12:59:47 +00:00
msg block (BSN 2, MCS-7): 07 80 00 02 a0 05 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 14 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=13 block=3 data=07 80 00 02 a0 05 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 14 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 00
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==4)
- Sending new block at BSN 4, CS=MCS-7
-- Chunk with length 344 larger than space (56) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 4, MCS-7): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
- Sending new block at BSN 5, CS=MCS-7
-- Chunk with length 288 larger than space (56) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 5, MCS-7): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 4)
- Copying data unit 1 (BSN 5)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
Support puncturing scheme selection for EGPRS DL Adds support to find the puncturing scheme for retransmission with MCS change, retransmission with no MCS change, transmission case. Puncturing scheme selection for retransmission case with MCS change is aligned with TS 44.060 9.3.2.1. Puncturing scheme selection for retransmission without MCS change, fresh transmission is aligned with TS 44.060 10.4.8a.3.1, 10.4.8a.2.1, 10.4.8a.1.1
2016-03-23 12:59:47 +00:00
msg block (BSN 4, MCS-7): 07 00 01 02 a0 05 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 14 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=17 block=4 data=07 00 01 02 a0 05 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 14 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 00
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==6)
- Sending new block at BSN 6, CS=MCS-7
-- Chunk with length 232 larger than space (56) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 6, MCS-7): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
- Sending new block at BSN 7, CS=MCS-7
-- Chunk with length 176 larger than space (56) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 7, MCS-7): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 6)
- Copying data unit 1 (BSN 7)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
Support puncturing scheme selection for EGPRS DL Adds support to find the puncturing scheme for retransmission with MCS change, retransmission with no MCS change, transmission case. Puncturing scheme selection for retransmission case with MCS change is aligned with TS 44.060 9.3.2.1. Puncturing scheme selection for retransmission without MCS change, fresh transmission is aligned with TS 44.060 10.4.8a.3.1, 10.4.8a.2.1, 10.4.8a.1.1
2016-03-23 12:59:47 +00:00
msg block (BSN 6, MCS-7): 07 80 01 02 a0 05 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 14 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=21 block=5 data=07 80 01 02 a0 05 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 14 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 00
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==8)
- Sending new block at BSN 8, CS=MCS-7
-- Chunk with length 120 larger than space (56) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 8, MCS-7): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
- Sending new block at BSN 9, CS=MCS-7
-- Chunk with length 64 larger than space (56) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 9, MCS-7): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 8)
- Copying data unit 1 (BSN 9)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
Support puncturing scheme selection for EGPRS DL Adds support to find the puncturing scheme for retransmission with MCS change, retransmission with no MCS change, transmission case. Puncturing scheme selection for retransmission case with MCS change is aligned with TS 44.060 9.3.2.1. Puncturing scheme selection for retransmission without MCS change, fresh transmission is aligned with TS 44.060 10.4.8a.3.1, 10.4.8a.2.1, 10.4.8a.1.1
2016-03-23 12:59:47 +00:00
msg block (BSN 8, MCS-7): 07 00 02 02 a0 05 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 14 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=26 block=6 data=07 00 02 02 a0 05 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 14 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 00
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==10)
- Sending new block at BSN 10, CS=MCS-7
-- Chunk with length 8 is less than remaining space (56): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)len=512
-- Empty chunk, added LLC dummy command of size 46, drained_since=0
-- Chunk with length 46 is less than remaining space (47): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
-- No space left, so we are done.
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)len=46
data block (BSN 10, MCS-7): 10 5d 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 43 c0 01 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Restarting at BSN 0, because all blocks have been transmitted (FLOW).
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 10)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
msg block (BSN 10, MCS-5): 07 80 02 08 44 57 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 c0 10 70 c0 ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca 0a
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=30 block=7 data=07 80 02 08 44 57 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 c0 10 70 c0 ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca 0a
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink acknowledge
- Final ACK received.
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) changes state from FLOW to WAIT RELEASE
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=WAIT RELEASE EGPRS) starting timer 3193.
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=WAIT RELEASE EGPRS) changes state from WAIT RELEASE to RELEASING
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS) free
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS) stopping timer 3193.
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Detaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS), 0 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000000.
Detaching TBF from MS object, TLLI = 0xffeeddcc, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS)
Destroying MS object, TLLI = 0xffeeddcc
********** TBF ends here **********
Searching for first unallocated TFI: TRX=0
Found TFI=0.
********** TBF starts here **********
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=11/11
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 11
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, EGPRS MS class 0 -> 11
Enabled EGPRS for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS), mode EGPRS
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 0
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=0
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS), 1 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000001.
- Setting Control TS 4
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS)
Allocated TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS): Setting EGPRS window size to 64
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS) changes state from NULL to FLOW
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xffeeddcc, partly confirmed
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) append
New and old TBF are the same TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) start Packet Downlink Assignment (PACCH)
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ TX : Packet Downlink Assignment +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- TX : Packet Downlink Assignment -------------------------
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS): Scheduling polling at FN 13 TS 4
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) Scheduled DL Assignment polling on FN=13, TS=4
Scheduling control message at RTS for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) (TRX=0, TS=4)
Fix encoding of padding bits to start with 0 bit This patch is for fixing encoding of padding bits according to the 3gpp spec 44.060 section 11, wherein it shall always start with 0 bit followed with spare padding bits. During introduction of basic EGPRS feature new hex dump messages from a different working network log were used in Unit test. These exposed the issue of incorrect handling of padding bits encoding in osmo-pcu. Corrections in the existing test vector of rlcmac is also updated. In testsuite tbf appropriate corrections for the Tbftest.err is also done.
2016-03-10 08:45:29 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=4f 08 20 00 44 02 00 02 08 04 00 c0 03 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==0)
- Sending new block at BSN 0, CS=MCS-8
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) (len=10)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 10 is less than remaining space (68): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)len=10
-- Empty chunk, added LLC dummy command of size 56, drained_since=0
-- Chunk with length 56 is less than remaining space (57): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
-- No space left, so we are done.
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)len=56
data block (BSN 0, MCS-8): 14 71 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 43 c0 01 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Restarting at BSN 0, because all blocks have been transmitted (FLOW).
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 0)
edge: Work-around to not use MCS-6 with padding Currently single BSN blocks of size 68 (a single unit from MCS-8) are put into a MCS-6 block with padding according to TS 44.060 Annex J. Unfortunately, these packets are ignored by the E71. This might be related to the currently incorrect usage of the puncturing schemes and the RSB bit (the puncturing schemes are not updated and the RBS flag is never set). Avoid downgrading from MCS-8 to MCS-6 if there is no second block available. Send the block twice instead. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-03 19:44:46 +00:00
- Copying data unit 1 (BSN 0)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
edge: Work-around to not use MCS-6 with padding Currently single BSN blocks of size 68 (a single unit from MCS-8) are put into a MCS-6 block with padding according to TS 44.060 Annex J. Unfortunately, these packets are ignored by the E71. This might be related to the currently incorrect usage of the puncturing schemes and the RSB bit (the puncturing schemes are not updated and the RBS flag is never set). Avoid downgrading from MCS-8 to MCS-6 if there is no second block available. Send the block twice instead. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-03 19:44:46 +00:00
msg block (BSN 0, MCS-8): 07 00 00 00 60 50 c4 05 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 0c 01 07 ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac 40 11 17 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 30 04 1c b0 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 02
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=4 block=1 data=07 00 00 00 60 50 c4 05 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 0c 01 07 ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac 40 11 17 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 30 04 1c b0 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 02
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) append
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4 FN=8 block_nr=2 scheduling free USF for polling at FN=13 of TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==1)
Modify DL tbf flow for ARQ-II in EGPRS DL Retx Modify the DL TBF flow to support ARQ-II EGPRS DL retransmission Change-Id: I7a845c98f2018795f0f62240f228411b0bc030c7
2016-07-13 13:16:17 +00:00
- current_cs_dl(8) demanded_mcs(8) cs_trans(8)
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Resending BSN 0
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 1, CS=MCS-8
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) (len=512)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 512 larger than space (68) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 1, MCS-8): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 0)
- Copying data unit 1 (BSN 1)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
Support puncturing scheme selection for EGPRS DL Adds support to find the puncturing scheme for retransmission with MCS change, retransmission with no MCS change, transmission case. Puncturing scheme selection for retransmission case with MCS change is aligned with TS 44.060 9.3.2.1. Puncturing scheme selection for retransmission without MCS change, fresh transmission is aligned with TS 44.060 10.4.8a.3.1, 10.4.8a.2.1, 10.4.8a.1.1
2016-03-23 12:59:47 +00:00
msg block (BSN 0, MCS-8): 07 00 00 02 88 50 c4 05 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 0c 01 07 ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac 14 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=8 block=2 data=07 00 00 02 88 50 c4 05 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 0c 01 07 ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac 14 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 00
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==2)
- Sending new block at BSN 2, CS=MCS-8
-- Chunk with length 444 larger than space (68) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 2, MCS-8): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
- Sending new block at BSN 3, CS=MCS-8
-- Chunk with length 376 larger than space (68) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 3, MCS-8): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 2)
- Copying data unit 1 (BSN 3)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
Support puncturing scheme selection for EGPRS DL Adds support to find the puncturing scheme for retransmission with MCS change, retransmission with no MCS change, transmission case. Puncturing scheme selection for retransmission case with MCS change is aligned with TS 44.060 9.3.2.1. Puncturing scheme selection for retransmission without MCS change, fresh transmission is aligned with TS 44.060 10.4.8a.3.1, 10.4.8a.2.1, 10.4.8a.1.1
2016-03-23 12:59:47 +00:00
msg block (BSN 2, MCS-8): 07 80 00 02 58 05 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 14 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=13 block=3 data=07 80 00 02 58 05 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 14 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 00
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==4)
- Sending new block at BSN 4, CS=MCS-8
-- Chunk with length 308 larger than space (68) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 4, MCS-8): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
- Sending new block at BSN 5, CS=MCS-8
-- Chunk with length 240 larger than space (68) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 5, MCS-8): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 4)
- Copying data unit 1 (BSN 5)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
Support puncturing scheme selection for EGPRS DL Adds support to find the puncturing scheme for retransmission with MCS change, retransmission with no MCS change, transmission case. Puncturing scheme selection for retransmission case with MCS change is aligned with TS 44.060 9.3.2.1. Puncturing scheme selection for retransmission without MCS change, fresh transmission is aligned with TS 44.060 10.4.8a.3.1, 10.4.8a.2.1, 10.4.8a.1.1
2016-03-23 12:59:47 +00:00
msg block (BSN 4, MCS-8): 07 00 01 02 58 05 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 14 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=17 block=4 data=07 00 01 02 58 05 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 14 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 00
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==6)
- Sending new block at BSN 6, CS=MCS-8
-- Chunk with length 172 larger than space (68) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 6, MCS-8): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
- Sending new block at BSN 7, CS=MCS-8
-- Chunk with length 104 larger than space (68) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 7, MCS-8): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 6)
- Copying data unit 1 (BSN 7)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
Support puncturing scheme selection for EGPRS DL Adds support to find the puncturing scheme for retransmission with MCS change, retransmission with no MCS change, transmission case. Puncturing scheme selection for retransmission case with MCS change is aligned with TS 44.060 9.3.2.1. Puncturing scheme selection for retransmission without MCS change, fresh transmission is aligned with TS 44.060 10.4.8a.3.1, 10.4.8a.2.1, 10.4.8a.1.1
2016-03-23 12:59:47 +00:00
msg block (BSN 6, MCS-8): 07 80 01 02 58 05 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 14 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=21 block=5 data=07 80 01 02 58 05 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 14 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 00
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==8)
- Sending new block at BSN 8, CS=MCS-8
-- Chunk with length 36 is less than remaining space (68): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)len=512
-- Empty chunk, added LLC dummy command of size 30, drained_since=0
-- Chunk with length 30 is less than remaining space (31): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
-- No space left, so we are done.
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)len=30
data block (BSN 8, MCS-8): 48 3d 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 43 c0 01 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Restarting at BSN 0, because all blocks have been transmitted (FLOW).
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 8)
edge: Work-around to not use MCS-6 with padding Currently single BSN blocks of size 68 (a single unit from MCS-8) are put into a MCS-6 block with padding according to TS 44.060 Annex J. Unfortunately, these packets are ignored by the E71. This might be related to the currently incorrect usage of the puncturing schemes and the RSB bit (the puncturing schemes are not updated and the RBS flag is never set). Avoid downgrading from MCS-8 to MCS-6 if there is no second block available. Send the block twice instead. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-03 19:44:46 +00:00
- Copying data unit 1 (BSN 8)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
edge: Work-around to not use MCS-6 with padding Currently single BSN blocks of size 68 (a single unit from MCS-8) are put into a MCS-6 block with padding according to TS 44.060 Annex J. Unfortunately, these packets are ignored by the E71. This might be related to the currently incorrect usage of the puncturing schemes and the RSB bit (the puncturing schemes are not updated and the RBS flag is never set). Avoid downgrading from MCS-8 to MCS-6 if there is no second block available. Send the block twice instead. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-03 19:44:46 +00:00
msg block (BSN 8, MCS-8): 07 00 02 00 60 20 f5 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 0c 01 07 ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac 80 d4 13 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 30 04 1c b0 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 02
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=26 block=6 data=07 00 02 00 60 20 f5 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 0c 01 07 ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac 80 d4 13 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 30 04 1c b0 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 02
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink acknowledge
- Final ACK received.
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) changes state from FLOW to WAIT RELEASE
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=WAIT RELEASE EGPRS) starting timer 3193.
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=WAIT RELEASE EGPRS) changes state from WAIT RELEASE to RELEASING
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS) free
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS) stopping timer 3193.
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Detaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS), 0 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000000.
Detaching TBF from MS object, TLLI = 0xffeeddcc, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS)
Destroying MS object, TLLI = 0xffeeddcc
********** TBF ends here **********
Searching for first unallocated TFI: TRX=0
Found TFI=0.
********** TBF starts here **********
Allocating DL TBF: MS_CLASS=11/11
Creating MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, MS class 0 -> 11
Modifying MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, EGPRS MS class 0 -> 11
Enabled EGPRS for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS), mode EGPRS
Slot Allocation (Algorithm A) for class 0
- Skipping TS 0, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 1, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 2, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 3, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 5, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 6, because not enabled
- Skipping TS 7, because not enabled
- Assign downlink TS=4 TFI=0
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Attaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS), 1 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000001.
- Setting Control TS 4
Attaching TBF to MS object, TLLI = 0x00000000, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS)
Allocated TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS): trx = 0, ul_slots = 10, dl_slots = 10
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS): Setting EGPRS window size to 64
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0x00000000 DIR=DL STATE=NULL EGPRS) changes state from NULL to FLOW
The MS object cannot fully confirm an unexpected TLLI: 0xffeeddcc, partly confirmed
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) append
New and old TBF are the same TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) start Packet Downlink Assignment (PACCH)
+++++++++++++++++++++++++ TX : Packet Downlink Assignment +++++++++++++++++++++++++
------------------------- TX : Packet Downlink Assignment -------------------------
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS): Scheduling polling at FN 13 TS 4
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) Scheduled DL Assignment polling on FN=13, TS=4
Scheduling control message at RTS for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) (TRX=0, TS=4)
Fix encoding of padding bits to start with 0 bit This patch is for fixing encoding of padding bits according to the 3gpp spec 44.060 section 11, wherein it shall always start with 0 bit followed with spare padding bits. During introduction of basic EGPRS feature new hex dump messages from a different working network log were used in Unit test. These exposed the issue of incorrect handling of padding bits encoding in osmo-pcu. Corrections in the existing test vector of rlcmac is also updated. In testsuite tbf appropriate corrections for the Tbftest.err is also done.
2016-03-10 08:45:29 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=0 block=0 data=4f 08 20 00 44 02 00 02 08 04 00 c0 03 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==0)
- Sending new block at BSN 0, CS=MCS-9
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) (len=10)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 10 is less than remaining space (74): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)len=10
-- Empty chunk, added LLC dummy command of size 62, drained_since=0
-- Chunk with length 62 is less than remaining space (63): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
-- No space left, so we are done.
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)len=62
data block (BSN 0, MCS-9): 14 7d 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 43 c0 01 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Restarting at BSN 0, because all blocks have been transmitted (FLOW).
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 0)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
msg block (BSN 0, MCS-6): 07 00 00 00 45 5f 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 c0 10 70 c0 ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca 0a
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=4 block=1 data=07 00 00 00 45 5f 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 c0 10 70 c0 ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca 0a
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) append
Received RTS for PDCH: TRX=0 TS=4 FN=8 block_nr=2 scheduling free USF for polling at FN=13 of TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==1)
Modify DL tbf flow for ARQ-II in EGPRS DL Retx Modify the DL TBF flow to support ARQ-II EGPRS DL retransmission Change-Id: I7a845c98f2018795f0f62240f228411b0bc030c7
2016-07-13 13:16:17 +00:00
- current_cs_dl(6) demanded_mcs(9) cs_trans(9)
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Resending BSN 0
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Sending new block at BSN 1, CS=MCS-9
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Dequeue next LLC for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) (len=512)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
-- Chunk with length 512 larger than space (74) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 1, MCS-9): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 0)
- Copying data unit 1 (BSN 1)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
Support puncturing scheme selection for EGPRS DL Adds support to find the puncturing scheme for retransmission with MCS change, retransmission with no MCS change, transmission case. Puncturing scheme selection for retransmission case with MCS change is aligned with TS 44.060 9.3.2.1. Puncturing scheme selection for retransmission without MCS change, fresh transmission is aligned with TS 44.060 10.4.8a.3.1, 10.4.8a.2.1, 10.4.8a.1.1
2016-03-23 12:59:47 +00:00
msg block (BSN 0, MCS-9): 07 00 00 02 20 50 f4 05 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 0c 01 07 ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac 14 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=8 block=2 data=07 00 00 02 20 50 f4 05 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 0c 01 07 ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac ac 14 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 00
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==2)
- Sending new block at BSN 2, CS=MCS-9
-- Chunk with length 438 larger than space (74) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 2, MCS-9): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
- Sending new block at BSN 3, CS=MCS-9
-- Chunk with length 364 larger than space (74) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 3, MCS-9): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 2)
- Copying data unit 1 (BSN 3)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
Support puncturing scheme selection for EGPRS DL Adds support to find the puncturing scheme for retransmission with MCS change, retransmission with no MCS change, transmission case. Puncturing scheme selection for retransmission case with MCS change is aligned with TS 44.060 9.3.2.1. Puncturing scheme selection for retransmission without MCS change, fresh transmission is aligned with TS 44.060 10.4.8a.3.1, 10.4.8a.2.1, 10.4.8a.1.1
2016-03-23 12:59:47 +00:00
msg block (BSN 2, MCS-9): 07 80 00 02 00 05 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 14 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=13 block=3 data=07 80 00 02 00 05 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 14 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 00
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==4)
- Sending new block at BSN 4, CS=MCS-9
-- Chunk with length 290 larger than space (74) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 4, MCS-9): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
- Sending new block at BSN 5, CS=MCS-9
-- Chunk with length 216 larger than space (74) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 5, MCS-9): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 4)
- Copying data unit 1 (BSN 5)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
Support puncturing scheme selection for EGPRS DL Adds support to find the puncturing scheme for retransmission with MCS change, retransmission with no MCS change, transmission case. Puncturing scheme selection for retransmission case with MCS change is aligned with TS 44.060 9.3.2.1. Puncturing scheme selection for retransmission without MCS change, fresh transmission is aligned with TS 44.060 10.4.8a.3.1, 10.4.8a.2.1, 10.4.8a.1.1
2016-03-23 12:59:47 +00:00
msg block (BSN 4, MCS-9): 07 00 01 02 00 05 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 14 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=17 block=4 data=07 00 01 02 00 05 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 14 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 00
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==6)
- Sending new block at BSN 6, CS=MCS-9
-- Chunk with length 142 larger than space (74) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 6, MCS-9): 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
- Sending new block at BSN 7, CS=MCS-9
-- Chunk with length 68 is less than remaining space (74): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)len=512
-- Empty chunk, added LLC dummy command of size 6, drained_since=0
-- Chunk with length 6 larger than space (5) left in block: copy only remaining space, and we are done
data block (BSN 7, MCS-9): 89 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 43 c0 01 2b 2b
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 6)
- Copying data unit 1 (BSN 7)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
Support puncturing scheme selection for EGPRS DL Adds support to find the puncturing scheme for retransmission with MCS change, retransmission with no MCS change, transmission case. Puncturing scheme selection for retransmission case with MCS change is aligned with TS 44.060 9.3.2.1. Puncturing scheme selection for retransmission without MCS change, fresh transmission is aligned with TS 44.060 10.4.8a.3.1, 10.4.8a.2.1, 10.4.8a.1.1
2016-03-23 12:59:47 +00:00
msg block (BSN 6, MCS-9): 07 80 01 02 00 05 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 90 18 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 30 04 1c b0 b2 02
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=21 block=5 data=07 80 01 02 00 05 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 90 18 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 30 04 1c b0 b2 02
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
Scheduling data message at RTS for DL TFI=0 (TRX=0, TS=4) prio=3
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink (V(A)==0 .. V(S)==8)
- Sending new block at BSN 8, CS=MCS-9
-- Chunk with length 1 is less than remaining space (74): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)len=6
-- Empty chunk, added LLC dummy command of size 71, drained_since=5
-- Chunk with length 71 is less than remaining space (72): add length header to to delimit LLC frame
-- No space left, so we are done.
Complete DL frame for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)len=71
data block (BSN 8, MCS-9): 02 8f 2b 43 c0 01 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b 2b
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
- Restarting at BSN 0, because all blocks have been transmitted (FLOW).
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
- Copying data unit 0 (BSN 8)
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
- Scheduling Ack/Nack polling, because is was requested explicitly (e.g. first final block sent).
Polling is already scheduled for TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS)
edge: Refactor create_dl_acked_block for multi-block support Currently the method is hard-coded to support a single BSN only. MCS-7 to MCS-9 encode 2 data blocks into a single RLC data message. This commit refactors create_dl_acked_block to process any number of blocks internally. Note that this does not extend the parameter list accordingly and just duplicates the BSN if these MCS are being used. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 14:32:10 +00:00
msg block (BSN 8, MCS-6): 07 00 02 80 c0 e3 ca 10 70 c0 ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca 0a
edge: Send a second BSN block in an RLC message if possible Currently only one BSN block is encoded in each RLC data message, even if MSC7-9 are used, which transport two independant (except for a max BSN delta of 512) BSN blocks. In that case, the same block is just put twice into the same message. The current create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts) method handles block selection (resend, new BSN, dummy block, ...) and restart handling in one method and is too complex to extend it accordingly. Therefore this commit move the block selection/creation handling into a new method (take_next_bsn) which delivers the next BSN along with a hint, whether it may be combined with another block. In that case, the function can be called a second time (this time with a valid previous BSN, that's the one returned by the first call) to get the second BSN. The real block generation method create_dl_acked_block(fn, ts, index, index2) is then called with both BSNs as indices (the second must be -1, if there is only one BSN). Note that every BSN returned by take_next_bsn should be passed to create_dl_acked_block to avoid state inconsistencies. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-02 17:12:46 +00:00
Sending data request: trx=0 ts=4 sapi=5 arfcn=0 fn=26 block=6 data=07 00 02 80 c0 e3 ca 10 70 c0 ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca 0a
tbf/tests: Add tests for EGPRS TBF establishment Add a test for EGPRS two phase access based on RA caps. Add a test for DL TBFs where data block are encoded with each MCS. Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
2016-02-04 10:09:19 +00:00
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) downlink acknowledge
- Final ACK received.
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=FLOW EGPRS) changes state from FLOW to WAIT RELEASE
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=WAIT RELEASE EGPRS) starting timer 3193.
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=WAIT RELEASE EGPRS) changes state from WAIT RELEASE to RELEASING
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS) free
TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS) stopping timer 3193.
PDCH(TS 4, TRX 0): Detaching TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS), 0 TBFs, USFs = 00, TFIs = 00000000.
Detaching TBF from MS object, TLLI = 0xffeeddcc, TBF = TBF(TFI=0 TLLI=0xffeeddcc DIR=DL STATE=RELEASING EGPRS)
Destroying MS object, TLLI = 0xffeeddcc
********** TBF ends here **********